Professional Documents
Culture Documents
C I A T PYRAMID PASSAGES
AND CHAMBERS
I N T H R E E VOLUMES
JOHN EDGAR
hI.A., B.Sc., M.B.. C.M., F.R.F.P.S.G.
AND
MORTON EDGAR
VOLUME I
IN T W O PARTS
GLASGOW:
BONE & HULLEY, DUNDAS STREET
1923
PREFACE
T O T H E SECOND EDITION
..
xxv 86 Symbolisms of Great Pyramid's passage-system, cxxxv 294 Doorway of small passage leading to Ante-Chamber, 474
XXXI 108 Vertical Section Ante and King's Chambers, looking west, cLxxIx 368 North wall, 574
,, Second Pyramid, looking west,
XLIII
LIV
XCIII
131
152
214
..
,,
,,
,, Third Pyramid, looking west,
,, and front Elevation, of the Entrance
CLXXXI
CLXXXII
373 Entrance of Horizontal Passage to Queen's Chamber
from Grand Gallery, .
374 Near view of cut-off of floor,
.
.
579
580-
of the Great Pyramid, CLXXXIII 377 Looking south, from near north wall, . . 580
CXXII 272 ,, ,, of the Great Pyramid, showing the
Precessional-Levels (See NOTE,p.V I ) GRANITE PLUG
CXXVIII 282 Masonry-system of First Ascending Passage, .
307 The "Coffer," LXXXII 197 Lower butt-end, from the Descending Passage, . . 331
CXLI (b)
328 Vertical Section of all nine Pyramids of Gizeh, LXXXIII 198 Lower butt-end, from the Descending Passage, . . 331
CLII
CLIII ,, ,, of all other pyramids in Egypt, LXXXIV 199 Lower butt-end, John measuring,
. 332
CLVIII
329
335 Trial Passages, . LXXXV 200 Exposed west side, from A1 Mamoun's cavity, . . 333
350 Joints in Masonry at lower end of Grand Gallery, LXXXVI 203 Upper butt-end, from First Ascerlding Passage, . 334
CLXXI .
CLXXVI 356 Vertical Section, and plan, of the Grotto,
DRAWINGS
I GROTTO
VIII 50 Col. Howard Vyse's discovery of the Great P ~ r a m i d ' ~
Casing-stones, . I CLXXV 354 Showing entrance doorway from Well-shaft,
WELL
LXXIX 190 Mouth of lower end, Judah ascending shaft, . 316
CHAPTERS
CLXXIII 353 Mouth of upper end, looking north-west, . . 537
CLXXIV 353 Mouth of upper end, looking west, . 537
CLXXVIlI 367 Mouth of lower end, showing granite stone in Descending
Passage, . . 556 ON THE
u
- ? -r 9 2 $ "
<& r W a m m , e + ~
GG ?:&& $ 6
-z rd l
5 n w ?
, a:.?
y m ,+a Z."
;K a z mu
*g 2 ~2$ gz
o ~
9 . 2 za;_g dp.y
m * s
m " - "
0 - 2 %a O & .0h5d 'm
3.-6M a", -3
D, 0-?
-. w
"= .-a
2 ; ~-4 us
e c
$ =-w P:: R tr.1
s -rn 6 .1E.w: 2
-
E Bn i rn g z-m ~ 2 . '
.ciO",lr$
:: % s - z ~2:a ~2 2.2
~ X P I " , O " . ~ ~
a 2 o; g z E o =!Z3.;ai- - 0 T3 1
e r ' % n " " r 2 ~ O s w2.w
-.--_pgg;.JF o., 1 a
R 1 a o
-. m z " , 1 & 6 p l g = g r 1 = 5.g2.g
g ge g E.1.
"z: $ " E'%% $
0 = c o o o B $ ~ ~
;_",
* l o " as",-my-
?(,q m wg ",<-09
14 , ;2 7- =
:.
3.EE ;2 ",a
K 0
2 a - -.T
Thomson, D.D., wrote in his well-known work, In the Holy Land,-
"And who built those titanic structures, and what was the design
of their builders? These are questions that have been repeated
since the Father of history, mofe than two thousand years ago,
looked upon those same time-defying piles, and thought them
old. . .. T h e old and popular supposition which regards them
a s royal tombs or monuments continues by far the most probable,
especially when it is considered that human remains have actually
been found in some of the smaller pyramids. . . On this sup- .
position, with the name of the monarch that erected them to his
own glory buried in impenetrable oblivion, what a monument are
they a t once of human power, folly, and crime !
3 "Yet these mountain structures which were almost contem-
poraneous in their erection with the beginning of human history,
and may very possibly be standing a t its close, suggest more than
one conclusion. They prove a t how early a period human rule
assumed the form of gigantic despotisms. W e learn from Hero-
dotus that twenty thousand men, relieved every three months,
were employed for twenty years in erecting the one Pyramid of
Cheopsl [the Great Pyramid of Gizeh]. T h e energies of a whole
nation were bent for so long a period, and its resources drained, to
gratify the mad ambition of one of the earliest of the Pharaohs.
And they also place it beyond doubt that Egypt must have been
one of the first peopled countries, a s well as one of the earliest
cradles of the arts. There must have been something more than
mere brute strength-a considerable knowledge of some of the
great mechanical laws, as well a s of the rules of masonry-to be
able to raise those huge blocks to their appointed place, a n d to
rear those Pyramids. A n d when we find among Egypt's earliest
tomb-paintings and imperishable frescoes, pictures of the shoe-
maker's knife, of the weaver's handshuttle, and of the whitesmith's
blowpipe as it is used in our own days, we cannot admit that there
is a shade of extravagance in those lines of the old bard,-
' T h e fertile plains o f Egypt flourished then,
Productive cradle of the first of men."'
I
record by its construction the duration of the precession of the I ) I I [ that it recorded in its measurements the exact duration of the
equinoxes, the longest regularly recurring period in thesolar system 1)rc:cessionof the equinoxes, a period of fully 25,694 years. This
known to astronomers. T h e return of spring each year is ever ~~(-c.uliar celestial cycle, the grand chronological dial, in fact, of the
received with joy; hence arose the desire to forecast its coming by (;~.c:;lt Pyramid,-so much is its architecture found to base upon
astronomical data. Long ago it was found that it was always 1 1 , is further defined at that Pyramid, but at no other throughout all
heralded by the equinox, when the sun crosses the celestiall:quator, I1;/:.y j>t,by, amongst other intentional features, the lengthsof the two
and day and night are therefore equal all the world over. Hence, tli:rfionals of the base at the level of the top surface of the Platform
t o mark the equinoctial point among the fixed stars, and to note the 1 1 1 1 which the casing-stones of the building rest (see PlateIX), when
24
their sum is reckoned up in inches, a t the rate of a Pyramid inch to
a year. For they amount to 25,694 fully. Further still, this feature
i s memorialized again a t that level of the Great Pyramid which is
marked b y the upper, virtual, floor-terminal of the Grand Gallery;
for the circuit of the Pyramid a t that level equals 25,694 Pyramid CHAPTER I1
inches, or the same number of inches to the fraction a s the sum of the
two diagonals of the Platform base. And if the whole vertical height THE DIVINE PLANO F THE AGES
of the Great Pyramid, 5813 inches, typifies the sun-distance (Par.
22), the partial vertical height from the level of the upper floor-end
of the Grand Gallery upwards, 4089.38, indicates the radius of the
precessional circle of the equinoxes, in years.'
26 These are but a few of the many scientific features embodied
i n the Great Pyramid of Gizeh, and were there no others, they would
be amply sufficient to show the superior wisdom of its great
A S the object of Great Pyramid Passages is to show how clearly,
the Great Pyramid of Gizeh in the land of Egypt, that
"Miracle in Stone," a s Dr. Seiss has named it, sets forth
the plan of salvation presented in God's Holy Word, it
w i l l be necessary, in order to a proper appreciation of the subject,
architect. I I ~ a the t reader should acquaint himself with a t least 'the outlines of
I hat plan ; but the more complete his knowledge of the plan, the
In the first Edition of this volume we 6uoted Professor C. Piazzi Smyth, who was rllore his appreciation of the Great Pyramid -will increase, a n d
under the impression that the duration of the Precession of the Equinoxes is 25.827
years, and that this period is indicated by the Pyramid-inch measure of the ??rean sooner or later he will find himself fully convinced that the Archi-
socket-level base diagonals, and by the circuit of the Pyramid a t the level of the ltbt:tof this marvellous structure could have been none other than
King's Chamber floor. Subsequent investigations, however, has demonstrated the ( ;od himself, and that it is indeed the Lord's " Stone Witness" in
correct method of applying this remarkable feature; and the measures we now give 1 l ~ cland of Egypt. Then the wonder which may have been evoked
agree precisely with the most careful estimates of astronomical science. S i r Robert
Stawell Ball shows that the duratiorl of the Precessional Cycle is 25,694 to 25,695 i l l him by its immense proportions, the marvellous skill displayed
years.-Ele.merrfs of Asironottiy, published i n 1896, page 365. i l l its construction, its great antiquity and quality of endurance,
;111(1the many scientific features which it embodies, will give place
1 0 ;L new wonder inspired by reverence for the infinite wisdom of
(iod, when he reflects how the Great Architect, by a few simple
I';l.ssages and Chambers, could portray in it the whole of his plan
01' salvation, not merely the symbolical features of that plan a n d
I II(: various dispensations into which it is divided, but even also all
I I)(: important time-features marked off in the outworking of it.
28 Many have ignorantly misjudged the wisdom of God, a n d
r l ~ o t ~ g that
h t he has had no definite, pre-arranged plan, but that he
I I ; I S been relying on the puny efforts of a few well-intentioned men
1 0 ;~ccomplishthe great task of bringing the world into harmony
will) him and his law of righteousness. Accordingly, the message
( 1 1 the Gospel has been carried hither and thither from individual
10 individual, a n d from nation to nation, with the result that now,
; I [ t h e end of this age, nearly nineteen centuries after the death
i 1 1 1 t l resurrection of Christ, it has been preached for a witness to
~.vt.l-ynation. In spite, however, of the strenuous efforts put forth,
; I I I ( I the untold wealth spent in the propagation of the Gospel mes-
:.:Ikt(:, and even though a t least sorrle portions of the Scriptures
I I ; I V C been printed in every language, it is recognized that the num-
1 1 t . 1 - of converts to Christianity has been small indeed compared to
I I I ~ ,vast majority who have died in heathen darkness. It has been
1.:-,limatedthat there are " 856,000,000 people in Pagan lands; a
t: 27
generation passes away in 33 years ; divide this b y 365, we get the relying on the feeble power a n d resources of man. God declares
death rate per day 71,066" (Extract from a Missionary Magazine). in his own Word that all things are known unto him from the
Every day more than 71,000 men, women and children are dying I)cginning, and that his Word, the revelation of his purposes, shall
without having heard that only name under heaven gixen among not return unto him void, but shall accomplish that which he
men whereby we must be saved, and the Apostle adds, neither is pleases, and shall prosper in the thing whereto he sent it-Acts
there salvation in any other "-Acts 4 : 12. What does this mean ? 15 : 18 ; Isa. 55 :11. The teaching of the Scriptures, properly under-
If the usual misconception were true, that God was altogether rely- stood, is more reasonable and more honouring to God than any
ing upon the missionary a n d other well-meaning efforts put forth theory founded on man's reasoning apart from Holy Writ. T h e
by good men to save the heathen b y bringing the name of Jesus I,ord himself declares this truth through the prophet Isaiah : "For
to them before they die, it would mean that God, however benevo- 111ythoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways my ways,
lent his intentions may have been, has failed, and that Satan, who saith the Lord. For a s the heavens are higher than the earth, so
has blinded the minds of them that believe not, has been the ;Ire my ways higher than your ways, a n d my thoughts than your
victor. While God has gained his thousands, the great deceiver I houghts."
has now under his power his thousands of thousands ! 32 When God created Adam and placed him in the Garden of
29 Calvin, strong in his belief in the power of God, and per- Ictfen, he imposed on him the restriction that he must not eat of the
ceiving in the Scriptures that Jesus himself said, "Strait is the 11-eeof knowledge of good and evil. The penalty of disobedience
gate, a n d narrow i s the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there to the Divine will was death. Accordingly when Adam disobeyed
be that find it," seized upon this a s the explanation of the apparent (iod, the death-sentence was, passed upon him. Through the law
weakness of God's plan. H e revived the teaching of St. Augustine o f heredity, which declares : "The fathers have eaten a sour grape
that God's pre-determinate purpose was to save only the few, a n d lof sin], and the children's teeth are set on edge," all Adam's
to condemn to an eternity of torment all the remainder of 1)osterity have been "born in sin and shapen in iniquity," and
mankind. Surely a terrible blasphemy this of the character of [herefore share in that death-sentence. It was a dying life that
God, the Holy One of Isracl, whose namc is Love! Not that t h e dying Adam gave to the race, for " b y one man sin entered into
Calvin intended to misrepresent God, for it must be remembered ~ h world,c a n d death by [as a result of] sin ; and so death passed
that the general teaching of his time was that all power, both Ilpon all men "--Rom. 5 : 12.
present a n d future, was in the hands of the clergy. In his honest 33 God, however, did not leave Adam without a ray of hope.
endeavour to get away from the one extreme, he followed the usual while pronouncing the curse upon the serpent, he intimated that
course of going to the other extreme. (11c"seed of the woman " would "bruise the serpent's head,"-that
30 But though we must discard Calvin's teaching, which, while :-()meday and somehow a Saviour, a seed of the woman, would
vindicating the power of God, ignores his justice, wisdom and love, ,~l-ise a n d destroy the tempter and annul the death sentence. But
we cannot discard the saying of Jesus, that the way to life is rll;iny centuries rolled by, and no apparent progress was made
narrow and few there be that find it. How is it possible to recon- I I I the salvation of the human race. Abel, Enoch and Noah were
cile this saying with the four attributes of God just enumerated? (olnmended because of their faith, but of the great majority it is
Very s i t p l y, when we disregard the creeds and go directly to the ,c$c.orded"every imagination of the thoughts of their hearts was
Bible. God is his own interpreter, a n d he will make it plain." c1111yevil continually." S o corrupt did they become, that the
T h e Key to the answer is found in God's promise to Abraham : In I .ord was forced by his love and wisdom no less than by his justice
thee and in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed-Gen. 1 0 tlestroy them all-men, women and children-in tke Deluge,
12 : 3 ; 22 :18. . I I I ( ~repeople the earth afresh through Noah, who was perfect in
31 T o understand this, let us follow briefly the course of God's I1i5 generation " and a " preacher of righteousness." So ended the
dealings with men; and though a t first it may have been difficult I;il.st Dispensation, a period of 1656 years.
to comprehend wherein the Divine plan for man's salvation availed i4 During the 659 years of the Patriarchal Age which followed,
anything, or to understand how God's attribute of love is displayed wl'rcn God bestowed special blessings upon Abraham, Isaac a n d
in it, the careful a n d thoughtful student will presently perceive a I;~c.ob,the same conditions of affairs prevailed. In spite of the
beauty and harmony throughout the whole of the Divine purposes, 11.1,r-ible punishment which the Lord had inflicted upon their fore-
which will appeal to both heart a n d head a s nothing else can do.
H e will see that God is not working in any haphazard fashion, nor 1
1 . 1 I~crs,the people once more relapsed into gross wickedness, so
1 1 1 1t.11 so, that there were not even ten righteous men in Sodom.
Lot, the only righteous inhabitant, was rescued before it a n d the I)lcss the world. They lapsed time a n d again into idolatry a n d all
other cities of the plain were destroyed b y God. In this stage of rnanner of iniquity, till finally, six centuries before the birth of
the Second Dispensation, two thousand years after the promise (;hi-ist, God permitted Nebuchadnezzar, King of Babylon, to destroy
that the seed of the woman should bruise the Serpent's head, God .Jl:rusalem, carry the Israelites with Zedekiah, the last of their
made his oath-bound covenant with Abraham, that it would be in kings, captive to Babylon, a n d lay waste the holy land. Seventy
his seed that all the families of the earth would be blessed-Gen. years passed, a n d the whole of that wicked generation died. Then
12 : 1-3; 22 :16-18. T h e record shows that Abraham believed God, i r r the fulness of time, in fulfilment of Isaiah's prophecy (44 :,28;
a n d that his faith was accounted to him for righteousness-Gen. 1.5: 1-4), Cyrus, king of Persia, overthrew Babylon, a n d issued a
15 : 5, 6. clccree permitting those Israelites who h a d faith in God a n d his
~ ~ r o m i s to e s return a n d build the temple-See Jer. 25 : l I, 12 ; 2 Chron.
35 After a long period of waiting, Isaac, the seed of promise, i t : 1-23 From that time a reformation movement went on in the
w a s born ; a n d God renewed the covenant with him. It must have
seemed a s if the promise was then about to be fulfilled ; but Isaac .li:wish house under the successive leadership of Zerubbabel, Ezra
;I ntl Nehemiah.
died, a n d the blessing of all the families of the earth was still f a r
from being accomplished. W h e n Isaac was old, the covenant was 39 Before this, God h a d promised through the prophet Daniel
renewed with his son, Jacob, or Israel a s he was afterwards named. ~lr;tt"from the going forth.of the commandment to restore a n d to
Later, Israel with his household was brought in the providence of I)uild Jerusalem [this was the commission given in 454 B.C. b y
God into Egypt, where a few years afterwards he died. W h e n on Artaxerxes, king of Persia, to Nehemiah] unto the Messiah the
his death-bed, he called his sons together a n d foretold the destiny I'rince shall be seven weeks, a n d threescore a n d two weeks,"
of each of the twelve tribes which would spring from them. A s it 'lh;~tis to say, 69 weeks of years = 483 years. " A n d he shall con-
was God's intention to cause these twelve tribes of Israel to grow lirrn the covenant with many for one week," the 70th week. T h u s
rapidly into a nation, a n d then set them apart to carry out his (iocl promised a period of 70 weeks (490 years) of continued favour
purpose, their propagation proceeded miraculously, insomuch that 10 the Israelites, to e n d in 36 A.D.-See Dan. 9 : 24-27. It was
the Egyptians became afraid a n d adopted drastic measures to tlo~ibtlessin consequence of this, that when the Messiah did come
diminish their numbers; but they could not succeed against the ;I I I men were in expectation-Luke 3 : 15. But they looked for a
Lord-See Exod. 1 : 7-22. rr~ightyking, statesman a n d general, who would deliver them from
36 A t the appointed time, during the height of their oppression rllcir Roman bondage, a n d make them the foremost nation on
b y the Egyptians, when their number had increased from 70 to t.;lrth, ---a method of blessing very different from that purposed by
600,ooo who were able to go to war, God delivered the Israelites (iotl. T h e y were much disappointed with the meek a n d lowly
from E g y p t b y his mighty hand a n d outstretched arm. But they 1 1 ~ u s . They could not understand him nor his message, a n d there-
were not yet prepared to be God's people. Because of the hard- 101-c they despised a n d rejected him. Yet he fulfilled in their
ness of their hearts, they were not permitted to enter the land of bight the prophecies which had been written concerning him. A s
pronlise for 40 years. Then, after six years spent in conquering IIC. himself said : " T h e blind receive their sight, a n d the lame walk,
the Canaanites, they divided the promised land among them b y 111~:lepers are cleansed, a n d the deaf hear, the dead are raised
1111, a n d the poor have the good tidings preached to them "-Matt.
lot, a n d God s e t Judges over them for a period of 450 years.
37 During all this time, God did not make good his promise
I I : 5. O n e might have expected that their hearts would have been
of blessing the other nations of the world through the seed of ~ o r ~ c h ewith
d these nianifestations of the love a n d power of God
Abraham. Though many leaders, such a s Moses a n d Joshua, ~ l ~ r o u gChrist,
h but both Jews a n d Gentiles had become so degraded
arose a n d freed the Israelites from bondage, riorie of lherrl proved rll:~tthey reviled a n d finally crucified the Holy One. A n d when
to be the promised great deliverer. A t length the nation desired a ~ t disciples
~ c who had gladly forsaken all to follow Jesus, mani-
king, a n d God gave them Saul, a n d later, David, " a man after Ictsted the same loving disposition a s their Master, a n d tried to
God's own heart," a n d then followed the glorious reign of King c.onvey to others the blessing which they themselves had received,
Solomon in whose time the great temple was set up. ~lrcywere, like their Master, misjudged, persecuted, a n d put to
111:;~th.Evidently the long years of falling had warped a n d twisted
38 Surely it seemed a s if God would now bring to pass his I I I I * I ~minds
'S to so great a n extent, that they were quite unable to
promise t o bless through Abraham's seed all the families of the
earth! But not so. Evidently the time had not yet come. T h e c.c)~rlprehendthe loving ministrations of God's true children. H a d
Israelites were not in a fit state, mentally a n d morally, to rule a n d r llc: same effort been made during the time when Abraham inter-
31
ceded for Sodom (See Gen. 18 : 17-33), mankind's reclamation, 1)romised blessing. Yet God is faithful. W h a t can be the expla-
according to Jesus's own words (Matt. 1 1 : 23, 24), would have been i~ation?
comparatively easier. Truly, "God moves in a mysterious way, 43 T h e answer is given in the closing verses of the third
His wonders to perform." c.llapter of Galatians. There the Apostle declares that a s many a s
40 But, thank God, the mystery is now being revealed, for the I~avebeen baptized (immersed-not into water, but) into Christ,
time is a t hand when all Jesus' followers who have manifested the I1;ive put on Christ. There is neither Jew nor Greek, bond nor free,
same loving disposition to bless, shall have the desire of their hearts l~ralenor female in :his anointed company (the word "Christ"
realized; and Christ shall "see of the travail of his soul, and shall Illcans " anointed "), for ye are all one in Christ Iesus. A n d if ye
be satisfied." "Do ye not know that the saints shall judge the I)c Christ's, then are ye Abraham's seed, and heirs according to the
world ? "-I Cor. 6 : 2 ; Isa. 53 : 1 1. It is evident that God designed promise "-Gal. 3 : 29. The Apostle here reveals a further step in
mankind to learn to the full the bitter lesson of the downward (;ad's glorious plan. W e now see that although there is only the
course of sin. o n e seed, that one is composed of many members, a s we read in
41 Owing to their rejection of the Messiah, the favour of God I Cor. 12 : 12 : " A s the [human] body is one, and hath many mem-
was removed from the Israelites and given to the Gentiles ; a n d a s I,c:rs, and all the members of that one body [though] being many
a nation they were destroyed by the Romans in the year 70 A.D. ;I[-c[nevertheless] one body ; so also is Christ." Thus the purpose
They had boasted that as the natural seed of Abraham, the promise 01- the Gospel Age is not to bless all the families of the earth, but
belonged to them: but they did not understand the full significance I O select the seed of Abraham, the antitypical Isaac, the Christ.
of this promise. Paul explains that though a man be under the Mosaic 'I'hc opportunity of becoming members of the true seed of Abraham
Law, this does not constitute him a child of Abraham, for " a s was accepted b y only a remnant of the Jewish nation before the
many as are of the works of the law are under the curse" of death; (*loseof the year 36 A.D., the end of the 70 weeks of favour. A t
but, just as Abraham believed God, and his faith was accounted to illat date it was extended to the Gentiles, and the privilege has
him for righteousness, so "they which are of faith, the same are the sirice been open to Jew a n d Gentile alike ; but very few Jews have
children of Abraham "-Gal. 3 :10, 7. It was for this reason, that ~ , r ~ s s the
e d gulf of prejudice and unbelief which lies between the
they might become true children of Abraham by faith, that Christ o ~ ~ t c apeople
st and this position of favour with God.
redeemed Jewish believers from the curse of the Law. T h e promise 44 Like their Head, the members of the Body have been de-
is certain of accomplishment; the L a w was merely added because sljised a n d rejected, for the world knoweth them not, even a s it
of transgressions till the seed should corIie. Who, then, is the ltsrcw him not. But soon the full number will have made their
seed ? T h e Apostle's inspired statement is that Christ is the seed (.;Il ling and election sure, a n d will be glorified with the Lord Jesus.
-"Now to Abraham a n d his seed were the promises made. H e 'I'lien the world will recognize them as the seed of Abraham, heirs
saith not, ' A n d to seeds,' a s of many; but a s of one, ' A n d to thy 01' God a n d joint-heirs with Jesus Christ, and the blessing of all the
seed,' which is Christ "-Gal. 3 : 16. Isaac, the child of promise, is I;ln~iliesof the earth will begin, for the whole creation has been
now seen to be merely a type of the trzie seed. Just as Abraham ,:I-oaningin pain, waiting for the manifestation of the sons of God
sacrificed his son, his only son a n d received him from the dead "in -Itom. 8 : 19-22. Under the beneficent rule of the Christ, head
a figure " (Heb. 1 1 : 19), so Jehovah sacrificed his Son, his only Son, ;\~lc.l body, " sorrow and sighing shall flee away." Every indi-
Jesus Christ, a n d received him from the dead, not in a figure, but vidual in every nation will have full opportunity to regain the
in reality. \ 11111nan perfection, the dominion over the world, a n d the communion
42 The Scriptural declaration is clear that Christ is the i e e d ; w i t h God, lost for them by Adam, a n d purchased for them b y Jesus
but why do we not now see the accomplishment of the work which (:hl-ist, who came to seek a n d to save that which was lost, man's
was to be fulfilled in and through the seed? All the families of first estate-Isa. 35 ; Luke 19 : 10.
the earth are still far from being blessed. Over 71,000 are dy$g 45 It should now be clear to the reader that God has a definite,
every day without having even heard of Christ, and during the $ix 1)i-c-arranged plan, a n d that it is certain of accomplishment; and
thousand years since God gave his word in the Garden of Eden, ; I S he studies the various details of that plan a s revealed in the
and the four thousand years since he confirmed his solemn prom se
to Abraham b y a n oath,-" because he could sware b y no great r,
he sware by himself" (Heb. 6 : 13 ; Gen. 22 : 16-18),-thousands of
k I!il)le, and confirmed in the Great Pyramid of Gizeh, he will come
IO a fuller appreciation of the justice, wisdom and power of the
(ircat Creator, who could devise and carry out.such glorious pur-
millions of the human race have died without having received the I)oses, and his heart will respond to the love which prompted them.
32 33
Plate V CHAPTER I11
THE CHART OF THE AGES
T
HE faithful followers of Christ, for whose selection God roofing-beams were numbered, and marked for the north a n d south
has set a p a r t the Gospel Dispensation, are likened to sides ; a n d though it may be thought that it could be of no con-
i t living stones" a n d are urged b y the Apostle to come
sequence in what order they were placed, yet all their details were
unto Christ, the "chief corner-stone," a n d be shaped, evidently schemed before they were delivered to the builders'
polished, and built in line with him-I Pet. 2 : 1--8. " T h u s saith the hands."
Lord God, Behold I lay i n Zion for a foundation a stone, a tried 75 A beautiful illustration is this of the living stones in God's
stone, a precious corner stone, a sure foundation "-Isa. 28 : 16. great Antitypical Pyramid, Jesus Christ a n d his Church, selected
72 T o us who believe, Jesus Christ is precious, because a s the a n d prepared in the quarry of this world, before being placed
chief, or head, " corner-stone " of Jehovah's great Spiritual 'L Pyra- together to form the glorious symbolical building of the Millennia1
mid," we recognize his peculiar fitness for this exalted and ccntral Age ! O n e can imagine that the Egyptian builders (who, accord-
position. W e see thatwithout him the whole plan of God would be i n g to the accounts of Herodotus a n d Manetho, were forced into
incomplete, just a s a pyramid without its top-stone i s not complete the work by their mighty invaders, the Hyksos kings), when they
-Col. 1 : 16-19. It may seem contradictory for the prophet Isaiah were engaged under the architect's supervision in shaping the
to speak of the head corner-stone a s being a stone " for a founda- chief corner-stone, would find it strangely out of harmony with all
tion," but when we consider that this " Foundation," Jesus Christ, their traditional ideas ; for the Great Pyramid was the first of its
i s "laid i n heaven," a n d that the attraction which draws us to kind. It may b e that i n their ignorance they despised a n d rejected
Christ is upward, or heavenward, not downward or earthward a s in i t ; a n d such a n awkwardly-shaped stone with its five sides, five
a n earthly building, t h e apparent contradiction vanishes. T h e corners, and seven distinct angles, must doubtless have been " a
head-stone, therefore, i s also a foundation-stone. stone of stumbling" to builders whose heads did not understand,
73 A little reflection will render manifest that t h e topmost stone a n d whose hearts did not appreciate, the great work upon which
of such a n edifice a s the pyramid must itself be a pyramid, a n d they were engaged.
therefore complete in itself; but the rest of the structure, apart 76 But though we may not be certain how the Egyptian builders
from this top-stone, however polished a n d adapted to each other treated the typical chief corner-stone, we have the definite declara-
the individual stones may be, would be imperfect. Place the top- tion of the W o r d of God that the builders of the Antitypical
stone in position, however, a n d a t once the whole structure leaves building, those who were permitted b y God, the Great Architect,
nothing to be desired. T h e four sloping sides would then meet i n to chisel a n d polish Jesus Christ by the trials a n d sufferings to which
a point a t the top-stone, which would, therefore, be the "chief they subjected him, did not comprehend him. Because of their
corner-stone," the " head-stone of t h e corner "-Eph 2 : 20 ; Psa. traditional beliefs a n d the hardness of their hearts, he h a d no
118: 22. form or comeliness in their eyes, a n d a s i t seemed to them that
74 A s with Solomon's Temple, so with the Great"Pyramid of there was no beauty i n him that they should desire him, they
Gizeh, the stones were cut a n d prepared a t the quarries before they despised and rejected him-Isa. 53: 2, 3.
were brought and placed in position. T h i s fact is carefully 77 T h e Scriptures assure us that the work on which these men
explained by Professor Flinders Petrie i n his admirable book: The were engaged through the Lord's providences, was done b y them
Pyramids and Temples of Gizeh. Treating on the method of work largely in ignorance, for " h a d they known it, they would not have
employed i n building the Great Pyramid, he writes: "From crucified the Lord of Glory1'-Acts 3 : 17 ; I Cor. 2 : 8. Nevertheless
several indications it seems that t h e masons planned the casing. a measure of responsibility rested upon them. It was be:ause of
a n d some a t least of the core masonry also, course by course on t h e t h e wrong attitude of their hearts that they found Christ a stone
45
/I
of stumbling a n d a rock of offence " ( I Pet. 2 : 7, 8), and, therefore,
this stone which they rejected a n d over which they stumbled, in I
due time fell upon them a n d crushed them. T h i s was confirmed
b y Jesus in the words of the prophets: " W h a t is this then that i s
written, ' T h e stone which the builders rejected, the same is become
the head of the corner'? Whosoever shall fall upon that stone
shall be broken ; but on whomsoever it shall fall, it will grind him
to powdery'-Lukc 20 : 17, 18. T h e inspired writer then a d d s in
verse 19, " T h e chief priests a n d the scribes the same hour sought
.
to lay hands on him ; . . for they perceived that he h a d spoken
this parable against them.''
78 In the ninth chapter of his letter to the Romans (verses
31-33), the Apostle Paul points out why Christ was to the Jews a
stumbling-stone a n d rock of offence. It was because they were
seeking to follow after the law of righteousness not by faith, but
a s it were by the works of the law. Therefore they stumbled a t
t h a t stumbling-stone, a n d later the vengeance of the Lord was I
executed upon them, and, a s a nation, they were broken in pieces
like a potter's vessel.
II
79 In the present time, history is repeating itself. Once more
those who consider themselves the people of God, appropriating t o I
themselves the name of Christendom (Christ's Kingdom), are reject- El-AL M ~ w o o n s HOLE
Psn. 118: 22 T h e stone which the Acts 4: 10 Be it known unto you all,
builders refused is become the head and to all the people of Israel, that by
stone of the corner. the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth,
23 This is the Lord's doing it is mar- whom ye crucified, whom God raised
vellous in our eyes. from the dead, even by him doth this
man stand lrere before you whole.
lsn. 28: 16 Therefore thus saith the 11 This is the stone which was set a t
L o r d God, Behold I lay in Zion f o r a nought of you builders,which is become
foundation a stone, a tried stone, a the head of the corner.
precious corner stone, a sure founda-
tion: he that believeth shall not make Eph. 2: 20 And a r e built upon the
haste. foundation of theapostles and prophets,
Jesus Christ himself being the chief
Ram. 9 : 33 A S it is written, Behold, corner stone;
I lay in Sion a stumbling stone and 21 In whom all the building, fitly
rock of offence: and whosoeverbelie.v- framed together, groweth unto a holy
eth on him shall not be ashamed. temple in the Lord :
Zsn. 8: I4 And he shall be for a sanc- 22 In whom ye also are builded to-
t u a r y : but for a stone of stumbling and gether for an habitation of God through
f o r a rock of offence to both the hooses the Spirit.
of Israel, for a gin and for a snare t o
the inhabitants of Jerusalem. I Pet. 2: 4 T o whom coming, a s unto
a living stone, disallowed indeed of
Matt. 21: 42 Jesus saith unto them, men, but chosen of God, and precious.
Did ye never read in the scriptures, 5 Ye also, a s living stones, a r e built
T h e stone which the builders rejected. u p a spiritual house, an holy priest-
the same is become the head of the hood, to offer up spiritual sacrifices,
corner : this is the Lord's doing, and i t acceptable to God b y Jesus Christ.
is marvellous in our eyes? 6 Wherefore also it is contained in
43 Therefore say I unto you, T h e the scripture, Behold, I lay in Sion a
kingdom of God shall be taken from chief corner stone, elect, precious: a n d
you, and given to a nation bringing he that believeth on him shall not b e
forth the fruits thereof. confounded.
44 And whosoever shall fall on this 7 Unto you therefore which believe
stone shall be broken; but on wl~omso- he IS precious: but unto them which be
ever it shall fall, it will grind him to disobedient, thestone which thebuilders
powder. disallowed, the same is made the head
of the corner.
Mnrk z z : 10 And have ye not read 8 And a stone of stumbling, and a
this scripture; T h e stone which the
builders rejected is become the head rock of offence, even t o them which
stumble a t the word, beingdisobedient:
of the corner:
11 This was the Lord's doing, and i t
whereunto also they were appointed.
is m a r v e l l o ~ ~ins our eyes?
1 2 And they sought t o lay hold on
J o b j 8 : 4 Where wast thou when I
him, but feared the people ; for they laid the f o u n d a t ~ o n sof the e a r t h ?
knew that he had spoken the parable declare, if thou hast understanding.
against them ; and they left him, and
5 W h o hath laid t h e measures there-
of, if thou knowest? o r who hath
went their way. stretched the line upon i t ?
Zeclr. 4: 7 W h o a r t thou, 0 great 6 Whereupon a r e the sockets thereof
mountain ? before Zerubbabel thou made to sink? or w h o laid the corner
shalt become a plain: and he shall stone thereof.
bring forth the head - stone thereof 7 When the morning stars sang
with shoutings, crying, Grace, grace together, and all the sons of God
unto it! shouted for joy ?
I Drawn by K. Vaughan
CHAPTER V
THE PASSAGE
AND CHAMBER SYSTEM
OF THE GREAT PYRAMID-
g u c caused by the falling of the large angular stone, which for ages
& -2 5 had formed part of the roof of the Descending Passage, a n d had
w :?3 scalcd up the entrance to the upper passages a n d chambers. In
5 this way, the Pyramid's most important structural secret was
'3g revealed for the first time since the erection of the building ; a n d
?? had it not been for the shaking of the masonry which caused the
roof-stone to become dislodged a n d fall, the upper passages rrlight
even yet have remained unknown.
98 But the workmen, though they h a d discovered the First
Ascending Passage, found that access into it is prevented by the
Granite Plug, which is so tightly wedged that it is impossible to
63
remove it entire, and so hard that it would be extremely difficult
Plate XVI to break up. They chose the easier plan of breaking and remov-
ing the limestone blocks to the right or west of the Granite
Plug, a n d so forced their way upwards into the passage above.
This discovery of the upper passages was made in the year 820
A.D. ; and a s the Great Pyramid was built about the year 2140 B.C.,
their existence must have been unknown for practically three
thousand years !
99 It was many years after A1 Mamoun's attack on the inside
of the Great Pyramid that there began, with the object of building
the new Mussulman cities a n d mosques, that spoiling of its outside
which resulted in the removal of the top-stone, and of nearly all the
smooth, white casing-stones that formerly covered or encased the
building. Prior to this act of vandalism, the shining white Pyra-
mid must have presented a glorious sight. Professor Flinders
Petrie points out that the stones at the summit of the Pyramid
continued to be thrown down from time to time till so recently a s
the beginning of last century. This is evident from the names and
dates which innumerable visitors have carved on the stones that
form the present flat summit, the size of which is about twenty-
three and a half feet square, forming, therefore, a platform with a n
area of over 550 square feet.
100 T o resume: having passed through the forced hole in the
west wall of the Descending Passage into the cavernous hollow,
a n d then, taking advantage of a ledge and a series of notches on
the high south-east wall of the hollow (See Plate XIII), we climbed
lo the upper end of the Granite Plug and gained access to the First
Ascending Passage, which runs in the same vertical plane and at
[he same angle to the horizon as the Descending Passage. W e
were now able to inspect the upper butt end of the Granite Plug,
which is shown to advantage in the right-hand side of the drawing
1)y K. Vaughan-Plate XV.
101 T o proceed up the First Ascending Passage, we required to
stoop u6comfortably low, for, like the Descending Passage, its roof
is scarcely four feet above its floor. When, however, we reach the
southern upper extremity of the passage, we emerged into a large
place where, to obr joy, we found a level floor, and abundance of
room to stand erect and so relieve our aching backs. W e were
now a t the lower end of the noblest passage in the Great Pyramid,
which has been well named the Grand Gallery. This Gallery
;tscends in the same vertical plane, and a t the same angle, a s the
First Ascending Passage, the inclined floors of both being con-
linuous. The reason why we stepped on to a level floor on
(merging from the First Ascending Passage is because another
passage, called the Horizontal Passage, also has its beginning a t
I his place-Plate XVI.
The G R A N D G A L L E R Y in the Great Pyramid o f Gizeh,
showing its full inclined length to the south wall at the 65
upper ter.mina1; also, at the foot, the doorway to the
Horizontal Passage to the Queen's Chamber
102 W h e n we reached the Grand Gallery, we were glad of a
little rest a n d a quiet look round.
( I ) Behind us was the low steep passage up which we h a d just
Plate XVII laboriously chambered.
(2) Straight in front of us we saw the low entrance to the
Horizontal Passage, which extends southwards in the same vertical
plane a s the Descending a n d First Ascending Passages, but, a s
indicated by its name, in a horizontal direction. In height a n d
width, it corresponds to the Descending a n d First Ascending
Passages, a n d leads to a large, nearly square room with a high
gabled roof, known a s the Queen's Chamber, on the east wall of which
is a peculiar shallow Niche-Plate XVII. O n our visit to the Queen's
Chamber, we required to keep a careful watch a s we proceeded
along the low Horizontal Passage ; otherwise we would have been
in danger of a severe fall, for after traversing six-sevenths of the
distance we came to a place where the floor suddenly drops to a
lower level.
(3) Above the low entrance of the Horizontal Passage, sixteen
a n d a half feet in front of us, we beheld the present apparent
commencement of the Grand Gallery floor. Strictly speaking the
commencement is a t the north end-wall. A t this place the floor of
the First Ascending Passage appears to project about two feet into
the Grand Gallery; but this little inclined portion, though con-
tinuous with the floor of the First Ascending Passage, is really the
beginning of the Grand Gallery floor. Between this portion a n d
the portion further south above the Horizontal Passage, there is a
large gap-for the purpose of affording entrance along the Hori-
zontal Passage to the Queen's Chamber. Some think that originally
there was no break in the continuity of the Grand Gallery floor,
a n d that thus the entrance into the Queen's Chamber was concealed.
But it is more probable that the g a p was constructed in order to
give the appearance of having been forced. There are certain
features which indicate this.
(4) W h e n facing south, we perceived a t our feet on the west or
right-hand side, a very small a n d short passage branching off in a
horizontal direction-See Plates XVIII a n d XIX. T h e roof of the
short passage is.on a level with the floor of the Horizontal Passage.
W h e n examining this small passage we found it necessary, after
stepping down into it, to crawl along its floor on hands a n d knees,
but we required to exercise extreme caution, for a t a very short
distance to the west, i t terminates in a deep vertical shaft, fully
two feet square in bore. T h i s is the upper end of the Well, the
lower opening of which, a s already mentioned, appears on the west
wall near the foot of the Descending Passage.
I03 T h e Grand Gallery is narrow, being only seven feet in
width; but with the aid of a good light its lofty vaulted roof,
67
,
GRAND G A L L E R Y
fr owm PART eF#o.ewr#n rao)
,................
twenty-eight feet in vertical height, is seen sloping upwards into
deep obscurity, a most impressive sight! Even more impressive
is this wonderful passage when it is illuminated with magnesium
Plate XX wire burnt behind the spectator a s he is standing a t the north end.
W e instructed our Arab attendant to burn magnesium away up a t
the south end of the Gallery, a n d then every part of i t became
visible :-the two side-walls approaching each other from their
base upwards by seven overlappings till a t the roof they are only
three a n d half feet apart ; the narrow roof itself with its thirty-six
overlappings sloping steeply upwards; a n d about 160 feet away a t
a level of 70 feet above us a s we stood a t the lower or north e n d of
the Grand Gallery, the high tapering south wall with, in the centre
of its base, the dark square opening of still another low passage.
T h i s low passage, which is only three a n d a half feet square in
bore, leads horizontally southwards to a small peculiarly marked
apartment called the Ante-Chamber, from the south wall of which a
similar low passage leads to a large rectangular hall known a s the
King's Chamber-Plate XX.
104 W h e n we looked along the floor of the Grand Gallery, we
saw that the walking-space is narrowed to three a n d a half feet by
a pair of low square stone benches or Ramps, extending the whole
length of the Gallery a t the base of the two side walls. T h e floor
of the Grand Gallery is, therefore, of the same width, approximately,
a s the Descending a n d First Ascending Passages, the Horizontal
Passage, a n d the two small horizontal passages which communicate
with the Ante-Chamber a n d the King's Chamber from the south o r
upper e n d of the Grand Gallery.
105 A s the apparent commencement of the floor of the Grand
Gallery is over seven feet above the floor of the Horizontal Passage,
it would be extremely difficult to ascend the Grand Gallery were i t
not t h a t the E a s t R a m p extends right down to the north wall, a n d
is sufficiently broad to permit one to walk upwards along it till the
sloping floor of the Gallery is reached. T h e East R a m p is always
the one-chosen by visitors desiring to ascend the Gallery, because,
although the W e s t R a m p also extends right down to the north wall
S -r of the Gallery, the Well-mouth breaks its continuity. Along the
top of the East Ramp, footholds have been cut, which we found of
great assistance, a n d without which it would be practically impos-
CHAMBER sible to ascend this narrow slippery ledge.
106 A t the head of the Grand Gallery (the south end), there is
a great Step, thirty-six inches in height, which, though broken to a
considerable extent in the middle, we found difficult to surmount,
not only on account of its height, but also because of the sloping
floor on which our feet rested; but we found that the Ramps,
which terminate against the front of the Step, proved of assistance,
for by carefully placing a foot on top of one of them, we gained
sufficient purchase to enable us to spring to the upper surface of the bottom of the lower one is on the same level as the roof of the
the Step. This upper surface is a level platform, measuring seven low passage into the Ante-Chamber-Plate XX.
feet from side to side, and five feet from front to back. W e 108 T h e King's Chamber, constructed entirely of immense
experienced a feeling of rest when we reached the top of the Step, beautifully squared and levelled blocks of dark polished granite, i s
after our laborious and somewhat dangerous climb up the long the chief apartment in the Great Pyramid, the one "to which, a n d
steep Gallery. Most visitors to the interior of the Pyramid, when for which, and toward which, the whole Great Pyramid was
they reach the lower end of the Grand Gallery, hesitate to proceed originally built." The Granite Coffer is near the west wall of the
further. T h e absence of the floor a t this part, the long inclined chamber, a n d is the only movable article of furniture in the
walls and the high receding roof disappearing into the deep gloom building. Though named the sarcophagus by those who hold to
above, gives them a feeling of awe and makes them afraid to go the tombic theory of the Great Pyramid, it exhibits none of the
on. It is only on the repeated assurances of their voluble Arab hieroglyphics nor other markings which are usually found on the
guides that some of them are induced to make the attempt. Indeed, sarcophagi in Egypt, nor is there any record of a inurnmy ever
many of the visitors do not penetrate even to the lower north end having been discovered in it. The King's Chamber is situated on
of the Grand Gallery, the high south-east wall in A1 Mamoun's the 50th course of the Pyramid masonry at a height of about 150
cavity, and the steep and very slippery floor of the First feet from the ground, and its size is, approximately, 34 feet from
Ascending Passage, deter them from proceeding further than the east to west, 17 feet from north to south, and 19 feet in height.
junction of the First Ascending Passage; and very many more T h e four walls are built of exactly one hundred stones varying in
will not even venture inside the Pyramid at all, the low narrow size, and the ceiling is formed of nine enormous granite beams,
Entrance, and above all the smooth glossy white floor which slopes stretching from north to south, and extending five feet beyond each
away so suddenly from them, prove too much for their nerves. side wall. These granite beams are of greater depth than breadth,
Those, therefore, who reach the top of the Step a t the head of the joist fashion, and constitute the largest stones in the whole Pyramid,
Grand Gallery, and pass through the low horizontal passages to One of them has a breadth of five feet, a depth of about seven feet,
the King's Chamber, are comparatively a very small and select and a length of twenty-seven feet, and weighs about seventy tons. .'
company, indeed ! ' (How did the builders manage to get it into its position?)
107 Our inspection of the lofty tapering wall which forms the 109 Above the King's Chamber there are five shallow spaces
' south terminus of the Grand Gallery, showed us that, like the two called Chambers of Construction, into the lowest of which, known as
side-walls, it has seven overlappings, each of which projects about " Davison's Chamber" after its discoverer, access is gained by a
three inches. T h e topmost overlap near the roof, therefore, small passage entering from the top south-east corner of the
i projects about twenty-one i n c h e s 3 e y o n d the base of the wall. Grand Gallery. This small passage is rough, but is apparently
T h e north-end wall at the foot of the Gallery has only six over- original. It is about 24 feet i n length, and only 32 inches in height
l a p p i n g ~ . A s the two passages, the first from the Grand Gallery by 26+ inches in width. T h e opening to this peculiar little passage
i into the Ante-Chamber, and the seco'nd from the Ante-Chamber is formed by the removal of one entire stone, from the topmost
i into the King's Chamber, are each only three and a half feet high, course of masonry, at the extreme southern end, of the east wall of
we found it necessary to stoop considerably when going through the Grand Gallery. W e did not get a n opportunity to explore
them. Special care required to be exercised on emerging from the these upper chambers; and a visit to them is attended with
i first low passage into the Ante-Chamber; for a t a short distance danger. W e were informed that there is only one guide (who lives
(21 inches) from the north wall of the chamber, two thick plates of at the Sakkara. Pyramids, about seven miles further up the Nile)
I granite, one above the other, forming together what is called the who will venture to ascend to the mouth of the small passage, in
Granite Leaf, are fixed between the side walls in such a way, that order to hold a rope for the venturesome visitor who desires t o
'Subsequent to the beginning of the World-War in 1914, railings and steps extend his investigations to these upper regions. This guide
have been fixed, thus enabling visitors t o now easily surmount the difficulties mounts the giddy height by means of notches cut in the walls a t
and reach the King's Chamber.
T h e projection is often stated by writers to be s e w n inches. But this is a n 3 T h e r e is n o known (visible) stone in the Great Pyramid larger or heavier
error. Professor Flinders Petrie measured it in 1881 by the aid of a plumb-line, than this. T h e weight of Aberdeen red granite, which is similar to the granite
and published the result a s about twenty-one and a quarter inches. My own of the King's Chamber, is 165 lbs. t o the cubic foot. T h e cubical contents of the
plumb-line measure, taken in 1912, practically confirms that of Professor roof-stone here mentioned is 945 cubic feet. Its weight is, therefore, rather
Petrie.-(Mortotr Edgar.) I less than 70 tons (British tons)-a very heavy stone.
72 II 73
the south-east angle of the Grand Gallery. W h e n we remember
the limited area of the upper surface of the Step, the vast sloping
depth of the Grand Gallery below, and the great height of the roof
Plate X X l where the mouth of the small passage is situated, we can well
understand t h a t this guide will require, a s the French say, to
"take his courage in both hands." Our A r a b attendant essayed to
ascend for us, but after climbing a third of the height, said he was
afraid a n d came down again.'
I 10 It was on the 8th of July in the year 1765 A.D., that Davison,
accompanied by a few friends (who did not, however, go with him
all the way), discovered a n d examined the lowermost Chamber of
Construction. He ascended to the mouth of the small passage by
a ladder: a n d had great difficulty in making his way along the
confined passage because of the large amount of dirt and bat's
manure with which it was choked. H e perceived that the floor of
the chamber is composed of the reverse of the granite beams
which form the ceiling of the King's Chamber, a n d that the entire
widths of their upper surfaces are exposed, thus making this low
space about four feet longer than the chamber below, although the
width from norfh to south is the same.
111 T h i s comprised all t h a t was known of the parts above the
King's Chamber until 1837, when, on the 14th of February of that
year, Col. Howard Vyse instructed his workmen to commence a n
excavation from the inner e n d of the small passage in a vertical
direction, in order to penetrate above the roof-beams of Davison's
Chamber. H e states that his reason for pursuing this operation,
was his belief t h a t a sepulchral apartment lay above Davison's
Chamber, the latter being, a s he thought, merely a n entresol or low
division between the twb main apartments below a n d above. T h e
work of excavating proved laborious and most dangerous, because
of its being overhead work, a n d carried on in so confined a space.
It was not until after six weeks of constant boring a n d blasting,
that the workmensmanaged to make a small hole into the cavity
above
4 D u r i n g m y subsequent visit to t h e G r e a t Pyramid in 1912, in connection with
t h e preparation of the manuscript for Vol. I1 of Great P j ~ r a m iPassages, I
instructed m y A r a b attendant, Judah Faid, t o get a long and substantial ladder
niade; a n d this was erected on top of the S t e p at the head of t h e Grand Gallery, its
upper end resting on the east wall just below the small d o o r w a y of the passage.
I n addition t o this I had several smaller ladders made by means of which I climbed
from the lowest (Davison's) Chamber of Construction to the one above, and s o
I successively from one low chaniber t o another rill I reached t h e fifth and highest.
I
F r o m the floor of one chamber to t h e floor of the next above it is, on an average,
~ about ten feet. W h e n I again visited the G r e a t Pyramid a third time, in the early
part of 1914, these ladders were all still where I had left them-the small ones in t h e
Chambers of Construction, and the large one down in the S u b t e r r a n e a n c h a m b e r t o
which I had had it removed for safety. I was thus enabled t o re-visit these
HOWARD
V Y S E 'CHAMBERS
~ OF C O N 6 T R U C T i O N SHOWING "QUARRY MARKS-
SINGLE SHADE LINES INDICATE LIMESTONE CAOSSPE LINES INDICATE GRANITE
1 usually inaccessible recesses of tile Pyramid.-(Morton
75
Edgar.)
112 O n receiving this information, the Colonel, in great expec-
Plate X X I l tation, examined the chamber b y the a i d of a lighted candle on the
end of a rod pushed through the small opening; but, he wrote, "I
had the mortification of finding that it was a chamber of construc-
tion, like that below it." H e still entertained a hope, however, of
discovering a sepulchral apartment somewhere above the King's
Chamber, a n d his men continued to work upwards, breaking into
each Chamber of Construction i n succession, until, after three a n d
a half months' labour, v:hen they had forced a vertical shaft up t o
a total height of forty feet above the small passage, the fifth cavity
w a s entered. This, owing to its inclined pointed roof, Col. Howard
Vyse believed to be the highest a n d final chamber. According to
his measurements, the apex of the gabled roof of this chamber i s
seventy feet above the floor of the King's Chamber-Plate XXI.
I13 O n the surrounding masonry of all these Chambers of
Construcliurl, excepting the lowest, Col. Howard Vyse discovered
many red-painted marks a n d hieroglyphs. H e had careful copies
of these taken a n d sent to the British Museum, where they were
examined a n d pronounced t o be merely quarry-marks and instruc-
tions for the masons, painted on a t the quarries. These are the
marks referred to by Professor Flinders Petrie, a s mentioned i n
Par. 74.
114 From the foregoing, it will be gathered that the "Chambers
of Construction" are not crllnw~bersin the usually accepted sense of
that word, but merely hollows or vacancies consequent upon the
peculiar construction of the masonry above the King's Chamber,
and hence the name "Chambcrs of Construction." T h e series of
five layers of great granite beams which are built one above the
other a t short distances apart, a n d the additional pairs of great
inclined linlestone blocks which form the gabled roof of the
topmost hollow (with also, probably, other inclined blocks resting
upon these again), were evidently intended b y the ancient builders
to form together a support for the enormous weight of the superin-
cumbent mass of masonry (the ancient top-stone lay more than 300
feet above the King's Chamber), which would be solid enough t o
preserve for thousands of years the chaste simplicity of the noble
chamber which they protect.
I15 Nor were the precautions against destruction too great, for
even with it all there is a slight settlement or inclination of the
whole of the King's Chamber towards the south-west corner, caused
by a n earthquake, most probably that reported to have occurred in
the year go8 A.D.-Par. 84. T h e shock of this earthquake must
have been very severe, for every one of the beams which form the
immediate roof of the King's Chamber, great a n d strong though
they be, are broken across near the south wall, so that a s Professor
Flinders Petrie has said, the whole of the immensely heavy granite
ceiling is upheld solely b y sticking a n d thrusting! Moreover, in
every one of the spaces above, the massive roof-beams are either
cracked across, or are torn more or less out of the wall principally
o n the south side ! Nevertheless, the wonderful a n d unique method CHAPTER VI
of construction devised over four thousand years ago b y the ancient
architect, has so well succeeded in preserving the symmetry a n d ' r SYMBOLISM
~ ~ O F THEPASSAGES
AND CHAMBERS
squareness of the great chamber, t h a t none of the effects of the
mighty convulsion of nature are apparent to the eyes of the O F THE GREAT PYRAMID
observer standing in it. These effects reveal themselves only upon
close scrutiny, with careful measuring a n d levelling. The King's
F the north wall of the Grand Gallery b e assumed to indicate
Chamber, therefore, with its five horizontal ceilings of granite, four
of which are directly built upon granite (the fifth or topmost being
built upon limestone-See Plate XX), is the Great Pyramid's
practical sign, o r symbol, of Stability. Egypt's well known symbol
of " Stability " has four horizontal ridges.
I the date of the birth of Jesus Christ, a n d a space of 33%
inches, measured from this point u p the inclined floor, be
taken to symbolize the years of his earthly life, the terininal
point of this measurement will be found to occupy a position "over
116 All the chambers in the Great Pyramid run longer from against the mouth of the Well,"-not opposite the centre of that
east to west, t h a n from north to sout.h, a n d the entrance doorway of opening, but sufficiently near to it to have suggested the thought to
each opens o n the extreme east of the north wall, the Grotto, even, the mind of a young Scotsman, Robert Menzies by name, that the
being no exception to this uniform rule. ( W e give a full descrip- Well symbolizes Hades, the death-state, into which, in the words of
tion of the Grotto in our letters from Egypt.) A s all the passages the prophet, our Lord Jesus "poured out his soul "-Isa. 53: 12.
run in the same vertical plane, a sectional drawing of the Pyramid A n d because the surroundings of this Well present the appearance
from east to west would show the various chambers situated of its mouth having been, in time past, covered b y stone-work, a n d
vertically one above the other-See Plate XXII, which shows the later violently uncovered (as if burst open from beneath by a n
Chamber System of the Great Pyramid, looking north. explosion), the additional thought of Christ's resurrection was
117 In none of the passages a n d chambers of the Great Pyramid suggested-Plate XXIII.
have we found a n y of the sculpture-work a n d carved hieroglyphics 119 A s a sequence to these thoughts, it was naturally suggested
which are su comrnon in many of the smaller pyramids, a n d in all that the First Ascending Passage which leads up to the point thus
of the temples, obelisks, sphinxes, etc., erected throughout Egypt. assumed to indicate the date of Christ's birth, would, therefore,
There are, indeed, the red marks in the Chambers of Construction; symbolize that L a w Dispensation which preceded a n d led up to the
but these have been pronounced on good authority to be quarry- Advent of the Messiah; and, also, that the Descending Passage
marks, a n d are found on the walls of spaces which are strictly from which the First Ascending Passage branches, would synl-
speaking not chambers, a n d were originally built u p with solid bolize the world on its downward course to the "Pit" of destruction.
masonry. In all the other chambers a n d passages, on the contrary, O n the other hand, the lofty Grand Gallery, continuing in the same
intended to be visited, the masonry was finished off plain, a n d upward direction a s t h a t of the First Ascending Passage, would
polished (though now much serrated a n d injured b y the effects of appropriately symbolize that Dispensation of Grace, during which
time a n d vandalism) ; a n d in them neither quarry-marks nor hiero- the "Glad Tidings " of the Advent of a Saviour for the world, was
glyphics of a n y kind have ever been discovered, though many to be witnessed to all nations.
investigators havc sought long a n d diligently for them. It is not 120 These thoughts, which were suggested by Robert Menzies
b y hieroglyphics nor b y sculpture-work, but b y symbol, measure, a s a possible interpretation of the symbolism of the Great Pyramid's
a n d angle, that the Great Pyramid of Gizeh in the l a n d of Egypt passages a n d chambers, have since been proved to be reasonable,
yields its secrets, a n d testifies to the Divine plan of the Ages. a n d have led the way to the discovery of many beautiful, a n d other-
wise undiscoverable, corroborations of the various features of the
plan of salvation a s contained in the Holy Scriptures. It is
important to realize that it was the recognition of the symbolism of
the Well, which formed the key to the interpretation of the design
of the passage system. T h i s is only what we should expect, for it
I
Plate X X I I I 122 T h e descending Passage symbolizes the downward course
I o f " this present evil world" (Gal. 1 : 4) to destruction, represented by
is the due recognition of the death a n d resurrection of Christ, the Pit, or Subterranean Chamber. It is important to notice that it
symbolized b y the Well, which forms the key to the proper under- is not the people, but "this present evil world "-the present evil
standing of the teaching of the Bible. W i t h these leading thoughts institutions-which will be destroyed in Gehenna. These evil
in mind, the symbolism of the various passages a n d chambers will institutions will, thank God, never be re-awakened. T h e Pit thus
first be stated briefly that a comprehensive view may be taken symbolizes Gehennn, the condition of death from which there will
of them, a n d then they will be considered in fuller detail. be no awakening, just a s the Well symbolizes Hades, the condition
121 In 2 Tim. 1: 10 it is stated that Jesus, by his death a n d of death from which there will be an awakening.
resurrection, abolished death a n d brought life a n d immortality t~ 123 From the Descending Passage, representing the plane of
light through the Gospel. Life on the plane of human perfection, I
Adamic condemnation, to the upper planes of life a n d immortality
as it will be a t the e n d of Christ's Millennia1 reign on earth, is representcd by the Queen's Chamber and theKing's Chamber respec-
tively, two ways are shown in the Great Pyramid, namely, the First
Ascending Passage, a n d the Well. A glance at Plate XI demon-
strates that of these two ways, the First Ascending Passage,
representing the L a w Covenant, appears to be much easier to ascend
than the other. T h a t is how the Israelites regarded the L a w Cove-
nant. When Moses laid before them the words which the Lord
commanded him, "All the people answered together and said, 'All
that the Lord hath spoken we will do'"-Exod. 19 : 8. They thought
they could keep the L a w a n d thus gain life, for God had s a i d : "Ye
, shall therefore keep my s t a t ~ ~ t easn d my judgments: which if n
I
J Z he shall live in them : I am the Lord "-Lev.
J ~ ~ do, 18 : 5. T h c y did
not recognize that it is impossible for fallen flesh to obey the Divine
Law. W h a t is it that blocks this way to life? It is the perfect
I
L a w of God. Just a s the Granite Plug completely blocks the
entrance of the First Ascending Passage of the Great Pyramid,
I s o the Divine L a w blocks the way of life which the Law Covenant
offered to the Jew. Thus the Granite Plug symbolizes the Divine
Law. A s the Apostle put it, " T h e commandment, which was
ordained to life, I found to be unto death "-Rom. 7 : 10. Through
the Atonement Sacrifices, however, which the Lord instituted, the
Israelites were typically justified (not really justified, because "it is
not possible that the blood of bulls and of goats should take away
I
sinsH-Heb. 10 : 4), a n d were accordingly reckoned by God a s
typically obeying the L a w a n d progressing along the L a w Dispen-
sation. T h e First Ascending Passage, therefore, symbolizes both
The Well-mouth in the Grand Gallery of the Great Pvramid of the L a w Covenant and the L a w Dispensation.
Gizeh, showing its broken surr oundings
124 A s the First Ascending Passage is blocked, a n d the passage
indicated by the Queen's Chamber. Immortality is indicated on a forced by A1 Mamoun is no part of the original design of the Great
higher level by the King's Chamber, into which entrance is gained Pyramid, it follows that there is only one way open from the
only b y means of the Grand Gallery a n d Ante-Chamber. T h e Descending Passage, symbolical of Adamic condemnation, to the
G r a n d Gallery represents the pathway of justification b y faith upper passages which symbolize life a n d immortality, namely, by
which leads to the high or heavenly calling to" joint-heirship with the Well-shaft. But this way is vertical for a great part of its
Christ; and the Ante-Chamber represents the School of Christ," course. It is not a passage a t all in the proper sense of the term.
the school of consecration unto death, in which those who accept A s already intimated, it symbolizes Christ's Ransom sacrifice.
the calling a n d are accepted by the Lord, are made meet for the 8I
heavenly inheritance symbolized by the King's Chamber.
80
Plate XXIV T h u s thc tcaching of the Great Pyramid corroborates that of the
Word of God, which intimates t h a t the way to life a n d immortality
was first opened up through the death a n d resurrection of Christ, a n d
that salvation is b y faith. "By grace are ye saved, through f a i t h ;
a n d that not of yourselves ; i t is the gift of God: not of works, lest
a n y man should boast "-Eph. 2 : 8, 9. None can ascend from the
plane of condemnation a n d death, to the plane of justification,
except by faith. Justification by faith is not the result of works.
I 2 5 O n l y two men have been capable of keeping the perfect
L a w of God, because none but these two began life in this world on
the plane of human perfection. T h e first one, Adam, wilfully broke
God's L a w ( I Tim. 2 : 14) a n d sold the whole human race under sin
a n d death. T h e other, on the contrary, the man Christ Jesus, kept
the L a w , a n d did not require to die ; but delighting in the will of
God, he voluntarily gave up his life a s a sacrifice, the just for the
ynjust ( I Pel. 3: 18) ; a n d then, a s it was not possible that he, the
innocent one, should be holden of death (Acts 2 : 24), God burst the
bonds a n d raised his beloved Son from hades, the death-state.
Through the risen Christ a s the L a s t Adam, the First Adam with
all of his family will eventually also be raised from the death-state
-I Tim. 2 : 4-6.
126 Jesus, then, was not born on the plane of condemnation a n d
death represented b y the Descending Passage, hut on the plane of
human perfection. H e was "holy, harmless, undefiled, a n d
separate from sinners "-Heb. 7 : 26. But he was born under the
Law-Gal. 4: 4. This would require that the Great Pyramid should
indicate thc date of his birth somewhere i n the First Ascending
Passage, a n d this is clearly shown in a n ingenious a n d yet simple
fashion. T h e Queen's Chamber symbolizes human perfection. If
the line of its floor be produced northwards till it touches the floor
of the First Ascending Passage, the point of contact will necessarily
be on the plane, or level, of human perfection. This point will,
therefore, fulfil the required conditions-Plate XXIV.
127 T h a t this point on the floor of the First Ascending Passage
indicates the date of the birth of Jesus, is confirmed by the follow-
ing interesting fact. It has been shown that the First Ascending
Passage a n d the Grand Gallery, symbolize respectively the L a w
Dispensation a n d the Gospel Dispensation. It follows that the
point on the floor which is in line with the north wall of the Grand
Gallery, a n d which marks, therefore, the end of the First Ascending
Passage a n d the commencement of the G r a n d Gallery, indicates
the dale of the death a n d resurrection or Christ which closed the
L a w Dispensation, a n d ushered in the Gospel Dispensation-Col.
2 : 14. Now, if we measure along the floor of the First Ascend-
ing Passage from the point already determined a s indicating
the date of the birth of Jesus, to this line of demarcation which
83
indicates the date of his death, the distance between the two is
found to be 33% inches, the exact length which corresponds to the
duration of Jesus' life on earth a t the rate of an inch to a year."
128 T h e fact that two or more parts of the Great Pyramid may CHAPTER VII
symbolize the same feature of the Plan of Salvation (as, for instance
the Well, and the line of demarcation between the First Ascending THE.SYMBOLISMO F T H E PASSAGESA N D CHAMBERS O F THE
Passage and the Grand Gallery, both of which symbolize the death
a n d resurrection of Christ), a n d the fact that one portion of the GREAT PYRAMID MORE FULLY CONSIDERED
Great Pyramid may symbolize two or more features of the Plan of
Salvation, should occasion no surprise; for the same principle is (A) THE KING'S AND QUEEN'S CHAMBERS
observed in the Bible, where the followers of Christ are repre-
sented by various symbols-sheep, stones, guests a t a wedding,
W
branches in a vine, a bride, etc. In no other way would it be I T H a view to the proper understanding of this subject,
possible to represent so many features by the few simple passages let us first consider what are meant b y "Mortality" and
a n d chambers contained in the Great Pyramid. "Immortality." Mortality signifies a state or condition
129 Dr. Seiss, arguing for the same reasonable interpretation of of liability to death ; a condition in which dcath is a
the symbolism of the Great Pyramid, writes: " Does not the same possibility, not in which death is a certainty. Inlmortality signifies
alphabet spell all our words, and by its various combinations serve a state or condition ]lot liable to death ; not merely freedom from
to record all our knowledge? A n d when, b y reading certain death, but a condition in which death is a n ilnpo.s.sibility.
features of the Great Pyramid in one way, we get one circle of I32 Adam was mortal, that is, in a condition in which death
truths, and b y reading them in other ways, based on Pyramid was a possibility. H e had life in full and perfect measure, yet not
presentations, we get quite other circles of truths, or trace in one inherent life. His was a life sustained by "every tree of the
part coincidences with readings in a different kind in another part, garden " save the one tree forbidden ; a n d so long a s he continued
where is the illogicalness of it or the confounding of things any in obedience to and in harmony with his Maker, his life was secure,
more than in the cases just named? " --sustaining elements were not denied. Thus seen, Adam had life,
I30 ,While bearing this in mind, it will at the same time be a n d death was entirely avoidable; yet he was in such a condition
noticed that nowhere are the presentations strained or out of that death was possible, he was mortal.
harmony with the general symbolization of the various passages I33 Inlmortality is ascribed only to the Divine nature. Origin-
a n d chambers, but that, on the contrary, they tend to establish ally it was possessed by Jehovah alone; subsequently it was
more firmly those symbolical applications; a n d new beauties, given to our Lord Jesus in his highly exalted condition; finally it
which otherwise would b e lost, are brought to light, corroborating, will be imparted to the Church, the body of Christ, when glorified
the testimony of the Scriptures. with him-I Tim. 6: 16; John 5 : 26 ; 2 Pet. 1 : 4 ; I Cor. 15 : 53, 54.
51n his ~ i f e ' o n dWork a/ the Great Pyramid, Vol. 11, Professor C. Piazzi Smyth 134 In the Chart of the Ages (Plate V) three important planes
states that the floor of the Horizontal Passage is from 2034 to 21 inches above the are represented: ( I ) the lowest, the plane of human depravity,
Queen's Chamber floor, and 6 inches above the line of demarcation between the condemnation a n d death; (2) above this, the plane of human
First Ascending Passage and the Grand Gallery. This line of demarcation is. perfection ; and (3) the highest plane, the plane of the Divine
accordingly, from 14% to 15 (say 14'85) inches above the level of the Queen's nature, immortality. These three conclitions are symbolized in the
Chamber floor, which is on the same level as the point on the floor of the First
Ascending Passage that marks the date of Jesus' birth. Great Pyramicl (Plate XXV), by the sarne method of superimposed
This vertical measurement o f 14.85 inches is the perpendicular of a right-angled planes: ( I ) the Descending Passage represents the plane of Adamic
triangle, the hypotenuse of which is the length of that portion of the floor of the condemnation to death; (2) the Horizontal Passage and Queen's
First Ascending Passage lying between the two points which indicate the dates of Chamber (more particularly the level of the Queen's Chanlber floor)
the birth and death of Jesus. The angle of inclination of the floor (the hypotenuse) represents the plane of human perfection, the condition in which
is 26" 18' 10". When we multiply the length of the perpendicular, 14'85 inches,
by the cosecant of the angle, the hypotenuse is found to measure 33.5 inches. everlasting life is a possibility, hut not a certainty; a n d (3) the
NOTE:26' 18' 10" is the angle of the passages stated to the nearest second. King's Chamber, the plane of the Divine nature, imnlortality, the
More accurately, however, the theoretically correct angle i s 26" 18' 9 7 + , the condition in which death is an inlpossibility.
natural cosecant of which is 2'2567583+. 135 In his work Tnhe~-llnckcSIzadows, C. T. Russell points out that
85
gold in the tabernacle synll~olizes things Divine; and copper,
things human. In the third volume of Scriptzire Studies, he makes
it clear that granite a n d limestone in the Great Pyrainid teach the
Plate X X V s a m e ; a s for instance, the Granite Plug in the First Ascending
Passage symbolizes the Divine Law. A n examination of Plate XI
will show that the only other positions in the Great Pyramid where
granite (represented in the Plate by crossed line shading) is used
for constructive purposes are the Ante - Chamber, the King's
Chamber, a n d the five spaces above the King's Chamber named by
Col. Howard Vyse the "Chambers of Construction"-Pars. 110-115.
T h i s would indicate that these chambers symbolize spiritual a n d
Divine things or beings, a n d that all other parts of the interior of
the Great Pyramid, with the exception of the Granite Plug, sym-
bolize human things or beings.
136 Immortality, or the Divine nature, the highest of all spirit
natures, is symbolized by the King's Chamber, which is built
entirely of granite. T h e Queen's Chamber, on the other hand,
being built entirely of limestone, symbolizes the human nature;
but inasmuch a s it is seven-sided (including the floor a n d douhle-
inclined roof) it symbolizes that perfection of human nature which
will be obtained by all the obedient anlong men a t the end of the
"Times of Restitution," when the will of God will be done on earth
a s it is done in heaven.
137 Another clue to the interpretation that the plane of the
Queen's Chamber signifies the plane of human perfection, the
condition in which everlasting life is a possibility, is that the level
of its floor is above the summit of the Well. W e have seen that
the Well synlbolizes not only in a particular sense the death a n d
resurrection of Christ, but also in a general sense Hades, the death
state. Accordingly, the level of the Queen's Chamber indicates
that plane of being which is superior to death conditions; but
the fact that this plane is only just at the summit of the Well,
would indicate that in this condition there is, nevertheless, always
the possibility of death, which, however, woulcl ensue only in the
event of disobedience.
138 Again, a n important proof that the level of the Queen's
Chamber represents eternal life on the human plane, is that access
to it is gained either by the First Ascending Passage, or by the
Well, both of which symbolize means of access to earthly life-
rights.
( I ) T h e First Ascending Passage sym1)olizes the L a w Covenant,
which did not offer spiritual life a n d blessings nor a heavenly
inheritance, but eternal life on the human plane with earthly bless-
ings (Gal. 3: 12 ; Lev. 18 : 5 ; Deut. l I: I-; 28: I-); but just a s the
First Ascending Passage is conlpletely blocked by the Granite
Plug, so the L a w Covenant a s a way to life was l~lockedby the
87
Divine Law. A s all were thus proved guilty before God, it was course of the Pyramid masonry, is high above the level of the
necessary that the Son of God should be born a s a perfect human Queen's Chamber which is situated on the 25th course, a n d
being under the Law, and, after proving his right to eternal life on symbolizes the earthly inheritance.
the human plane, surrender this right for ever for the benefit of the
human race, a s we r e a d : " T h e man Christ Jesus gave himself a I41 There is another method b y which the Great Pyramid, under
Divine arrangement, symbolizes the essential difference between
ransom for all "; "My flesh I will give for the life of the world "- immortality andmortality. SeeScriptureStztdies, Vol.111, pp. 370-373:
I Tim. 2 : 5, 6 ; John 6 : 51. It is in harmony with this that, a s " A s the King's Chamber b y its ventilating tubes indicates that it
already shown (Par. 127), the date of the birth of the " man Christ synlbolizes a permanent residence, a n everlasting condition, so the
Jesus," a s a perfect human being born under the L a w a n d able to Queen's Chamber symbolizes the fact that the condition of human
keep it, is indicated in the Great Pyramid a t the upper end of perfection, when reached, may be made a n everlasting state; for it
t h e First Ascending Passage, a n d on the same level a s the floor of also has similar ventilating tubes or air passages provided. In one
the Queen's Chanlbcr. case we may say it symbolizes a permanent condition, a n d in the
(2) Thus we see that access to the plane of human perfection is other that it may be made a permanent or everlasting condition,
impossible for a n y of the fallen race by their own works through the because this is the fact as indicated both by the Scriptures a n d by
L a w Covenant, a n d that the only way to life is through the ransom- the testimony of the stone Witness. T h e Scriptures say of those
sacrifice of Christ. T h i s is symbolized in the Great Pyramid by who attain the condition represented b y the King's Chamber, t h a t
the only means of access from the Descending Passage to the level they partake of the Divine nature, a n d are immortal, or proof
of the Queen's Chamber, namely, by the Well, which, from this against death- that they cannot die thereafter. A n d they show
goint of view, synlbolizes the ransom-sacrifice of Christ, the only that those others who reach the full restitution, though they will
way of escape" from the condemnation of death-John 3: 18. not possess that quality termed im~noutnlity,which is essentially a n
T h e final outcome of the ranson1 will be the restitution to the whole element of the Divine nature only, will be supplied with life ever-
human race of all that was lost by Adam-I Tim. 2 : 4-6. But only lasting under provisions already arranged by the great Architect
the obedient will receive eternal life, for "every soul which will not of the plan of salvation. If they abide in harmony with God a n d
hear [obey] that prophet, shall b e destroyed from among the in obedience to his will, they will live forever.
people "-Acts 3 : 19-23.
I42 "The Great Pyramid declares these same truths; for while
139 Access to the King's Chamber is possible only by the Grand the King's Chamber had open ventilators [Plate XX], the ventilators
Gallery a n d the Ante-Chamber. T h i s corroborates the teaching of in the Queen's Chamber were originally peculiarly covered. T h e
the Scriptures that access to the heavenly inheritance on the Divine air-tubes were complete from the outside of the Great Pyramid to
plane is limited to this Gospel Age, a n d is possible only through within half a n inch [this should read f i ~ einches] of the surface of
justification a n d sanctification. T h e Grand Gallery symbolizes the inner walls of the Queen's Chamber, the stones on either side
the faith-justification of this Age, the condition of those who, of the Queen's Chamber, except the said half-inch [five inches]
through faith in the ransom-sacrifice of Christ, have passed from in thickness, having been chiselled out, showing design on the
the plane of condemnation, a n d have had imputed to thein the part of the Great Pyramid's Architect, just a s every other feature
earthly life-rights surrendered by Jesus on their behalf. T h e Ante- shows it. Mr. W a y n m a n Dixon made this discovery while examin-
Chamber symbolizes the sanctification of the Gospel Age, the ing the walls of the Queen's Chamber. H e noticed that the wall
condition of those who, having been justified to human life-rights, a t a certain spot sounded hollow, and, breaking through the
have responded to the loving invitation of God, and have made a surface, he found one ventilating tube; a n d then by the same
covenant with him by sacrificc-Psa. 50: 5. These are reckoned process he found its mate in the opposite wall [Plate XVII]. T h u s
by God a s no longer in the flesh but in the Spirit, a n d are prepared the Pyramid, in harmony with the Scriptures, declares that ample
through sufferings for the heavenly inheritance. provisio7z has been made, whereby the perfect human condition,
140 Thereis very great difference between the Kingdom promised represented by the Queen's Chamber, may be a n everlasting
to the followers of Christ, a n d the kingdom prepared from the condition to each one who conforms to its regulations a n d laws."
foundation of the world for the obedient of the rest of mankind
( I Cor. 15 : 50 ; Matt. 25 : 34) ; for just a s " the heavens are higher
143 T h u s does the Queen's Chamber with its ventilating air-
channels now open to the winds of heaven, suggest the thought of
than the earth9' (Isa. 55: 9), so the King's Chamber, which sym- the " breath'?f life" being breathed in;o man's nostrils, and man
bolizes the heavenly inheritance and is situated upon the 50th becoming a living ~ o u l ' ~ - G e n .2: 7. Come from the four wincls,
88 89
0 brcath, a n d breathe upon these slain that they may live. . . .
a n d the breath came into them, a n d they lived, a n d stood up upon
Pla le XXVI thcir feet, a n exceeding great army "-Ezek. 37 : 9, 10.
( B ) THE DESCENDING
PASSAGE
AND T H E SUBTERRANEAN
CHAMBER
THOUGH
the Descending Passage of the Great Pyramid is nearly
three hundred a?cl forty feet in length, it measures but three a n d a
half feet froin side to side, a n d rather less than four feet trans-
versely froin floor to roof. Its Entrance is situated in the north side
of the Pyramid a t a spot over 50 feet vertically above the ground.
From this point the passage descends southwards a t a steep angle.
145 01ily one-fou~th of the total length of thc Descending
Passage runs through the Pyramid proper. T h e remaining three-
fourths, progressing southwards a t the same steep angle, is forced
through the solid rock upon which the Pyranlici stands, and ends in
the Srnall Horizontal Passage which continues in the same southerly
direction, a n d leads first to a small Recess, a n d then to a large
Subterranean Chamber carved out in the heart of the rock about
one hundred feet vertically below the centre of the base-line of the
Pyramid. While the roof a n d four walls of this Subterranean
Chamber have been made fairly even, the floor, on the contrary,
has been left in a n extremely broken a n d unfinished condition, by
rcason of which the name of "Bottomless Pit" has been applied by
some to this chamber. It is a fitting termination to the long low
passage which leads downwards to it.
146 Because of its downward slope a n d very sinall bore, the
whole Descending Passage suggests the thought o l the world of
mankind bowed under the curse, hastening towards destruction.
Since the transverse height is scarcely four feet, the man who
travels down this passage requires to stoop very low-See Plate
XXVI. T h e steep downward inclination of the roof compels him
to how his head a n d shoulders even lower than if the passage were
horizontal. S o cramped is the posture, that before he has gone far
his back a n d head begin to ache, ancl he lonqs for a n opportunity
to stand upright; but there is no relief, a n d as he continues his
tlownward course he finds it more and more laborious and painful.
A t first, the light streaming in from the Entrance aids him in
choosing his footing, t)ut the further he procccds thc gloomier
l~ecomesthe way, until a t length he requires to grope along in
almost complete darkness, unless he possess a lamp or torch.
W h e n he has reached the lower extremity of the passage, should
he look back, he will see the light a t the Entrance now reduced
91
Draws by K. Vaughnn
Walking down the Descending Passage
Plate XXVII
to a mere point owing to the distance, and serving him only as a
reminder of the freedom a n d light once enjoyed. But after h e
passes the bend of the passage a t the horizontal portion (Plate
XXVII), even this small link with the past is lost. A s the roof
here is even lower than that of the Descending Passage, a t this
part of the journey he will be forced to his knees, a n d if he should
continue unprovided with a lamp, he will r e q ~ i r eto creep on in
complete* darkness, till he stumbles into the Pit." A few feet
before the end of the way, the passage is a little roomier (Plate
XII), a n d this may cause him to imagine that he will obtain more
freedom if he perseveres: but the hope is a delusive one, for the
passage becomes a s narrow a s it was before, a n d remains so till
the Pit is reached-Plate XXVIII.
147 Is not this a graphic illustration of the condition of the
world, bowed under the yoke of the Adamic condemnation to
death, groping and stumbling in the darkness, a n d finding n o
permanent peace and happiness in spite of all its plans a n d
speculations. This downward course had its first beginning a t the
fall when God, in passing the sentence of '$eath upon Adam, the
head of the race of mankind, said to him : Cursed is the ground
for thy sake ; in sorrow shalt thou eat of it all the days of thy life;
thorns also a n d thistles shall it bring forth to thee ; a n d thou shalt
eat the herb of the field. In the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat
bread, till thou return unto the ground; for out of it wast thou
taken; for dust thou art, a n d unto dust shalt thou return1'-Rom.
8 : 22 ; Gen. 3 : 17-19.
148 Though, a s we have seen, God has been silently choosing a
special people to himself and has been carrying out his beneficent
purposes in them, "the whole world [still] lieth in the wicked one"
-I John 5 : 19, R.V. T h e only hindrances placed by God in the
way of the downward course of mankind have been ( I ) the indirect
restrainiqg influence of the truth manifested in the lives a n d
sayings of his people (Matt. 5 : 13, 14), a n d ( 2 ) the direct prevention
of anything which would interfere in a n y way with the outworking
of the Divine plan of salvation. H a d men been given complete
liberty, their evil desires a n d lack of judgment would long ago
have precipitated matters, but God restrained them, a s we read in
Psa. 76: 10-"Surely the wrath of man shall praise thee: the
remainder of wrath shalt thou restrain."
149 Men have tried in every conceivable way to obtain a form
of government and mode of life which would ensure lasting health
and happiness, peace and contentment, but to n o purpose. T h e
reason of the failure is to be found in man's moral, mental and
physical imperfection, due in part to his own fault, but chiefly to
heredjty and environment. God knew beforehand that men could
not rule themselves, but he knew also that it was best for them to
G 93
Dr~i;i'nb,jh-. Vnrrghon
The Lower Termrnal of the Descending P a s s a ~ e
learn by bitter experience that tltere is no other way of salvation
from sin a n d its train of evil consequences-pain, disease, misery Plate XXVIII
and death,-than that which he himself has provided in his S o n
Christ Jesus. In harmony with this, the Apostle Peter said to the
rulers and elders of Israel: " T h i s is the stone which was set a t
nought of you builders, which is become the head of the corner.
Neither is there salvation in a n y other; for there is none other
name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved"
-Acts 4: l I, 12.
I50 In the 1)eginning Adam had God's law written on his mind
a n d heart, that is to say, he was perfect and at peace with God,
a n d thus he enjoyed sweet communion with the Lord from day to
day. But after the fall how changed were all the conditions! H i s
descendants lost the desire to obey the law of God, and with this
they lost also to a n increasing extent the ability to discern good
a n d evil. God permitted this condition to continue, with the result
that the race became more a n d more degraded, a n d its consequent
alienation from God grew daily wider. " W h e n they knew God,
they glorified him not a s God, neither were thankful ; but became
vain in their imaginations, a n d their foolish heart was darkened.
Professing themselves to be wise, they became fools, ancl changed
the glory of the uncorruptible God into a n image made like to
corr~iptibleman. a n d to birds, a n d fourfooted beasts, a n d creeping
things. Wherefore God also gave them up to uncleanness through
the lusts of their h e a r t s . . . a n d even a s they did not like to retain
God in their knowledge, God gave them over to a reprobate mind
[margin-a mind void of judgment], to do those things which are
not convenient "-Ronl. I : 18- 32.
I51 For the first sixteen a n d a half centuries of the long period
of 6040 years (the interval between Adam's fall in 4/28 B.C., a n d
the end of the "Times of the Gentiles" in 19/4), the angels were
permitted the attempt to save men, in order to demonstrate their
inability to do so, a n d a t the same time to test their loyalty to God.
F a r from saving men, some of these angels became contaminated
with the general evil, a n d so degraded did the human race become
that God brought that First Dispensation to a n end b y means of
the Deluge, a n d " the angels which kept not their first estate, but
left their own habitation, he hath reserved in everlasting chains
under darkness unto the judgment of the great d a y " (Jude 6), that
is to say, he has ever since prevented them from communion with
the holy angels a n d from materialising a n d mingling with men.
152 With the termination of the First Dispensation a second
beginning was m a d e ; but again the course h a s been downward
toward destruction. It is this Second Dispensation, called b y the
Apostle Paul " t h i s present evil world" (Gal. I : 4,-See the Chart
of the Ages, Plate V), which is specially symbolized by the
94
The North-east Corner of the Slzbterranean Chamber
Descending Passage-Plate XXV. During the first eight a n d a 156 There was a two-fold purpose in this arrangement. First,
half centuries of this Second Dispensation God still refrained from God thus permitted the Gentiles to take control a n d try the
giving a written L a w , but the result was the same, namely experiment of ruling, that thus the world might also learn the
increased misery due to deep degradation, a n d the gradual oblitera- futility of its own efforts a t self-government while in its present
tion of God's image from heart a n d mind. sinful condition. A s he had given the dominion forfeited by A d a m
I53 Then for a period of 1685 years God, having specially to the angels, to demonstrate their inability to rule a n d bless the
chosen a n d prepared a people for himself, separated them from world, s o he now d ~ l i v e r e dthat dominion over to the Gentiles, to
the nations around s o a s to protect them from their corrupt let them try their various methods, unaided by him. These various
influences, a n d gave them his Law, engraved on tables of stone ; experiments God permits a s s o many valuable a n d necessary lessons,
but though he watched over them with the jealous care of a wise filling the intervening time until the Lord's anointed, whose right it
a n d loving Father for his children, punishing them for wrong-doing is, shall come a n d take the dominion a n d accomplish all his
a n d blessing them for well-doing, a n d though he sent them prophet gracious purposes "-Scripture Studies, Vol. 11, page 75. A s fore-
after prophet to warn and exhort them, it was all of no avail. shadowed by God in the great image, seen by Nebuchadnezzar in
W h y was this? W a s God disappointed? Did h e expect the his dream a n d explained by Daniel (Dan. 2 : 31-45), various forms
nation of Israel to keep his L a w ? By no means. God knew that of government under Babylonia, Medo-Persia, Greece and Rome,
" b y the deeds of the law shall no flesh be justified." H e was have been atterrlpted, but just a s the various parts of the image
merely permitting men to learn for themselves the lesson that 'deteriorated from above downwards, first gold, then silver, then
"both Jews a n d Gentiles . . . are all under sin ; a s it is written, brass a n d lastly iron, so the empires named likewise degenerated
There is none righteous, no, not o n e ; . . . that every mouth may both mentally a n d morally. In the present time of the divisions of
be stopped, a n d all the world may become guilty before G o d ; t h e Roman Empire, represented in the great image by the ten toes,
. . . for all have sinned, a n d come short of the glory of God."
T h e Lord's purpose was that his righteousness, which is by
though the downward course ahas been stayed to some extent
through the influence of the Reformation, the progress is still
the faith of Jesus Christ, might be manifested, being witnessed by toward destruction. Men are using their increased knowledge a n d
the L a w a n d the Prophets-Rom. 3: 9-26. their many wonderful discoveries a n d inventidns for their own
154 During their existence a s a nation, from the exodus from selfish ends, and, a s a result, unrest a n d discontent are so much on
E g y p t in Spring of the year 1 6 1 5 ~ . ~God
. , led the Israelites through the increase that all thinking people recognize still greater
various experiences. After their period of 40 ycars in the wilder- breakers ahead, a n d are predicting a general wreckage of present
ness, a n d six years in taking possession of the promised land, they institutions.
had judges for a period of 450 years, then kings for 513 years, and 157 T h e second purpose was to teach Israel, the chosen people,
lastly they were a subject nation to various Gentile powers for the a much needed lesson. For seventy years they were imprisoned
remaining period of 676 years, that is, to the year 70 A.D., after i n Babylon a n d their land was left desolate, a n d never since then
which they ceased to exist a s a nation, although a s a people they have they h a d a king to reign over them. W h e n the seventy years
preserve their identity to this day. were accomplished a n d all the former wicked generation had died
I 5 5 In 606 B.c., with God's permission, Nebuchadnezzar, king out, only such of their descendants were permitted to return a n d
of Babylon, destroyed Jerusalem, a n d the Times of the Gentiles, build the temple a n d walls of Jerusalem a s loved God a n d had
referred to by Jesus, began-Luke 21 : 24. In Scripture Studies, respect to his promises. T h i s was a period of great reformation
Vol. 11, Chap. 4, C. T. Russell proves conclusively that the Times of in Natural Israel, and, dating from Nehemiah's commission in 454
the Gentiles, the period during which the Israelites, first a s a nation, B.C. to build the walls of Jerusalem, the nation was promised
then a s a people, have been subject to the various Gentile govern- seventy weeks (7 times 70 = 490 years) of continued favour-Dan.
ments which have held sway over the world, is a n era of 2520 9 : 24-27. But, though they never again relapsed into gross forms
years, beginning in 606 B.c., a n d terminating in 1914 A.D.~ of idolatry, their moral condition, when the Messiah came a t the
'jNore to the Second Edition: These words are in the First Edition of this work, beginning of the seventieth week, showed that there had been a
which was published in 1910. W e believe they should still stand; for we regard the marked decline. T h e y loved darkness rather t h a n light, a n d
great World-War, which began in Autumn 1914 A.D., as the beginning of the final
o v e r t h 1 . 0of
~ Gentile powers; and as an evidence that Christ, the returned Lord, crucified the Holy One. Thirty-seven years later, in the year 70
has taken to himself hisgreat power and has begun hisreign as King-See Dan. 2: 44: A.D., God visited his vengeance on his people; a n d once more
Isa. 52: 7. destroyed their city a n d left their land desolate. Since then there
97
h a s been no nation of Israel, nor will there he till the Gentile show that this destruction was due to take place during 1915 A.D.,
Times are fulfilled a n d "he comes whose right it i s " to take the the year after the end of the lease of power to the Gentiles. [See
Kingdom-Ezek. 21 : 25-27. Footnotes to paragraphs Nos. I55 a n d 175.1 But, thank God, it will
158 A t the end of the seventy weeks, in the year 36 A.D., God not mean the end of the physical world, for the "earth abideth for
first visited the Gentiles to take out of the it^ a people for his name ever " ; it will be merely the termination of the Second Dispensa-
(Acts 15: 14), a n d during the course of this Gospel Age, all, chiefly tion, the destruction qf all the present evil institutions, in order to
Gentiles, who have been justified by faith in Jesus a s the L a m b of the setting up of the Third Dispensation, the first thousand years
God that taketh a w a y the sin of the world, a n d who have denied of which have been set apart a s Christ's Kingdom-Plate V. T h e
themselves, a n d taken up their cross to follow in the Master's foot- conflagration also is not a literal fire, but is what the prophet
steps of sacrifice unto death, have had Christ written on their mind Zephaniah calls "the fire of God's jealousy," his consuming wrath
a n d heart by the Holy Spirit-2 Cor. 3 : 3. But not all who have against evil. "Therefore wait ye upon me, saith the Lord, until
professed the name of Christ have been truly his disciples. A s the day that I rise up to the p r e y ; for my determination i s to
the Church grew in numbers a n d influence, the idea took shape gather the nations, that I may assemble the kingdoms, to pour
that if only she were properly organized under a head, she would upon them mine indignation, even all my fierce a n g e r ; for all the
be able to do that which others had failed to do,-to rule a n d bless earth shall be devouredwith the fire of my jealousy. For then will I turn
the world. Got1 in his wisdom a n d in pursuance of his great plan to the people a pure language [message], t h a t they may all call
of the Ages, pern~ittedthe attempt to be made T h e grcat apostate upon the name of the Lord, to serve him with one consent"--
system, called in the Scriptures "Babylon the Great," came into Zeph. 3: 8, 9.
existence, a n d its head, the Pope, became " K i n g of kings, and
Lord of lords " W h a t was the result ? F a r from being saved, the
world was plunged into such depth of ignorance, superstition a n d (C) THE FIRSTASCENDING PASSAGE
moral degradation, that the epoch when the "Church" was a t the
height of her power has been i~niversallydenominated " T h e Dark THEFirst Ascending Passage represents the L a w Covenant, or,
Ages." from another point of view, the L a w Dispensation. O n examining
159 Then God sent reformers to the Church, just a s he h a d the floor of the Descending Passage, which represents the down-
formerly sent prophets to the Jews. T h e Great Reformation ward course of " this present evil world," it will be found that the
followed, anrl the Lord granted to Spiritual Israel, just a s he had portion which faces the entrance to the First Ascending Passage is
granted in similar circumstances and a t a parallel date to Natural composed of extremely hard limestone (Plate XIV), whereas above
Israel, a period of seventy weeks (490 years) of continued favour. a n d below this it is softer, a n d consequently much worn by the
In consecluence of this a n d of the general spread of education due traffic of centuries. T h e hardness of the floor a t this part was
to the invention of the art of printiuq, the downward course h a s intended for the purpose of exact measurements, but it was also
heen for the first time stayed, just a s in the Great Pyramid the intended to signify the fact that at the time when the Israelites
traveller on reaching the foot of the Descending Passage, passes were called out of Egypt to be the people of God, their standing
into the Small Horizontal Passage. But the knowledge which has with the Lord was firm and sure.
been acquired is not the true light. In reality, just a s the small 161 Owing to the extra headroom consequent upon the First
Horizontal Passage is darker than the Descending Passage, so, since Ascending Passage branching upwards from the Descending
the end of the Reformation period, the world has been in grosser Passage in the same vertical plane, it is not necessary to stoop a t
darkness than before respecting God a n d his qlorious purposes in this point ; the traveller is here able to stand upright, a n d so ease
Christ Jesus. T h i s is clearly shown by the use to which the his aching back. H e will thus be able to appreciate the joy which
increased knowledge a n d the numerous inventions have been put. the Israelites must have experienced when freed from their bon-
T h e y have been used simply for selfish purposes, a n d instead of dage in Egypt, a n d he will be enabled to sympathize with them,
the good government with universal peace a n d happiness, which when, on being given the L a w , they cried joyfully : " A l l that the
was a t first anticipated, they have resulted in such friction a n d Lord hath spoken we will do "-Exod. 19 : 1-8.
heat between " t h e classes a n d the masses" that ?jut a spark is 162 But should he now endeavour to climb the First Ascending
needed to enkindle a general conflagration which will destroy Passage, he will find that the Granite Plug completely blocks the
" this present evil world." T h e Scriptures and prophetic parallels way. In this ingenious manner, a s before explained, the Great
98
Pyramid teaches that the way to life b y the L a w Covenant was a n d shoulders, though not s o low a s when going down the
impassable, a n d that what blocked it was the Divine Law, because Descending Passage, because now, in walking upward, he h a s the
" b y the deeds of the law shall no flesh be justified," for " i n man, advantage of the greater vertical height (4 feet 5 inches). T h e
that is i n his flesh, dwelleth no good thing "-Rom. 3 : 20 ; 7: 18. Pyramid thus teaches that t h e Jew was less degraded than the
163 Nevertheless, although the Israelites could not keep the Gentile.
perfect L a w of God, the Bible informs us that God permitted them 166 T h e way is dark, steep and slippery, a n d he readily
to continue their endeavours to do so. T h e Great Pyramid teaches stumbles a n d falls, more especially a s there is nothing to hold on
the same lesson, for in spite of the fact that a t its beginning the to when he slips. S o slippery is this passage, that we found that
First Ascending Passage is blocked completely b y the Granite our measuring rods and other articles, when laid on the floor,
Plug, beyond this i t is open. By its symbolical features, also, glided rapidly to the bottom. Does not this wonderfully represent
including its length, it represents the condition of Israel under the the condition of the Israelites during the L a w Dispensation?
Law. Through the atonement sacrifices the Lord year by year Those who were sincere in heart delighted in the L a w of God after
forgave the Israelites their sins, and a s a nation they were typically the inward man, but they saw another law in their members
justified, that is, they were typically reckoned a s having passed warring against the law of their mind, a n d bringing them into
from the plane of condemnation represented in the Great Pyramid captivity to the law of sin-Rom. 7: 22, 23. Bowed under the yoke
by the Descending Passage, to the plane of justification repre- of the Law, they were weary and heavy laden with tlie ordinances
sented b y the level of the Queen's Chamber. T h a t this justification which were against them, and, a s the true Light which lighteth
was only typical is clear from the statement of the Apostle that every man that cometh into the world h a d not yet appeared, their
the L a w made nothing perfect, but was only a shadow of good lamp, the W o r d of God, shone a s yet but dimly. A s a result, they
things to come, for "it is not possible that the blood of bulls a n d stumbled, a n d since they were under L a w a n d not under Grace,
of goats should take away sins"--Heb. 10: 1, 4. Those individuals, they h a d nothing to sustain them when their feet slipped. No
however, who, like their father Abraham, rejoiced to see Christ's wonder the noble Apostle Paul, when he reflected on his former
d a y with the eye of faith, a n d remained until death true to the abject condition under the Law, cried despondently: " 0 wretched
Lord in the midst of severe trials, had their faith accounted unto man that I a m ! W h o shall deliver me from this death-doomed
them for righteousness. T h e y had friendship with God, and will b o d y ? " But a t the time when h e uttered these words he had
be awakened to perfect human life through the instrumentality of already found the answer, a n d s o he exclaimed triumphantly: "I
the glorified Church-Heb. 1 1 : 39, 40. thank God, through Jesus Christ our Lord."
164 T h e mode of access b y which it is now possible to reach 167 T h e terminal 33% inches of this passage represents :the
the part beyond the Granite Plug (which is still in position) is the years of the earthly life of the " m a n Christ Jesus," who nailed the
hole forced through the soft limestone to the right (west) of the L a w to his cross, a n d thus b y his death brought the L a w Dispen-
Plug by Caliph A1 Mamoun. T h e Lord thus delayed the discovery sation to a close-Par. 127. T h e faithful Israelites, who were
of the upper passages a n d chambers in order that they might b e looking and longing for the coming of the Messiah, being burdened
kept intact until the due time for their thorough examination. b y the Law, must have been comforted when they heard the
Once the traveller enters the First Ascending Passage h e finds gracious words of the Master: "Come unto me, all ye that labour
himself on a higher level than the Descending Passage, though a n d are heavy laden, a n d I will give you rest. T a k e my yoke upon
still below the level of the Queen's Chamber, which represents the you, and learn of me ; for I am meek a n d lowly in heart: and ye
plane of human perfection. By this means the Pyramid teaches shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my
the same lesson a s the Chart of the Ages (Plate V); for if reference burden is light9'-Matt. 1 1 : 28-30. Those who accepted this loving
be made to the latter, it will be seen that the imperfect pyramid, invitation found to their joy t h a t from that Pentecostal day, fifty
which represents the nation of Israel, is lifted measurably above days after the resurrection of Christ, when the Holy Spirit fell
the plane of human depravity (the world under Adamic condem- upon them, they were no longer under the L a w symbolized by the
nation), but below the plane of human perfection - Sec, also, First Ascending Passage, but were inembers of the high or
Plate XXV. heavenly calling, symbolized b y the Grand Gallery. T h e L a w
165 A s it is in the Descending Passage, so in the First Ascend- Dispensation had come to a n end, and the Gospel Dispensation
ing Passage the roof is less than four feet transversely above the h a d commenced. T h e Apostle declares: " T h a t no man is justified
floor. Accordingly, the traveller is still obliged to bow his head b y the law in the sight of God it is evident: for ' T h e just shall live
by faith.' And the law is not of faith: but ' T h e man that doeth
them shall live in them.' Christ hath redeemed us from the curse
Plate X X I X of the law, being made a curse for us : for i t is written, 'Cursed i s
every one that hangeth on a tree'"; a n d again, "Blotting out the
handwriting of ordinances that was against us, which was contrary
to us, he took it out of the way, nailing it to his cross "-Gal. 3:
1 1-1 3 ; Col. 2 : 14.
168 These "Israelites indeed" were now able to stand fast
(upright) in the liberty wherewith Christ had made them free.
This, the teaching of the Scriptures, is also the teaching of the
Great Pyramid, for the vertical height of the Grand Gallery i s
seven times the transverse height of the First Ascending Passage,
twenty-eight feet as against four feet. There is.no need to stoop.
169 Before passing up the Grand Gallery the traveller must
recognize the Well a t his feet. A s has already been explained,
the Well represents " Hades," the " death-state," a n d the appear-
ance of a n explosion a t its illouth represents the resurrection of
Christ who thus opened u p the new a n d living way to life a n d
immortality. In this manner the Great Pyramid symbolizes that,
before the Israelites could be accepted a s partakers of the heavenly
calling, i t was necessary for them to recognize the love a n d righte-
ousness of God in giving his only begotten Son a s a s a c r i f i ~ eon
their behalf, a n d to recognize also the loving obedience of the Son
in drinking the cup which the Father had given him. It sym-
bolizes further that i t was necessary for them to believe that God
had by his mighty power raised Jesus from the dead a n d set hirn
a t his own right hand on high.
170 Comparatively few, however, took advantage of the grand
opportunity presented to them. A s a Nation they rejected the
offer a n d were, in consequence, cast off; a n d a s a Nation, they
passed a few years later (70 A.D.) into Hades, the death-state. 'The
few who repented, however, and were baptized for the remission of
sins, were justified through faith a n d had peace with God, a n d
becoming partakers of the high or heavenly calling, a n d being
privileged to suffer a n d die with Christ, they were given the
" exceeding great a n d precious promises " whereby they might
become partakers of the Divine nature.
H o r ~ s o n f a Passage
l lending! to the Queen's Cha~nberin the G ~ e a Pt y r a m i d of
Gizeh, looking north, showing the tirop in the floor-Compare
with Plate XVII
C. T. Russell suggests that the full length of the Horizontal
Passage, from the north wall of the Grand Gallery to the north
wall of the Queen's Chamber, represents the total period of seven
thousand years from the fall of man to the end of the " Times of
Restitution." From its proximity to the Queen's Chamber, and the
fact that there is more head-room at this portion, the terminal one-
seventh of the passage represents the " Millennium," the last of the
seven thousand-year periods from the date of the fall. T h e first
six-sevenths of the passage represents the first six thousand years
of the world's history.
172 T h e first portion, a s already stated, is only about four feet
from floor to ceiling. It well represents the world groaning under
the yoke of sin and death, stumbling in the darkness, and going,-
they know not where. W e have seen that the Descending Passage
shows much the same thing, but there is a difference between the
symbolism of the two passages. The Descending Passage, b y its
downward inclination a n d its termination a t the Pit, is symbolical
of the downward course of "this present evil world" (not the
people, but the institutions) toward the destruction which was due
to begin, and did begin, in the year 1914 A.D. T h e Horizontal
Passage, on the contrary, by its horizontal course, its position a t
the level of the summit of the Well, and its termination a t the
seven-sided Queen's Chamber, symbolizes the course of the world
toward Human Perfection. It shows that there is a hope beyond
the great "Time of Trouble," not for the institutions but for the
people; for "the creature [the world in general] was made subject
to vanity [frailty], not willingly, but by reason of him who hath
subjected the same i n hope "-Rom. 8 : 20.
173 It is because of the Ransom-Sacrifice of Christ, that the
world's salvation will be attained; a n d a s the L a m b was slain
from the foundation of the world, that is, a s God's purpose in
Christ was planned from the beginning, it is appropriate that the
Well, which symbolizes the death and resurrection of Christ,
should be at the commencement of the Horizontal Passage, just a s
it is appropriate that the Queen's Chamber should be a t its
termination. God, seeing the end from the beginning, foretold
that through Christ the whole creation, now groaning and travail-
ing in pain, would be delivered from the bondage of' corruption
into the glorious liberty of the children of God-Rev. 13: 8;
Rom. 8: 21, 22.
174 T h e "Great Time of Trouble" a t the close of the six
tllousand years from Adam's fall, is represented i n the Horizontal
Passage by the sudden drop in the floor a t the point six-sevenths
of the total length of the passage. A traveller, groping a n d
stumbling along the dark Horizontal Passage with head and
shoulders bent and aching, if he were ignorant of this drop ahead
105
The Eastern end of the Queen's Chamber, showing the Niche, and the Doorway,
also the Gabled Roof
of him, would meet with a very disagreeable experience when h e ( E ) T H E G R A N DG A L L E R Y AND THE A N T E - C H A M B E R
came to it. H e would be bruised, a n d humbled. But after a little, TO THE KING'S CHAMBER
when he rose to h i s feet, he would find to his joy that there is now
n o longer a n y necessity to stoop. T h e end-portion of the passage FROM
the viewpoint now to be considered we see that the Grand
is approximately five feet eight inches in height, t h a t is to say, i t Gallery, the Ante-Chamber, a n d the King's Chamber correspond
i s the average height of man. respectively with the Court, the Holy, a n d the Most Holy of the
175 T h i s pictures well the present condition of the world. Tabernacle in the wilderness-See Tabernacle Shadows, by C. I-.
Bowed down b y the yoke of sin a n d death, the nations are groping Russell. A n d when these three compartments i n the Great
i n the dark, quite unaware of the fact that a time of humiliation Pyramid are compared with the Chart of the A g e s (Plate V), they
awaits them a few years hence. T h e y will be taken by surprise, are found to correspond respectively with the plane of justification,
a n d will fall, a n d all their earthly hopes a n d aspirations will be the plane of spirit-begetting, a n d the plane of spirit-birth, or
wrecked. ' T h e n the Psalmist's prophecy will b e fulfilled: "Come, Divine Glory.
behold the works of the Lord, what desolations he hath made in 178 A s already mentioned (Pars. 139, 140)~these three compart-
the e a r t h ; he breaketh the bow, a n d cutteth the spear in sunder; ments a n d three planes symbolize the three successive steps or
he burneth the chariot in the fire. Be still, a n d know that I a m conditions of those drawn of the Lord:-(I) T h e Grand Gallery
God: 1 will be exalted among the heathen [natio~is],I will be exalted represents the condition of the justified by faith, those who a r e
in the earth "-Psa. 46: 8-10. W h e n the people a r e raised again, reckoned b y God a s perfect human beings because of their faith,
they will find to their joy that they will no longer be compelled to a n d a r e called with the high or heavenly calling to sacrifice
walk with bowed heads. 'The burden'pf Adamic condemnation will (Rom. 12 : I), that they may become joint-heirs with Christ in his
have fallen from their shoulders, for in those d a y s it will no more glory. (2) T h e Ante-Chamber represents the condition of those
be said, T h e fathers have eaten a sour grape [of sin] a n d the who, having accepted this gracious invitation to present their
children's teeth a r e set on edge, but every one [who dies] shall die justified human nature in sacrifice, are "begotten again " to a new
for h i s own iniquity; every one that eateth the sour grape his teeth nature, receiving the " holy spirit of promise " a s a n earnest of their
shall b e set o n edge"-Jer. 31: 29, 30. From this point onward, future spiritual inheritance, the " spirit of adoption " whereby they
all the humble, obedient ones will progress with comfort toward now cry " Abba, F a t h e r "-Eph. 1 : 13, 14 : Rom. 8: 15 ; Gal. 4 : 6 ;
-
h e Oueen's Chamber, the post-millennia1 condition of eternal
t----
bliss-Plate XXX.
Heb. 12: 9. These a r e the spirit-begotten, a n d are now in the
" School of Christ " where they receive trials a n d testings necessary
176 Nevertheless, should a n y one during the Millennium think to develop them a s " new creatures in Christ Jesus." In this School,
too highly of himself, he will strike his head against the h a r d roof; grace a n d peace a r e multiplied unto them through the knowledge
for Christ's rule will be an iron one, a n d none will be allowed to of God, a n d of Jesus their Lord-2 Pet. 1 : 2. (3) T h e King's
think more highly of himself than he ought to think. O n the other Chamber represents the condition of the spirit-born, those who
hand, if a n y one should think too lowly of himself, he will be en- have completed their sacrifice in death, a n d have in the resurrec-
couraged to a more sober appreciation of his abilities, because that tion received spirit bodies of the Divine nature in keeping with
will be the time when "whosoever exalteth himself shall be a b a s e d ; their new minds-2: Cor. 5 : 1. T h u s the King's Chamber symbolizes
a n d he that hulnbleth himself shall be exalted," for "God resisteth heaven itself, the throne of the Lord-Plate XXXI.
the ~ r o u dbut. giveth grace unto the humblev-Luke 14: 1 1 ; Jas. 4 : 6.
- 179 Those Jews a n d Gentiles who are justified by faith, a r e
These words are in the first edition of this volume, and were written in 1909. a t peace with God through the Lord Jesus Christ, the purpose
T h e time p o i ~ ~ t cforward
d to, when thc nations would be taken by surprise because being that they may be called to joint-heirship with Christ. In the
of the suddenness of the coming of the Trouble, was the year 19/4-1915 (as rnen- Great Pyramid they are represented a s standing in the Grand
tioned throughout the first edition). This prediction, based upon the clear prophetic
testimony of the Scriptures, and a b u n d a ~ ~ t lcorroborated
y by the Great Pyramid's Gallery, which, in this picture, symbolizes the conditions of faith-
.symbolisms and measurements, was signally fulfilled a t the date foretold, namely, justification.
1914 AD., when the Grerrt War was precipitated upon the unsuspecting nalions. 180 Just a s the First Ascending Passage leads up to the G r a n d
Formerly strong autocratic Kingdoms are now reduced beyond recovery, and Gallery, so this symbolizes the fact that the privilege of faith-
,others a r e weakened and will ultimately lie prostrare a s well; for the Scripture;
which pointed to the date (1914 A . D . ) when the overthrow of "Christendom justification was first offered to those who were under the L a w
would begin, also foretells that tile destruction will be complete; for "Thy God Covenant; for, as the Apostle Paul says, the L a w was their
reigneth," the Kingdom of Cllrist is begun-Isa. 52: 7. '' schoolmaster to bring them unto Christ, that they might be justi$ed
106
107
by fait/z7'-Gal. 3 : 24. For this purpose, that the Jews might be
justified b y faith, Christ came "to his own"; and 'fo a s many a s
received him a s the Father's appbinted way to life, to them gave
Plate XXXZ he the privilege to become the sons of God"- John I : 11, 12.
"Christ is the end of the law for righteousness to every one [under
the law] that believeth "-Rom. 10: 4. Because of their faith they
were no longer compelled to remain under the bondage of the Law-
schoolmaster (Gal. 3: 25, 26), even a s those who pass from the low
confined First Ascending Passage into the greater liberty of the
Grand Gallery, are no longer obliged to walk bowed down, but can
straighten their backs and raise their heads in full assurance of
faith in the great height of the roof.
181 But those who received Christ by faith were few in number;
the vast majority because of unbelief never realized that Christ
had taken the L a w out of the way, nailing it to his cross (Col.
2 : 14) ; and of them it was written : "Let their eyes be darkened,
that they may not see, and bow down their Pack a1way"-Rom.
1 1 : 10. A s they rejected the glorious liberty of Grace so well sym-
bolized by the Grand Gallery, they were allowed to remain in their
bowed condition under the L a w symbolizedfiy the First Ascending
Passage. But, praise the Lord, "God hath concluded them all in
unbelief, that he might have mercy upon all"; for the death and
resurrection of the Christ, head and body, symbolized by the
breaking-away of the Well-mouth and lower part of the Grand
Gallery floor, opened the way by which, when God shall "take
away their sins," they may ultimately progress to the Queen's-
Chamber condition of human perfection-Rom. 11 : 27-32.
182 A s merely a "remnant" of the Jewish nation received Jesus
as the Messiah, and the rest "judged themselves unworthy of
everlasting life," God turned to the other nations, the Gentiles, to
"take out of them a people for his name "-Acts 13: 46; 15 : 14.
But the Gentiles were not born under the L a w symbolized by the
First Ascending Passage, but were born down on the plane of
Adamic condemnation to death symbolized by the Descending
Passage, and, therefore, far away from the Grand-Gallery privi-
leges of the high calling to sonship. Nevertheless, although Jesus
came to his own people, the Jewish nation, being born under the
Law, that he might redeem them that were under the L a w that
they might receive the adoption of sons (Gal. 4 : 4, 5), his ransom-
sacrifice was all-sufficient to reach right down to those who were
"aliens from the commonwealth of Israel,'' even a s the Well, the
Great Pyramid's symbol of the ransom-sacrifice, descends all the
way down to the lower parts of the Descending Passage-Plate XI.
Thus, those "who sometimes were far off" from Israel's covenants
of promise, and enemies of God through wicked works, were
"made nigh by the blood of Christ " (Eph. 2 : 12, 13) ; and during
H w 1
this Gospel Age they have passed, symbolically, from the Descend-
ing Passage up to the Grand Galrery by means of the Well, that is
they have passed through faith in the ransom-sacrifice of Christ
from the plane of condemnation to the plane of justification, that
they may have the glorious privilege, also by faith, of partaking
Plate XXXII in the high or heavenly calling of God in Christ Jesus-Plate XXV.
183 But as with the Jewish nation, so also with the other
nations, only the few, a "little flock" in all, have exercised saving
faith. On their downward course the other nations have passed the
Well, the ransom-sacrifice of Christ, without seeing it ; or if they
did, they have had no faith in it as a way to life. T o the majority
of the Jews it was a cause of stumbling, just as the upper mouth of
the Well may be a cause of stumbling to one who emerges from
the First Ascending Passage ; and to the majority of the Gentiles
it appears to be foolishness, just as the lower end of the Well
appears to be merely a side-track from th lower part of the
Descending Passage-I Cor. 1: 23-Plate XI^. They little know
the drawing power of God, which he exerts on behalf of those,who
have faith in this way to life and immortality-John 6 : 44. Speak-
ing of the peculiar Grotto which intercepts the course of the
Well-shaft, and its possible symbolical meaning, C. T. Russell
writes : "Moreover, the location of the 'Grotto' and the fact that it
was natural and not hewn are significant [See Plate XXXII]. It
evidently symbolizes the death of our Lord Jesus. The fact that
i t was natural teaches that the Lord's sacrifice of himself was
not an expediency, but a fore-ordained, pre-arranged matter in
Jehovah's plan, before the outworking of the plan symbolized by
the Pyramid began. The fact that it is located above and not
below the basal line of the Pyramid seems to teach another lesson
in harmony with the Scriptures-that though our Lord died as a
ransom for sinners, he did not descend into sin and degradation,
hut even in his death was within the limits and bounds of the
divine plan, a s symbolized in the Pyramid structure above the
basal line "-Plate XI.
184 It is appropriate that the upper end of the Well should be
so centrally situated, namely, at the junction of the First Ascending
Passage, the Horizontal Passage, and the Grand Gallery, because
i t symbolizes the ransom-sacrifice of Christ which is the centre or
hub of the great plan of salvation-Plate XXIV. Just a s the Well
is situated at the end of the First Ascending Passage and at the
commencement of the Grand Gallery, so it was the death of Christ
which closed the Law Dispensation and commenced the Gospel
Dispensation; and just as the Well is also at the beginning of the
Horizontal Passage leading to the Queen's Chamber, so the ransom-
sacrifice of Christ was the beginning of the loving scheme devised
by God for the ultimate salvation of the world.
185 T h e great height of the roof, the steep slippery floor, a n d
the help afforded during the ascent by the Ramps,-the stone
benches which run the whole length of the Grand Gallery a t the
base of the side-walls,-symbolize well the upward progress of
those who have faith sufficient to advance along the pathway of
the just. Yet their path is not a n easy one. Owing to the weak-
ness of the flesh, they find it difficult a n d fatiguing to advance.
It is not by their own strength, however, but by the strength of the
Lord, that they are enabled to conquer the difficulties of the way,
a n d this strength they can have only a s a result of faith. Again
a n d again they find themselves prone to slip, but the grace of God,
symbolized by the Ramps, enables them to make upward progress
i n righteousness in spite of the many difficulties, a n d the more
progress they make, the nearer they come to God, just a s the Grand
Gallery leads one upward and nearer to the King's Chamber, sym-
bolical of the Holy of Holies, heaven itself.
186 Of those visitors to the Great Pyramid who reach the Grand
Gallery, the few who make the laborious ascent a s far a s the great
S t e p a t the top, a n d so come to a position where they can see the
low entrance to the Ante-Chamber, find that their labour is not a t
a n end. If they desire to make further progress they will require
t o surmount the Step, a n d then, after a short pause on its level
upper surface, bow down a n d creep through the low passage, only
three a n d a half feet high, into the Ante-Chamber-Plate XXXIII.
T h e surmounting of the S t e p is difficult owing to its height of 36
inches, a n d to the fact that the feet are resting on the inclined a n d
slippery floor of the Gallery; but by placing a foot on one of the
Ramps, the difficulty can be overcome.
187 In this we have a picture of the condition of those who
have advanced through faith to the end of this portion of their
journey. Perseverance in following the path of faith-justification
b y the help of the grace of God has led them to the point where
they can see the further step of santification, just a s perseverance
in climbing the Grand Gallery b y the help of the R a m p (See Plate
XVI) leads the traveller to the point where he can see the low
entrance into the Ante - Chamber. T h e Step symbolizes the
natural dislike of the human mind to entertain earnestly a n d sin-
cerely the thought of self-denial a n d self-sacrifice, for " n o man
ever yet hated his own flesh "-Eph. 5: 29. W i t h the help of the
grace of God, however, some aie enabled by a n effort to surmount
this difficulty. W h e n they do so, they find that more t h a n half
the battle of decision h a s been won. T h e y are now, for a shorter
or longer period, on the halting-place symbolized by the level
upper surface of the Step, a n d can examine more closely the
narrow way which lies open before them into the condition of
sanctification, a n d thence to joint-heirship with Christ.
II 2
I
The Great Step at the Upper End of the Grand Gallery, showing the
Low Passage to the Ante- and King's Chrlntbers
-
188 If they will look back and consider the wonderful love of 190 After the visitor to the Great Pyramid enters the Ante-
God in sending his Son into the world to die for them while they Chamber and stands erect, he finds himself a t first in a little
were yet sinners, they will reason that if, when they were enemies, compartment measuring 21 inches from front to back, by 42 inches
they were reconciled to God by the death of his Son, much more, from side to side-Plate XXXI. His further progress is barred by
being reconciled, they will be saved by his life; and not only so, the "Granite Leaf," nearly 15% inches thick, which has its under
but they will also rejoice in God through the Lord Jesus Christ- surface in line with the roof of the entrance passage. The
Rom. 5: 8-11. Further, if they consider how much they have traveller will, therefore, require again to bow very low in order to
already been enabled to accomplish along the pathway of faith- pass under this block of granite before he can get the full freedom
justification, not in their own strength, but in the strength of the of the Ante-Chamber-Plate XXXIV.
Lord, they will not hesitate long in coming to a decision. Doubts 191 T h e stooping necessary to pass through the entrance
evidence lack of faith, and tend to obscure the judgment. T h e passage, which is constructed entirely of limestone, represents the
sooner we get rid of them, the more pleasing we shall be to the voluntary death of the human or earthly will, self-renunciation.
Lord, for "without faith it is impossible to please him," and "he But this alone is not sufficient. Some on giving up their own will
that wavereth is like a wave of the sea, driven with the wind a n d accept the will of the Pope, for instance. T o these the Pope's will
tossed; for let not that man think that he will receive anything of becomes infallible, and they consent to believe and do whatever he
t h e Lord "-Heb. I 1 : 6 ; Jas. 1 : 6, 7. Sooner or later, if they do not commands. This is not true consecration to God. Those who
decide for the Lord, they will lose this grace of God which they accept the high calling of God in Christ Jesus must not only deny
have received ( 2 Cor. 6 : I), a n d find themselves again in the themselves, but they must also bow to the will of the Lord. A s
Descending-Passage condition of the world sharing in its con- granite in the Great Pyramid represents things Divine, so the
demnation ; for just a s the sole purpose of the Grand Gallery is to Granite Leaf represents the Divine Will, to which those who would
lead to the Ante-Chamber and King's Chamber, so the sole purpose enter the School of Christ must bow submissively. Before they do
of faith-justification in the Gospel A g e is to lead us to the this, although they are standing under a granite roof (Plate XXXI)
sanctified condition a n d joint-heirship with Christ symbolized by representing Divine protection, they are, nevertheless, still standing
these two compartments of the Great Pyramid. A s Jesus said: on limestone. This symbolizes the fact that they are still regarded
"If a n y man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take u p by God a s human beings, not yet begotten to the spirit nature. But
his cross daily, a n d follow me. For whosoever will save his life a s soon a s they come to the decision to bow down to the will of
shall lose it, but whosoever will lose his life for my sake the same God symbolized by the Granite Leaf, thus evidencing their willing-
shall save it "-Luke 9 : 23,24. ness to "lose their lives" for Christ's sake, Christ imputes to them
189 How important it is to realize that it is only the meek a sufficiency of his merit to render their sacrifice holy a n d
whom the Lord will guide in judgment and will teach his way acceptable to God. Their justification then becomes complete; a n d
(Psa. 25 : 9), and who will, therefore. see that it is their reasonable their sacrifice being now a livirtg one, because entirely free from
service to bow down a n d enter the Ante-Chamber condition of the Adamic condemnation, it is a t once accepted b y the Lord. A s
sanctification. These will realize, furthermore, that it is not only the Apostle states, "there is, therefore, ~zmno condemnation to
their reasonable service to present their bodies a living sacrifice, then1 which are in Christ Jesus, who walk not after the flesh, but
but that a wonderful privilege is being offered to them to share after the spiritH-Rom. 8 : 1.
first in the sufferings, and afterwards in the glory, of the Lord ; for 192 It is important to notice that when Paul besought the
without sacrifice unto death, none need hope to attain the heavenly Komans to present their bodies a living sacrifice, a n d pointed out
inheritance with Christ-Rev. 2: 10 ; 2 Tim. 2 : 1 1, 12. W h e n they to them that it was their reasonable service to do so (Rom. 12: 1). he
see this their faith in God and their appreciation of his love for did not address those who were enemies of God through evil works,
them will lead them to reciprocate, and they will deny then~selves, but those who had turned to have faith in God, a n d were, therefore,
and bowing down to his ?ill, will " make a covenant with him by his "brethren" of the household of faith. T h e man who lacks faith
sacrifice "-Psa. 50: 5. Herein is love, not that we loved God, cannot present his body a living sacrifice, holy a n d acceptable
but that he loved us, and sent his Son to be the propitiation for our to God. Not having been freed from condemnation his death would
sins. Beloved, if God so loved us, we ought also to love one not be sacrificial, or holy, but would be forfeited at the hands of
another." "Because he [Jcstls] laid dowtt his life for us, we oligght to justice; nor would his body be his own to present. T h e death of
lay d o w ~our lives for the brethren "-I John 4 : 10, 1 1 ; 3 : 16, R.V. such avails nothing, for "God hath no pleasure in the death of t h e
1I4
wicked"; but the sacrificial death of those declared "blessed a n d
holy" because of their faith in Jesus avails much, for precious in
['
Plate XXXIV
the sight of the Lord is the death of his saintsv-Ezek. 33: 11;
Psa. 116: 15.
193 T h e visitor to the Ante-Ch,amber who bows down under the
Granite Leaf, steps for the first time on to granite (Plate XXXIV);
symbolizin\g t h a t t h o s e who submit themselves to the will of God,
have now risen from the plane of human justification to the plane
of spirit-begetting. Henceforth God reckons them dead a s human
beings (Col. 3: 3),-not dead in Adam, but dead i n Christ,-and
alive a s spirit beings. T h e y are "accepted in the Beloved" a s
members of his body. They are immersed into Christ, because
they are immersed into his death (Eph. 1 : 6 ; Rom. 6 : 3) ; a n d
becoming partakers of his sufferings a n d death they will ultimately,
if found faithful, become partakers of his glorious resurrection, the
first or chief resurrection-Phil. 3 : 10, 11; Rev. 20: 6. T h e first
stone of this granite floor is about a quarter of a n inch higher than
the limestone ; a n d if a vertical line be drawn downward from its
first or north edge, i t will be found to pass beyond (south of) the
Queen's Chamber which symbolizes the perfect human condition.
I94 Once a n entrance has been gained into the Ante-Chamber
proper, it i s found that the level of its floor falls immediately to the
level of the limestone S t e p outside, showing that although those
who are spirit-begotten have now the spiritual mind, the mind of
Christ ( I Cor. 2 : 16), they have a s yet undergone no change of
nature a s regards their bodies. They have received the holy spirit
of promise a s a n earlzest or pledge of their future spiritual inheritance
(Eph. 1: 13, 14), the Divine nature, but their bodies are still human.
Nevertheless, a s they are standing on granite, this shows that they
are reckoned by God a s partakers of the Divine nature, because they
have presented their bodies a living sacrifice, a n d are striving to
fulfil their vow of consecration. Above them is the granite roof,
signifying that they are, even more than before, under Divine
protection. " H e that dwelleth in the secret place of the most
High, shall abide under the shadow of the Almighty "-Psa. 91 : 1.
195 Before they can enter the "Sanctuaryu or King's Chamber,
which is a figure or type of heaven itself (Heb. 9: 24), they must
bow down once rnore and pass through another low entrance-
passage- Plate XXXV. T h e stooping necessary to do this
symbolizes death, for those who will become joint-heirs with
Jesus Christ must rise from the plane of spirit-begetting to the
plane of spirit-birth, that is, they must be changed to the spiritual
condition in the actual a s distinguished from the reckoned
sense before they can enter the heavenly glory, for "flesh a n d
blood cannot inherit the Kingdom of GodJ'-I Cor. 15: 50. T h a t
the plane of spirit-birth is higher than the plane of spirit-begetting
Drawn by K. Taughaa
The Graniie Leaf in the Anie-Chamber, showing how i t is
~zecessaryto bow down when passing under it
Plale XXXV
i s indicated in the Great Pyramid by the fact that the granite floor
of the King's Chamber is on a higher level than the upper surface
of the first granite stone in the floor of the Ante-Chamber.
196 T h e emergence from the low entrance-passage into t h e
King's Chamber symbolizes the 'resurrection of those who have
been faithful followers of Christ. This is the first or chief resur-
rection concerning which John the Revelator states : "Blessed a n d
holy i s he that hath part in the first resurrection: on such the
second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God a n d
of Christ, a n d shall reign with him a thousand years "-Rev. 20: 6.
Paul, speaking of the same class, said : " T h e dead in Christ shall
rise first" (I Thess. 4: 16), a n d again, "It is a faithful saying: F o r
if we be dead with him, we shall also live with him. If we suEer,
we shall also reign with him "-2 Tim. 2 : l I, 12.
I97 T h i s gracious offer of joint-heirship with Jesus is free t o
those who have ears to hear the glad tidings before the time when
the door of opportunity will close, and all who accept and are
faithful unto death will receive the crown of life, a n d will find that
the sufferings of the present time are not worthy to be compared
with the glory which shall be revealed in them, for they will be
raised in the likeness of Christ's glorious spiritual body and will
reign with him-Rev. 2 : 10 ; Rom. 8 : 18 ; Phil. 3 : 21 ; I John 3 : 2.
198 It is thus evident that the Grand Gallery symbolizes the
plane of faith-justification ; the first granite stone in the Ante-
Chamber the plane of spirit-begetting ; and the granite floor of the
King's Chamber (or Sanctuary) the plane of spirit-birth, the Divine
nature.
IN the last section we saw that the Grand Gallery, in its relation t a
the Ante-Chamber a s the School of Christ, syn~bolizesthe condition
of the justified who are called or invited to present their bodies a
living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God-Rom. 12: 1. Those who
do so are urged to forget those things which are behind, and reach-
ing forth unto those things that are before, press toward the mark
for the prize of the NigJi Calling of God in Christ Jesus-Phil.
3: 13, 14. In the present section, the Grand Gallery will be con-
sidered a s symbolizing the High or Heavenly Calling in itself-
Heb. 3: 1. T h e two modes of access, the one for the Jew, the other
for the Gentile, to the privilege of the High Calling, have already
been considered-Pars. 179-182.
200 This High Calling began, so far a s Jesus was concerned,
a t his birth, because he was horn into this world for the purpose of
accepting the call to sacrifice when the due time should come,
I 18
( ;I A PYRAMID PASSAGES
AND CHAMBERS
I N THREE VOLUMES
MORTON EDGAR
VOLUME II
1416 T l ~ o z u a ~Erlrf~ur~
d
( A L L R I G H T S ZZESERVETEI))
GLASGOW :
BONE & HULLEY, DUNDAS STREET
I924
Volume I : T h e authors of Grent Pyramid Passages, Prof.
John Edgar, N.A.,B.Sc., M.B., C.M., F.R.F.P.S.G., and Morton Edgar
his brother, visited Egypt in 1909 anu 1912, encamping
o n the Pyramid plateau for many weeks, measuring and
photographing in and around the G l e a t Pyraluid. Volume I
contains a full account of these operations, and is the most
up-to-date first-hand description of the Pyramid now in
existence. P~ofusely illustrated by nearly ZOO photograpl~s
a n d diagrams this 1st volume presents a connected explana-
tion of the sytnholical significance o i the Pyramid's passages
and chambers, showing how this symbolism agrees with t h e
Scriptural Plan of Salvation. This book is favourably noticed PAGE
by the press. T h e Weekly Mail says: "Great Pyramid 1
Possages is a noteworthy book and cannot be neglected by
anyone interested in the subject. T h e work is a monument 11
of zeal and earnestness, and so demands respect whether one 13
accepts o r rejects its conclusions. Though there a r e several
works describing the Great Pyramid, 1 know of none that 16
gives a more impressive idea of the tremendous structure 34
than this monograph of the brothers Edgar."-Arthur Mee.
38
Volume 111 : T h e Symbolical and Prophetic teachings 39
of the Great Pyramid which a r e dealt with in the first t w o 44
volumes, a r e firmly established a s correct by the numerous
Scientific features now found to be embodied in the design 45
of the monument. These Scientific features, which a r e fully 49
explained in Volume I11 of Great Pjrrclmid Pdzssages, show t h a t
t h e inspired Architect had knowledge of many important 58
physical truths, such as the exact number of days in the 61
year and month, the duration of the great precessional cycle,
t h e strn-distance, and the dimensions a n d weight of the earth. 65
T h e ideal standard system of weights and measures, tempera- 67
t u r e a n d angle scales, and even a stable money-system for
all nations, are all monumentalised in the Scientific propor-
tions of t h e Pyramid, aud with a precision which impels
conviction that this building must have been designed by a
greater intelligence than that of m a n ; that, in fact, the
Great Pyramid is of Divine origination, man being merely
t h e agent t o bring into effect the Divine intention. T h i s
conviction is steadily growing among thoughtful people.
Volume I11 proves that the granite '"offer" in the King's
Chamber is t h e rnost important stone chest in the world. I t
also shows that the direct distance between the Great
Pyramid in Egypt, anrl the birthplace of the Saviour of man-
kind, the City of Bethlehem in Palestine, is the most wonder-
ful straight line on earth. (Volume I11 is now in course of
preparation.)
F
OLLOWING the labours of Professor John Greaves in 1637,
and of Colonel Howard Vyse two hundred years later in
1837, the celebrated astronomer, Professor C. Piazzi Smyth,
was the first to employ, in a comprehensive manner,
approved scientific methods of measuring in the Great Pyramid of
Gizeh; and in his well known Life and Work at the Greal Pyramid
the results of his investigations in 1865 are presented with minute
detail. For about a score of years this was the accepted standard
book on the subject of the Great Pyramid; but it was not
exhaustive, for Professor Smyth had not examined a number of the
important lower parts of the building's interior, a s these places
were much obstructed at the time through the accumulation of
debris.
2 Later, in 1881, the eminent Egyptologist, Professor (now Sir)
W. M. Flinders Petrie, also worked lone: and arduouslv a t the
Great Pyramid, and recorded his observations and figures in his
valuable publication The Pyramids and Temples of Gizeh. He
remeasured with much precision those portions already gone over
by Professor Smyth, and visited and measured the parts previously
omitted. For a number of years, therefore, students of the Great
Pyramid have known of the various dimensions of the monument
to within, at least, a probable small margin of error. For when we
consider the difficulties which measurers have to contend with in
the very confined, dark, slippery, and now somewhat dilapidated
passage-ways of the Pyramid, we can recognise that though these
workers may conduct their measuring-operations with every care,
their conclusions must differ to soTe extent. As Professor
C. Piazzi Smyth very properly says, no two human measures
ever agree exactly; all that finite man can hope for is to come
within moderately close limits."
3 The results of our own measuring-operations, carried on in
the years 1909 and 1912, as explained in Vol. I of Great Pyramid
Passages, closely agree with the figures of Professors Smyth and
Petrie. W e are confident, therefore, that the measurements used
in this volume are as near to the truth as we can hope for. This
confidence is strengthened by the discovery, first apprehended by
Mr. John Taylor in 1859 in his work The Great Pyramid: W h y w a s Pyramid inches in interior contents), "realize in the coffer the same
i t built? And who built i t ? extended by Professor C. Piazzi Smyth principle of limits which has already been accepted in the case of
a n d his co-labourers, and greatly developed within the past five the linear dimensions of other portions of Great Pyramid work."
years, namely, that the Great Pyramid proves its own dimensions Nevertheless, careful consideration of the Pyramid's whole exterior
by its wonderful, and complete, system of geometrical and mathe- a n d interior plan and arrangement demonstrates that there is unity
matical proportions.' For it is now clearly to be seen that the of design throughout the building, which enables us to fix upon one
dimensions of each passage and chamber are directly related by principle dimysion for each section; and this, for convenience, we
such propbrtions to those of every other part of the building, both designate the standard" measure for every such part.
exterior and interior. 6 As the authenticity of the Pyramid units of measure, the inclz,
4 In the scientific, proportionate, dimensions of the Great a n d the cubit of 25 inches, is fully established, it is not now so
Pyramid, the mathematical ratio w, or the ratio which exists desirable to insert the British, or other, measures in the diagrams,
between the circumference of a circle and its diameter, enters very nor to write in terms of measure other than those of the Pyramid.
frequently as one of the factors. Because of this it is possible to Therefore, in the following paragraphs we have converted the
ascertain, theoretically, the inch-value of these dimensions to published British-inch measures of Professors C. Piazzi Smyth, and
infinitesimal fractions of an inch. Thus, while it is not practicable Flinders Petrie, as well as our own, into their corresponding value
for a measurer in the Pyramid to ascertain the length of, say, a in Pyramid inches, to aid ready comparison with the theoretical
passage with any certainty beyond a reasonably small fraction of standard measures-See further in Section VI. A t the end of this
a n inch, the application of the theory, mathenlatically calculated, volume, also, we include tables of all the measures of the building
aids us to great precision. Practically, a measurer could not furnish to several places of decimals, to which constant reference will be
us with the circumference of a circle, of a definitely known made when dealing with the calculations.
diameter, with fractional accuracy beyond 3 or 4 places of dccimals; 7 The length of the Grand Gallery, from the north wall a t the
theoretically, the figures of the decimal fraction can be extended to lower end, up the floor-line to the front of the Step at the upper
a n y degree of exactitude, through the application of the mathe- south end, is, according to Professor Smyth, 1812.9852, and
matical ratio w. It is, however, mostly in the scientific features of according to Professor Petrie, 1813.6845, inches, a difference of
the Pyramid that great precision is necessary. In the building's about - 7 of an inch. W e find that a figure lying between these
corroboration of the Scriptural chronology, and historical times and two yields the proper harmony throughout all the various time-
seasons, such exactness is not essential-it is sufficient that the measurements, and scientific features, viz. : 1813.5987+ Pyramid
prominent dates connected with the time-features be indicated inches. This, the theoretical standard measure, is barely one-tenth
within a measurable amount of accuracy to convince one of their of an inch less than the practical measure of Professor Petrie.
intentional character. Professor Smyth's figure for this passage-length is too short, as he
5 There is an important fact which must not be overlooked : a himself admitted later.
passage-way may have been constructed to have various lengths 8 If the inclined floor-line of the Grand Gallery be produced
within the limits of a maximum and a minimum-See page 291 in through the Step to its virtual terminal, in vertical alignment with
Vol. I Great Pyramid Passages for examples. The Descending the Gallery's south wall, this point, the true termination for the
Passage is shorter along the base of the east wall than along the complete floor-length of the passage, is 1881.5985+ Pyramid inches
base of the west wall, as is pointed out in Par. 22. This range of from the floor-beginning a t the base of the north wall. Professor
measure, within narrow limits, for any one part of the building, is Petrie's estimate for the extra produced floor-length through the
an intentional architectural detail, the definite purpose of the Step, is barely one-thirtieth part of on inch more than the above-
builder, and not the result of careless workmanship. The numerous mentioned standard length of /88/.5985+ inches requires. In the
scientific proportions everywhere embodied in the structure amply case of the Grand Gallery, therefore, the result of the best practical
support this view. Professor C. Piazzi Smyth contended for this measuring, and the theoretical measure, are very close.
reasonable understanding when commenting upon his measures of 9 The Length of the First Ascending Passage, from the "Point of
the Coffer in the King's Chamber, declaring that these measures, Intersection"' up the floor-line to the beginning of the Grand
and the theory based upon them (namely, that this Coffer is the Gallery, is, according to Professor Smyth, 1542.456, but according
Standard Capacity Measure for all nations, being 71,250 cubic
a The "Point of Intersection" is that point on the floor of the Descending Passage
Fully considered in Vol. I11 of Great Pyramid Passages. which is intersected by the produced floor-line of the First Ascending Passage.
2
3
to Prafessor Petrie, 1545.2532, inches, a differerice of about 2.8
inches. Both measurers complained of the great difficulty of doing
accurate work in this passage on account of the interception of the
Granite Plug, the slipperiness of the floor, and extensive dilapida-
tions of the walls, etc. Their measures, therefore, taken under such
trying circumstances, may be considered to be close. Here again we
find that if we take a figure which lies between these two, namely,
1543.4642 +Pyramid inches, we shall get the desired harmony in
the large number of time-measurements, and wonderful scientific
features indicated by, and in connection with, this passage.
I0 The length of the Desce~tdingPassage, from the present outside
beginning of the floor, down the floor-line to the "Point of Inter-
section," was very carefully measured by Professors Smyth and
Petrie. According to the former it is 984.9141, and to the latter
985 -4136, inches, a difference of half an inch. Our own measuring
gave a result between these two, viz.: 985.3137 inches, which is
barely one-twentieth part of an inch more than the theoretical
standard length of 985.2665+ P y a m i d inches which we adopt.
11 The length of the missing part of the Descending Passage, i.c.,
the distance from the present outside beginning of the Entrance
floor, up to the line of the ancient and now missing casing-stone
surface of the building, was computed by Professor Petrie from
existing indications to have been 124-0758 inches, with a possible
variation of - 3 of an inch. His computation for this length is
therefore capable of being expressed as 124-3758, if we take
advantage of the extra - 3 of an inch. The theoretical length is
barely one-fortieth part of an inch more than this, namely,
124.3980+ Pyramid inches. Thus, the total original length of the
passage from the surface of the casing, down the inclined floor-
line to the "Point of Intersection," we take to have been
1109.6646+ Pyramid inches, which measure is not quite one-eighth of
an inch more than the total length computed by Professor Petrie.
12 The length of the Granite Plug, which is tightly wedged into
the lower end of the First Ascending Passage, is, according to
Professor Smyth, 178.6212, and according to Professor Petrie,
178.3215, inches. But with regard to his length of the Granite Plug,
Professor Smyth says in Vol. I1 of his Life and Work, page 52,-
"It has not yet been proved; and it was so very difficult and
roundabout to measure, that I do not attach much value to the
numbers." We find that the correct theoretical length is within
about one-eighth of an inch of Professor Petrie's more accurately
taken measure, that is, 178.1892 + Pj-ramid inches.
13 T h e Granite Plug is composed of three blocks of red
granite. There is a space ot a few inches between the lowermost
and middle blocks (Professor Petrie says 4 inches). The top end
of the uppermost block is much fractured in appearance (See Vol.
5
measure is certainly too short, and how he obtained so low a figure
I, Plate LXXXV), and this, of course, suggests the thought that the it is difficult to understand. On the other hand, Professor Petrie's
Plug was originally longer. Professor Petrie says he saw a bit of measure is clearly too long, to the extent of about an inch. A s we
granite still cemented to the floor two feet further up the passage. point out in Vol. I, Pars. 588 and 589 (which see), Professor Petrie,
We, also, saw what for same time we took to be a piece of granite while more nearly correct for the length of the first six-sevenths of
a t the place indicated; but on later more careful examination it this Horizontal Passage than is Professor Smyth, is too long in his
proved to be a lump of coarse red plaster. We saw several similar measure for the final one-seventh; and he gives two lengths for
pieces of plaster adhering to the angles of the floor and walls this part, seeming to be undecided where to terminate his measure
throughout ttie length of the passage, and we required to clear at the Queen's-Chamber end.
some of them away as they hindered careful measuring. We also 16 In the First Edition of this Vol. I1 we believed we could not
saw at least one such piece of plaster in the Grand Gallery. This be far wrong if we accepted a fair mean measure, which would
coarse red, or, rather, pink plaster was very extensively used by give due weight to all three results (viz.: 15213/4 British, or
the ancient workmen in the core masonry of the building, and some 1520.2282 + Pyramid, inches). This we did in deference to the very
of it can be seen in certain wide joi~ltsin the dilapidated portion short measure of Professor Smyth. Subsequent investigation,
of the First Ascending Passage. W e believe that the upper end of however, shows that our own measurement is more to be relied
the Granite Plug is in its original state, and that its rough upon ; and we now correct the figure for the Horizontal Passage
unfinished appearance has symbolical significance. The upper length to 1521.3114+ Pyramid inches, which is about one-third of
end of the lowermost block also has a fractured appearance, which an inch more than our practical measure, and closer to Professor
i s certainly original, for the stone is very inaccessible and there is Petrie's than to Professor Smyth's. This, a t all events, we
no room for anyone to work at it. consider to be the theoretical standard length; for slightly varied
I4 The partial length of the First Ascending Passage from the lengths may be obtainable and be intentional-See again Par. 5.
lower north end of the Granite Plug, up the floor-line to the north 17 It will have been observed that in nearly every measurement
wall of the Grand Gallery, we adopt as 1469-1357+Pyamid noticed so far the figures we have adopted lie between those of
inchs. This measure we find by deducting from the total length Professors Smyth and Petrie. Professor Petrie accused Professor
of the passage the distance from the "Point of Intersection," up to Smyth of making his measures a little too short; and in a later
the lower end of the Plug. The latter distance is, according to edition of his work the latter agreed that this probably was the
Professor Smyth, 74.0259, and according to Professor Petrie, case. It would appear, however, that Professor Petrie erred in the
74.1258, while our own measure is 74.3256, inches. (It will be opposite direction of making his own measures a little too long,
remembered, of course, that we are here converting all British inch though he is, if anything, rather more accurate in his figures. His
measures into their corresponding value in Pyramid inches.) We method of measuring with a steel tape (whereas Professor Smyth
find that, in this instance, our own measurement is nearer to the used short rods placed alternately end to end along the floors)
stantlard required, namely, 74.3284 + Pyramid inches. Deducting
ensured his obtaining better results than Professor Smyth. We
this from the full length of the First Ascending Passage, we get ourselves used a specially made steel tape during our operations
the partial length from the lower end of the Granite Plug, up the in the Pyramid in 1909 and 1912.
floor-line to the Grand Gallery, 1469. /357+ inches. (In calculating 18 The length of the lower reach of the Descending Passage, from
with numbers in which the decimal fraction is incomplete, a s the "Point of Intersection" down to the junction of the Small
indicated by the plus sign, allowance must always be made for Horizontal Passage leading to the Pit, was not measured by
this in the final result.) Professor Smyth ; for in his day (1864-5) the passage was blocked
I5 The length of the Horizontal Pussage leading to the Queen's up with sand and stones. In 1837 (28 years before Professor
Chamber, measuring from the north wall of the Grand Gallery Smyth's visit to the Pyramid) Col. Howard Vyse had managed to
southward to the line of the north wall of the Queen's Chamber, is, penetrate down to the Pit. He roughly measured the Descending
according to Professor Smyth, 1517-8806 inches with a possible Passage and Small Horizontal Passage along the roof-lines,= but
variation of - 3 of an inch, while according to Professor Petrie it is His account, given in Vol. I1 of Pyramids of Gizeh, page 110, is as follows:
1522.3761, or nearly 4% inches longer, which difference, as "Length from beginning of roof to the junction at the bottom of the upper passage
Professor Petrie says, seems difficult to account for. W e therefore
-63'2". Thence t o the forced passage-17' 10". From iorced passage to the well
measured this passage with special care and got a result which lies -215' 2". From the well t o the horizontal passage-24' 8". Total length o f
between these two, namely, 1520.9775 inches. Professor Smyth's
7
his account is difficult to follow. He'-evidently did not intend his Considering the great difficulty of measuring a length of over 250
measures to be more than approximate; they are certainly too feet down this very steep, dark and low confined passage-way, the
vaguely stated to be of much value. results of the measurements by rods are wonderfully close to the
19 According to Professor Petrie the length of this part of the other measures taken by the more accurate steel-tape method.'
Descending Passage is 3029.4675 Pyramid inches ; but Professor 22 According to the above list of measures, the length of the
Petrie's measuring-operations in the lower system of the Pyramid passage on the west side along the roof-line is shorter than along
were not, on his own confession, carried out with his usual careful- the floor-line; and, again, the length along the floor-line on the
ness. His figures, therefore, cannot be depended upon where east side is shorter than on the west side. These apparent
accuracy is desirable. H e writes on page 57 of his work Pyramids differences, while no doubt partly due to small errors in our
and Temples of GizEh,-"For the total length of the entrance measurements, are also due to the fact that the flat lower terminal
passage, down to the subterranean rock-cut part, only a rough is not quite at right angles to the incline of the p a ~ s a g e . ~A s the
measurement by the 140-inch poles was made, owing to the mouth of the lower end of the Well-shaft is situated in the west
encumbered condition of it. The poles were laid on the rubbish wall of the Descending Passage, arid as a large number of time-
over the floor, and where any great difference of position was measurements are connected with this lower opening of the Well,
required, the ends were plumbed one over the other, and the we consider it proper to carry the floor-length of the Descending
result is probably only true within two or three inches." Passage down the west, rather than down the east, side. W e
20 It appears, therefore, that Professor Petrie and all previous therefore base our figures for the standard length of the lower
operators did not consider it necessary to be particular in their reach of the Descending Passage upon our steel-tape measures
nieasurements of the lower system of the Pyramid. We, on the Nos. 3 and 4, or a mean between these two, namely 3034-5010+
contrary, before our visit to the Pyramid in 1909, had fully Pyramid inches. But, as we see, other measures of this passage are
recognised the symbolical importance of these subterranean parts, possible, and, we believe, intcnded.
in the great Pyramid's corroborative testimony of the Scriptural 23 The distance from the north edge of the lower mouth of the Well,
Plan of Salvation, and because of this we coiiducted our own down the floor-line on the west side to the bottom of the Descend-
measuring - operations with every care at our command (See ing Passage, is, according to Professor Petrie, 295.704 Pyramid
account in Vol. I, Pars. 285-293). W e measured the length of this inches (that is, he states this measure in an approximate, round,
passage seven times, from the "Point of Intersection " down to the number, 296 British inches). Our own measure is half an inch
bottom square end (See Vol. I, Plates XXVII and LXVI), with the more, 296.2035; and the theoretical distance is within about one-
following results : seventh of an inch of this, viz. :296.0626 + Pyramid inches. W e shall
No. Measurement taken along- Pyr. ins. here just mention that, when we were measuring in the Pyramid
I-Roof, west side, with rods, 6 and 3 feet,-3031 -4655 we had no thought of any possible scientific, mathematical, appli-
2-Roof, west side, with steel tape, - -3032.5644 cation of the various measurements. Detailed measurements of the
3-Floor. west side, with steel tape, - -3034.6623 lower, and also of the upper, mouth of the Well, will be given later.
4-Floor, west side, with steel tape, - -3034.2627 24 The floor-length of the Small Horizontal Passage leading to the
5--Floor, west side, with rods,3 and 2 feet, -3033.2637 Pit, is, according to Professor Petrie's round number (of 351 British
6-Floor, east side, with steel tape, - -3032.4645 inches), equal to 350.649 Pyramid inches. W e made out the accurate
7-Floor, east side, with steel tape, - -3032.6643 measure to be more nearly 350.3992+ (350% British) inches on the
21 Of these measures those by rods (Nos. I and 5) are the least 'The steel tape used by us is 600 British inches in length, and was specially
trustworthy; for no matter how carefully rods are held, and made for the purpose of measuring in the Great Pyramid.
alternately placed one after the other down the length of the By subsequent (in March 1912)square measuring, we found that the top-west
passage, slight errors through slipping are very liable to creep in. t o bottom-east diagonal of the flat end of the Descending Passage, is nearly at right-
inclined passage-320' 1 0 . Horizontal passage length-27.'' It is evidently angles to the incline, and that the other diagonal from the top-east to bottom-west
impossible to gather from this the exact length of the lower reach of the passage, corners, is also nearly at right-angles to the incline; but the first mentioned diagonal
from the "Point of Intersection" downward. But it would appear, from the sub- is about 1-25 inches further out or more to the north than the other. Consequently,
sequent data supplied by Prof. Petrie, that Col. Howard Vyse's figures give an any measuring along the west roof-line, and east floor-line, is bound to give a less
approximate length of 3026 British inches for this part of the Descending Passage. result than along the east roof-line, and west floor-line.
8
west side, arid 351.648 on the east side. This difference between
the west and east floor-measurements is due to the fact already
mentioned, namely, that the flat terminal of the Descending
Passage is not quite square. Just as the floor-length of the
Descending Passage i s shorter down the east than down the west SECTION I1
side, so the floor-length of the Small Horizontal Passage is, con-
versely, longer on the east than on the west side. A s in the case of
the Descending Passage, so here also we have based our figures for ANGLES OF THE GREATPYRAMID
the theoretical standard floor - length of the Small Horizontal
Passage on our measurements along the west side, namely.
T
HE angle of rise of the exterior sides of the Great Pyramid
350.4031 +Pyramid inches, which is only about 11300th part of a n was pronounced by Professor Flinders Petrie, after carcful
inch more than our practical measure for this side. Further details.
angle-measuring of the large well-preserved casing-stones
of the measurements of the Small Horizontal Passage, and of t h e a t the north base of the building (See Vol. I, Pars. 224-226
large Subterranean Chamber, will be noticed when dealing with with accompanying photographs), to be 51" 52' plus or minus 2'.
these parts of the Pyramid; also the dimensions of the various. Professor C. Piazzi Smyth, following the theory first propounded
other sections of the monument are given throughout the volume. by John Taylor, claimed that the exact angle is 51" 51' 14.3, which
angle is contained within the findings of Professor Petrie; and was
substantially supported by Professor Smyth's own painstaking
measuring.
26 This angle 51" 51' 1P.3is called the .x (Pi) angle, giving to
the vertical height of the Pyramid the same ratio to its square
base, as the radius of a circle bears to its circumference (See Vol. I,
Par. 18). In conjunction with the building's socket-level base-
length (of 9131.05#9+ Pyramid inches), this T angle has endowed the
Great Pyramid with many wonderful scientific truths, and has a l s ~
enabled a number of important time-measurements (corroborative
of the Scriptural Chronology) to be indicated with exactness.
27 None of the other thirty or more measured pyramids
throughout Egypt have been erected at this T angle. Commenting
upon this fact, Professor Smith writes: "If, therefore, the .x
quantity with its resulting shape is really found built into the
Great Pyramid with exactness, . . .
it not only discriminates
that building a t once from all other pyramids of Egypt, whatever
their absolute size may be; but proves that such a distinguishing
feature for the wise of latter days must have been the result either
of some most marvellous accident, or of some deep wisdom
and settled determined purpose" (Ow Inheritafzce, 5th Ed. p. 10).
W e have confidence that the reader will agree with us, after
perusing this volume, that there is no feature in the Great Pyramid
the result of accident.
28 The ancient angle of the rise of the corner arris lines of the
building, i.e., from the corner-socket foundations up the corner
angles to the summit top-stone, is 41" 59' 50". The ancient angle at
Professor Petrie wrote Professor Smyth in a private letter that the angle was
51"51'-See Par. 272 of Vol. I.
II
t h e summit, sideways, is 76" 17' 3lU.4,'anddiagonally it is 96"O'20.
These three angles are computed from the 7 angle of the sides.
(Professor Smyth made a slight error in his computation of the
corner arris angle.)
29 The angle of inclination of the Descending and Ascending
Passages, a s scientifically deduced by Professor S ~ n y t hfroiri the SECTION I11
exact geometrical proportions of the building, as well a s from his
careful personal angular observations in the several passages, is
26" 18'9.7. (The seconds are usually given in Pyramid worlts a s a
round figure, @ I).' This, the theoretical correct angle, is approxi-
S the time-measurements in the Great Pyramid are corro-
A
mated more nearly b y the Grand Gallery than by the other
passages. T h e mean angle of the Descending Passage a s actually borative of the "times and seasons" contained in the
observed by Professor Smyth, is 26" 26'4Y, of the First Ascending Scriptures, it will be necessary to have before us a list of
Passage 26" 6' Y, and of the Grand Gallery 26" 17'37"; and these prominent Bible dates for ready reference. We suggest
angles are practically confirmed by Professor Petrie's observations. that the reader should satisfy his own mind that the dates are
Professor Smyth points out that the Grand Gallery, the angle of Scriptural, by turning up the texts cited :
which is only half a minute from that required by theory, is the
best constructed of all the passage-ways, and in it the builders
appear to have more closely attained to the intention of the BIBLE DATES.
Architect.' W e share with him in this opinion, not only because God created Adam - -
B.C. 4/28 Gen. 2 : 7 ; 5: I.
the angle of 26" 18' Y . 7 agrees with rliany scientific features in had a son a t 130 ,, 5:3.
connection with the Pyramid, but on account of the harmony thus
produced throughout all the time-measurements contained in this
Seth born - - -
had a son at
- -
B.C.3998
105 ,, 5:6.
-
volume; and also because of the Scriptural connection which it Enos born - - - - B.C.3893
establishes between the Great Pyramid in Egypt, and Bethlehem, had a son at 90 ,, 5- : ~- .
the place of our Lord's nativity in the Holy Land (See Vol. I, -
Letter XII).
Cainan born- - - - B.C. 3803
had a son at 70 ,, 5:12.
-
'Referring to the observed angles of the Descending and First Ascending Mahalaleel born - - - B.C. 3733
Passages, Professor Smyth draws attention to the fact that "one of them is more, had a son at 65 ,, 5:15.
and the other less, than the theoretical quantity; their mean, or 26"16'30", being
within 2' distance therefrom; and looking like a case of probable error of con-
Jaredborn - - -
-
had a son at
-
B.C. 3668
162 ,, 5: 18.
struction on the part of honest workmen, who knew the right theoretical angle, and
wished to hit, but had practical difficulty in hitting, it exactly" (Lifc and Work, Enoch born - - - -
had a son at
B.C. 3506
65 ,, 5:21.
Vol. 111, page 37). -
Methuselah born - - - B.C. 3441
had a son at 187 ,, 5:25.
-
Lamechborn - - - B.C. 3254
had a son at 182 ,, 5:28.
Noahborn - - - - B.C. 3 600 z 2 ,,
Age of Noah at Flood 7 : 6 ; 8:13.
-
Dateof FLOOD - - -
B.C. 2472
Shem had a son after Flood 2 ,, 11:10.
Arphaxad born - - - B.C. 2470
had a son a t
- ,,
35 II:12.
Salah born - - -
had a son at
B.C. 2435
30 Gen. II:I& Abijah enthroned - - B.C. 982
- Years of reign 3 2 Chron. I3 :2.
Eber born - - - -
had a son at
B.C. 2405
34 ,,
Asa enthroned - - -B.C. 979
- 11:16. Years of reign 41 ,. 16:13.
Pelegborn - - - -
had a son a t
B.c. 2371
,,
Jehoshaphat enthroned- -B.C. 938
--30 II:I~ Years of reign
-
25 ,, 20:31.
Reuborn - - - -
had a son at
B.C.2341
32 ,,
Jehoram enthroned - - B.C. 913
1I:zo. Years of reign
- 8 ,, 21:20.
Serugborn- - - -
had a son at
B.C. 2309
,,
Ahaziah enthroned - - B.C. 905
--30 11:22. Years of reign
- 1 ,, 22:2.
Nahor born - - - -
had a son at
B.C. 2279
29 ,, 11:24.
Athaliah enthroned - - B.C. 904
Years of reign
Terah born - - - -
Terah died a t
B.C. 2250
205 ,, 11:gZ
Joash enthroned - -
Years of reign
ABRAHAMIC COVENANT B.C. 2045 ,, 12:1-7;
[Acts 7 :a-4.
Amaziah enthroned - - B.C. 858
Years of reign
-29 ,, 25:1,
Abraham in Canaan --25 ,, 12:4
Uzziah enthroned - - - B.C. 829
-
F
ROM the foregoing list of Bible Dates (Sec. 111), we find that any of the later excavated tablets and papyri records contain a
the chronological chain is composed of nine main periods complete chronological list of kings. For many of the kings of
or links of varying lengths. Each link will stand close Egypt neither the order of succession, nor length of reign is known,
investigation, when examined in the light of the Scriptures and therefore it is impossible for an accurate chronological history
themselves. It is important that they should be thoroughly tested, of Egypt to be compiled. Many systems of chronology, of course,
-
for the correct interpretation of the time prophecies entirely have been put forward; but the difficulty of arriving at any reliable
depends upon the true chronology. conclusion is apparent from the vast diversity of opinion. The
32 W e may here now say that since the year 1904 these date proposed for the beginning of the jirst dynasty by sixprincipal
chronological links have been subjected to close scrutiny, and have authorities ranges over a period of 2554 years! or all the way
withstood every test. It has been demonstrated, especially within between 5869 B.C. and 3315 B.C. The latter date, 3315 B.C., is the
the past few years, that every text bearing upon Biblical latest deduction ; and it is hopeful to observe that as the work of
chronology, when properly understood, is harmonious with the excavation in Egypt progresses, constantly bringing to light
foregoing dates of the Bible. Secular history, also, where of additional data for investigation, a steady reduction in the dates
approved reliability (for much OF the early history of the world i s is found necessary, thus bringing them more nearly in accord
not of unquestioned accuracy), i s seen to be clearly in line with Bible testimony. The uncertainty which attends Egyptian
with these dates; and the corroborative testimony of the time- chronology, equally applies to that of Assyria and all other ancient
measurements of the Great Pyramid of Gizeh, as set forth in this countries. We therefore have great confidence in the Hebrew chrono-
volume, place their truth beyond every reasonable adverse criticism. logy, which gives us a connected history from the time of Adam
W e believe, indeed, that the Great Pyramid is an added witness, down to the year ~ ~ G B . c where
. secular history begins to be reliable.
Divinely arranged, to confirm the faith of the Lord's people in the 35 The period of 427 years from the flood to the date of God's
chronology of the Bible as here presented, that they may surely covenant with Abraham, is, like the period already considered,
know where they are in the stream of time, and thus be enabled to based upon the ancient Hebrew Scriptures. It has been supposed
co-operate with Him in the outworking of His grand Plan of the that this period should be reduced 60 years because of the state-
Ages. ment in Gen. 1 1 : 26, that " Terah lived seventy years, and begat
33 The period of 1656 years from the creation of Adam to the Abram, Nahor, and Haran." This would give a period of 145
flood, does not require much conlment, for it is based upon the years between the birth of Terah, and the covenant with Abraham;
records of the original Hebrew Scriptures. As has been pointed for Abraham was 75 years of age, according to Gen. I2 :4-7, when
out by many eminent chronologists, the addition in the Greek he entered Canaan and so secured the promise, and 70+75 = 145.
Septuagint version of the Old Testament of exactly 100 years to the But those who contend for the shorter period overlook the clear
ages of most of the patriarchs, is quite evidently a forgery. W e statement of Stephen (Acts 7 : 2-5), that it was after Terah,
could not imagine a reason why the Hebrews in Palestine should Abraham's father, was dead, that Abraham entered Canaan.
desire to shorten their ancient chronological records; but it is easy According to Gen. 1 1 : 32, Terah died at 205 years of age. W e
to see why the Greek Jews in Egypt were induced to lengthen them must not, therefore, understand that the three sons of Terah were
when translating the original Hebrew into Greek. They desired all born in the same year, but that the begettal of these sons began
to make their history appear as ancient as possible in their Greek when he was 70. Abraham although the youngest was the most
translation, in order to compare f;ivourably with their Egyptian important of the three, and is therefore mentioned first.
16
36 The period of #O years from the Abrahamic Covenant, to the 38 Again, Moses' father, Amram, was the son of Kohath, and
Exodus from Egypt and the giving of the Law, is expl;;ssly stated Kohath was one of those who entered Egypt with Jacob. Kohath
by the inspired Apostle in Gal. 3 : 17 (The words in Christ" lived 133 years, and Amram lived 137 years (Gen. 46 :8, l I-; Exod.
should be omitted-See R.v.). From this inspired statement of the 6 :18, 20). If, now, we were to allow that Kohath was a new born
.. Apostle Paul, we know that the 430 years' babe when he entered Egypt, and that Amram was born the year
sojourn of the children of Israel, mentioned his father died, there would still remain a gap of 80 years between
by Moses in Exod. 12 : 40, 41, ir1c1ude.s the thc dcuth of Amram and the birth of Moses I
sojourning of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob in
the land of Canaan, which, although pro-
mised to them for an inheritance, was still
a " strange land "-Acts 7 :4, 5.
37 As the Bible dates show a period of
215 years between the Abrahamic Covenant
and Jacob's entrance into Egypt, it is
evident that the children of Israel's actual
residence in Egypt was 215 years (215+ 215
=430). Most authorities think that a period
of 215 years is too short for the great
multiplication of the Israelites during their
residence in Egypt, forgetting that the
Scriptures indicate that this increase was
miraculous (See Exod 1 : 1-22 ; Psa. 105 : 23,
S
Y, 24, 37, 38). Rejecting the inspired testi- 39 The statement made by Jehovah to Abraham (Gen. 15 : 13,
mony of the Apostle Paul in Gal. 3 : 17, the 15), quoted by Stephen (Acts 7 :6, 7), that Abraham's seed would
translators of the Revised Version changed be afflicted 400 years, is often taken to mean that the affliction in
2 the sense of Exod. 12 :40, in order to increase Egypt was to be 400 years. The Apostle Paul, however, points,,out
L" the number of years in'Egypt. They made that this foretold affliction began when Ishmael "mocked " or ill-
the passage to read: The sojourning of treated" Isaac a t the time of the feast when Isaac was weaned
the children of Israel, which they sojourned (Gal. 4 :28-30 ; Gen. 2 1 :5-1 2). As the Bible dates show that Isaac
in Egypt, was 430 years." In thus altering wqs born 405years before the Exodus, he must have been five years
the text the R.V. translators fell into a of age when he was weaned. That Isaac was not "weaned from
peculiar error as is demonstrated by the the milk" till he had reached the age of five years seems
diagram on page 19. This diagram unaccountable to people of Western countries, but in Palestine this
shows the genealogy of Moses. Moses was is the common practice even at the present day. The women of
80 years old a t the Exodus (Exod. 7 : 7). Palestine believe that the longer the child is suckled the stronger
-"- His mother, Jochebed, was the daughter of he will grow, and the weaning never takes place under two years,
Levi (Num. 26 :59). Levi lived for 137 years but frequently in the case of a favourite man-child such as Isaac
(Exod. 6 : 16), but he cannot have spent was, he is kept a t the breasts for four or five years, and even
more than the last 97 of them in Egy t for longer. The "babes and suckling " of the Bible are old enough to
X he was older than Joseph (Gen. 37 :3f and
' Joseph was 39 when Jacob and his sons
entered Egypt (Gen. 41 :46-54, compare with
Gen. 45 :3-1 1). It follows from these facts
sing, and are ready to be taught knowledge (Matt. 2 1 : 15,16; Isa.
28 :9 ; I Sam. 1 : 2 1-23).
40 Jehovah's further intimation to Abraham that his seed
would come out of bondage in the fourth generation, and that the
that if the period of the Israelites' residence nation who had held them in bondage would be judged (Gen.
-@ in Egypt was 430 years, Jochebed must have 15 : 14-16 ; Acts 7 : 7), was fulfilled when Moses delivered the
been 253 years old when Moses was born1 Israelites after inflicting the ten plagues upon the Egyptians. The
18
four generations began with Jacob when he entered Egypt, Levi 44 In the Book of Joshua (14 :5-7, lo) we read that when Joshua
and Jochebed being the second and third, and Moses the fourth was dividing the land, Caleb came to him and said: "Thou
generation. knowest the thing that the Lord said unto Moses the man of God
41 The Samaritan and Septuagint versions of the Old concerning me and thee in Kadesh-barnea7'-namely, that he
Testament render Exod. 12 : 40 emphatically in support of the would live to inherit part of the land-" Forty years old was I
inspired Apostle's statement in Gal. 3 : 17,-" the dwelling of the whcn Moscs tho servant of (;od sent me from Kadesh-barnea to
sons of Israel, and of their fathers, which they dwelt in the land of .
espy- out t l ~ eland . . a n d now, behold, the Lord hath kept me
Canaan, and in the land of Egypt, was four hundred and thirty .
, IIC said, these forty and five years
i ~ l i v u:IS . . and now, lo, I am
years." tlris tlay fourscore and five years old." W e are informed in Num.
42 The period of 46 years from the Exodus to the division of the 10 : 11, 12, that in the 20th day of the 2nd month of the 2nd year
land among the twelve tribes of Israel, is made up from two periods (i.e., I yr. I mo. 20 dys.) after leaving Egypt, the people journeyed
of 40 and 6 years. The 40 years from the Exodus until the nation from Sinai to the wilderness of Paran ; and it was from Kadesh-
crossed the river Jordan to take possession of the promised land, is barnea in Paran that Caleb and the other spies journeyed forth
exact to a day (Exod. 12:42-51; Deut. 2 9 : 5 ; Josh. 4:19; 5:10; (See Num. 13 : 1-3, 25, 26 ; 32 :8). It was, therefore, a little over a
Num. 14 : 34). year after the Exodus that Caleb was sent to spy the land, and 45
43 The period following the forty years in the wilderness, years later the land was conquered and divided, altogether a period
during which the Israelites conquered seven nations and then of 46 years.
divided the land of Canaan among the tribes (Acts 13 : 17-19), i s 45 The Period of450 years of the Judges is said by the Apostle
proved to be 6 years by the following texts: Paul to have extended from the time of the division of the land,
till Samuel the prophet (Acts 13: 19, 20). It is generally acknow-
(I) Nurn. 33:3. 15) Nurn. I3 :25,26. ledged that without this inspired statement in the New Testament
And they from Ramese, 25 And they returnedfromsearching
the continuity of the Old Testament chronology would be broken.
In the first month, on the M e e n t h day Of the land after forty days'
of the first month:on the morrow after 26T And they went and came to Nor could we know the period of Saul's reign, were it not that the
t2 ~~~~r~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ {'!:
E ~ ~ ~ g ~ ? ~ A f ~ ~ ? ~ i i E ~ ~ ~ f
unto the wildernesr of Paran, to Kad-
Apostle again supplies this information, enabling us to connect up
all the Egyptians. esh; and brought back word unto them. the chronological chain (Acts 13 : 21). The Old Testament does,
and unto all the congregation and indeed, furnish a n indication of the time which elapsed between
(2) Num. 9:I. showed them the fruit of the land.
the Exodus and the period of the kings, but owing to a n evident
ANDthe LOKDspake unto Moses in the (6) Num. 32~8. error on the part of a copyist, or a translator from the original
wilderness of Sinai, in the first month 8 ~ h ~ ~your
d i fathen,
d when 1
of thesecond year after they were come them from ~ ~ d ~ to see
~ the
h - b ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Hebrew manuscripts, the matter has been involved in a measure of
outof the land of Egypt, saying. land. obscurity. With the aid of the Apostle's figures we know that the
,", -Num.
(2) . 10:
- -
11., 12. (7) Josh. 14:s-7. total period from the Exodus to the commencement of the erection
119And it came topasson the twen-
5 As the LORD commanded Moses, so
the childre11of Israel did, and they di-
of the Temple in Jerusalem was 580 years. In I Kings 6 : 1 we
tieth day of the second month, in the vided the land. read in our Bible that the period in question was 480, or IOO years
second year, that the cloud was taken 611 Then the children of Judah came less than the sum of the periods given in the other Scriptures
up froin off the tabernacle of the Icsti- unto Joshua in Gilgal : and Caleb the
mony.
12 And the cliildren of Israel took
son of Jepliunneh the Yenezite said un- (40+6+450+40+40+4=580).
to him Thou k n o w 4 the thing that
their joilrneys 0111 of the wilderliess of
Sitlni; and the c!oud rested in the wil-
the L O ~ said
D unto Moses the man of 46 T h e ease with which this mistake in I Kings 6 : 1 crept in,
God concerning me and thee in Kad- whereby 580 was made to read 480, is very apparent when the
derness of Pal.n11. esh-barnea.
7 Fortv vears old was I when Moses
of
t1;e ieivani the LORDsent me from
Hebrew
46
letter which stands for 4 " 7 " is compared with that for 5
(4)Nun). I3:I-3. Eades11-barnea to espy out the land : n". Although in all existing Hebrew manuscripts of the Old
and !brought him word again as it was
AND the LORDspakc unto Moses, say- in mille hear(. 'Testament (none of which date earlier than the 10th century A.D.)
lng. numbers are written out a t length, it seems certain that the writers
z Send thoumen, thatthcyn~aysearch 14:lo'
the land of Canaan, which I give u ~ l t o (') of the originals, and all the ancient copyists, employed the letters
the children of Israel: of every tribe of 10 And now, behold. the LORD hath
their fatherssllall ye send a man,every kept me alive as he said, these forty of the alphabet to denote numerical values. It is well known that
one a ruler among them. and five year:, even since the LORD
3 And Moses by the commandment spake this word unto Moses, while ttd this method was used by the Greeks, and, indeed, by all ancient
of the L o ~ ~ s ethem
n t from the wilder- childten of lsracl wandered in the wil- Eastern nations. Maccabzan coins prove conc1u;ively that this
ness o f Parm:all those men w n s l ~ e a d s derness : and now, lo. I am this d . ~
of the children of Israel. fourscore aad five y e a n old. shorter method of recording numbers was in vogue among the
2I
Hebrews after the Babylonian captivity (536 B.c.), and there is no
reason to doubt that it was in use from the beginning. Because of
the similarity of certain letters in the Hebrew alphabet, copyists
have mistaken onc for another, in spite of their proverbial care,
and thus in some cases have given rise to much misunderstanding.
It is wonderful, indeed, that such errors are not more frequent in
ilii. 1Iil)lr.; thc Lord has so overruled matters that the errors which
Irrl?w c'rc11L in are corrected by the testimony of other Scriptures.
47 T/JCperiod of513 years of the kings of Judah, dating from
Salr~uelthe prophet when the 40 years of Saul's "space" hegan,
till the dethronement of Zedekiah the last king, is derived entirely
from the Book of Chronicles, the reign of Saul being the only
exception (Acts 13 :21). T h e chronological chain cannot be carried
through the line of the kings of the ten tribes, without reference
to the line of Judah, for two breaks occur in the succession
of the reigns of Israel's kings. There is a gap of ten years after
Jereboam I1 (2 Kings 14 :23 ; 15 : 8) ; and a second gap of ten
years after Pekah (2 Kings 15 :27 ; 17 : 1).
The reigns of the kings of Judah as given in the Book of Kings,
agree exactly with those given' in Chronicles.
48 Chronologers (as Ussher) who have attempte: to base this
period of Bible Chronology upon the synchronisms found in the
Book of Kings, have caused much unnecesssary confusion; for it i s
well known that these synchronisrrls cannot be reconciled with the
reigns of the kings of Judah and Israel, nor even with themselves.'
A Synchronism is a statement to the effect that "A," king of Judah, began to
reign in a certain year of the reign of "B," king of Israel; or vice wrsa-See 2
Kings 15 :32 for an exatnple.
%s an example of the disagreement in synchronistic statements, we read in
2 Kings 15 :30 that Hoshea slew Pekah in the 20th year of Jotham, and reigned in
his stead. This statement is quite manifestly an interpolation, because Jotham did
not reign more than 16 years (2 Chron. 27 :I); nor did Hoshea reign instead of
Pekah even in the 20th year after the accession of Jotham (which would be the 4th
year of Ahaz) as is suggested by Ussher according to the marginal note in many
Bibles, for in 2Kings 17 : I it states that Hoshea began to reignin the 12th year of Ahaz.
The synchronism of 27 years mentioned in 2 Kings 15: I cannot possibly be
true; and many other synchronisms are erroneous.
In 2 Kings 8: 16,.the words: "Jehoshaphat being then king of Judah" are
omitted in a number of Hebrew manuscripts and in many versions (See note in the
Variorum Bible). If the sychronistic statements in 2 Kings 8 :I 6 and 3 :I were true
(thus making Jehoram of Judah reign only 4 years alone, and therefore shortening
the chronological chain by 4 years), then other synchronisms as I Kings I6:29;
and 22 :41, etc., are not true. This sliows that many of the synchronisms in the
Book of Kings are conflicting, and strengthen the belief that they are interpolated.
Contrast diagrams Nos. 1 and 2 on page 22.
CHRONOLOCY
JEWISH DOUBLE
PARALLELS
FOUR EMPIRES
PARALLELS
FALL
THE DIVINE PLAN OF THE ACES
It is now generally agreed that these synchronisms were added yc:ars of desolation spoken of by Jeremiah was in fulfilment of t h e
to the Book of Kings by a later hand, and are not to be prophecy of Moses, that the land might enjoy its sabbaths of rest,
considered as original independent chronological data. The fact because when the people were in the land they would not let it
that the writer of Chronicles (which is held to be the last written rest. When Zedckiah was taken captive to Babylon in the 4th
of the books of the Old Testament) ignored the lengths of the month of his 11th year (Jer. 39: 2), it appears that some of the
reigns of the kings of Irsael (the ten tribes which broke away from poorest of thc pcople were left in the land (Jer. 39 :lo), over whom
Judah into idolatry after the death of Solomon), and confines Ncbuch~htlncx~ar set Gedaliah as governor (2 Kings 25 :22). A n d
himself entirely to the line of the kings of Judah, should give us wtlcri thc Jcws who had escaped to other lands heard that
confidence that the Lord intends us to continue the chronological (;cdali;~h was made governor over this remnant, they returned a n d
chain through the kings of Judah. (See I Chron. 3 :9-16.) joined hirn (Jer. 40: 11, 12). But we read that in the 7th month
49 The period of 70 jletzrs desolation of the land of Judea and Gcdaliah and many others were slain (Jer. 40 : 15,16; 41 : 1-3) ; and
Jerusalem, from the destruction of Jerusalem and the temple a t the although the Lord promised to protect the very few who yet
dethronement of Zedekiah, till the first year of Cyrus, is easily found remained if they would obey him (Jer. 42 : 10-1 2), they were now so
by comparing the clear statements of the followiilg Scriptures : afraid of the Chaldeans that they would not settle in the land, but
fled into Egypt (Jer. 43 :1-7). Thus, toward the end of the 11th year
(I) The prophecy of Moses. (3) Daniel's understanding of of Zedekiah the land of Judea was desolate (Jer. 44 :2, 6, 7, 22; 2
the prophecies of Moses
Lev. 26 :33-35. and Jeremiah. Kings 25 : 25, 26). This abject fear of the small number who were
33 And I will scatter you anlong the
Dan. 9:2.
left after Gedaliah's death, was foretold by Moses, who said that
heathen and will draw out a sword
after yo;: and your land shall be d e w 2 In the first year o f his reign, 1
they would flee out of the land and perish among their enemies
late and your cities waste. Dan~elunderstood by books the nutll- !Lev. 26: 36-39), and that then the land would enjoy her sabbaths
34'Then shall the land enjoy h e r s a b ber of the years, whereof the word
baths, as long as it lieth desolate, and of the LORD came to Jeremiah the while she lay desolate without them (Lev. 26 :33, 34, 43), to fulfil,
ye be in your enemies' land: men then prophet, that he would accomplish
rhall the land rest, and enjoy
. ~
her sab- seventy years in the desolations of or accomplish, 70 years.
baths. Jerusalem. 51 Although the teaching of the Scriptures regarding this
35 As lona an it lieth desolate it shall
reii: because it did not rest in your
sabbaths. when ye dwelt upon it. ( 4 ) Historical notice by the writer period of 70 years desolation is very clear, it has been strangely
of Chronicles, of the fu1'- obscured by Ussher and other chronologers. They have imagined
(2) The prophecies of Jeremiah.
ment of the prophecies of that the 70 years began in the 3rd or 4th year of the reign of
Moses and.leeremiah. Jehoiakim, 19 or 18 years before Zedekiah's dethronement. This,
Jer. 25: 11, 12; 29:10. 2 Chron. 36: 19, 20.
rr And this whole land shall be a Ig And they burnt the house of Gpd,
of course, would shorten the chronological chain previous to A.D.
desolation, and an astonishment. and
these nations shall serve the ki;lg of
and brake down the wallofJerusalem, I, and thus make the six millenniums from the creation of Adam
and burnt all the palaces thereof with
Babylon seventy years. fire, and destroyed ail the goodly ves- end I9 or 18 years after 1872 A.D. They recognised that the land
12ll And it shall come to ass. when
seventy years are accomplisied, that I
sels thereof.
zn And them that had escaped from
was not " desolate without an inhabitant " during the remaining 7
will punish the king of Babylon and
that nation, saith the LORD, for'their
the sword carried he away to Babylon: or 8 years of Jehoiakim and the I1 years of Zedekiah, and they
where they were servants to him and
iniquity, and the land of the Cbaldeans. his sons until the reign of the kingdom therefore termed the 70 years as a period of captivity. But the
and will make it perpetual desolations. of Persia : Scriplures are emphatic that no captivity began in the 3 r d or 4th year of
zr T o fulfil the word of the LORD
by the mouth of Jeremiah, unt~lthe Jehoiakim, nor, indeed, till after the death of that king.
land had enioyed her sabbaths: for as
long as she lay desolate she kept sab- 52 It was after Jehoiachin (the son of Jehoiakim; also named
you to return to thisplace.
baths, to fulfil threescore and ten
years.
Jeconiah and Coniah--See 2 Kings 24 : 8, margin) had reigned
three months, that the beginning of the captivity of Judah took
50 As this period of the chronology is much misunderstood, place "(2 Kings 24 :6-18). The prophet Ezekiel (who was among
we have thought it advisable to enter into the details.' those carried to Babylon with Jehoiachin), always reckoned t h e
It is evident from a consideration of the above texts, that the 70 captivity as dating from the time when Jehoiachin was taken
'Since the first edition o f this 2nd volume of Great Pyramid Passages was a In Studies in the Scriptures, by C. T. Russell, Vol. 11, top of page 52, notice
published (in I913), the proofs here given in connection wit11 the period of 70 years' that the texts given in the 5th line do not refer to a captivity I8 years before
desolation have been thoroughiy verified in articles appearing in the Watch Tower, Zedekiah's dethronement, but to the captivity of Jehoiachin (son of Jehoiakim) I f
published by the "Watch Tower Bible and Tract Society," of Brooklyn and London. years before the final captivity and destruction of Jerusalem.
27
captive, I 1 years before the final captivity and desolating of bands from the surrounding countries, the people of which were
Jerusalem and the land (Ezek. 1 : 2 ; 33 : 2 1 ; 40 : I.-See diagram on now under the power of Babylon, until Nebuchadnezzar was free
this page). Jeremiah, also, did not recognise any captivity of Judah to come in person to bcsicge Jerusalem (2 Kings 24 : 1-4, 7).
previous to that of Jehoiachin (See Jer. 27 : 16-22; and note that 54 Jehoiakin~ was not taken captive to Babylon; but after
this utterance of Jeremiah was during the 4th reigniua elevcn yc.ilrs he died, being probably assassinated by his
year of Zedekiah; for the Variorum Bible infuritltrti sul)jrc.ts when they saw Nebuchadnezzar coming to lay
points out that in verse 1 of this 27th chapter si(*gc' ;~p,:~itist the city; and it seems that he was not accorded an
Zedekiah is the king meant, a s is shown by J I O I ~ O ~ I II)urial, . : I ~ ) ~ but
C that his dead body was cast forth out of
comparing verses 3 a n d 12, and verse I of the J C ~ I ' I I S : I ~ ( ~ I (Jcr.
II' 22 : 18, 19; 36 :30). It was therefore upon the head
next chapter-the 28th. T h e Septuagint omits o l Jchoiachin (Coniah) that the collective sin of his fathers was
27 : I entirely). visited (Jer. 22 : 24, 25; 36 : 30, 31). W e read that it was at that
53 It was in the 4th year of Jehoiakim, time ( I 1 years before Zedekiah's dethronement) that Nebuchad-
which was also the 1st year of Nebuchadnezzar nezzar and his servants came and besieged Jerusalem (2 Kings
(Jer. 25 : I), that Jeremiah promised the Jews 24 :8-11) ; and Jehoiachin (son of Jehoiakim) evidently thought i t
that if they would turn from evil the Lord hopeless to resist, and surrendered himself with all his princes a n d
would do them no hurt; otherwise the king of all the chief of the land into the hands of the king of Babylon (2
Babylon would come against them (Jer. Kings 24 : 10-1 7). This, the Jirst deportation of captives to Babylon,
25 : 1-12 ; 36 : 1-3). The fear of an invasion took place in the 8th year of the reign of Nebuchadnezzar (2 Kings
had the effect of causing the people to pro- 24 : 12 ; Jer. 24 : 1-1 0); and the second and final deportation was a t
claim a fast, and endeavour to influence the dethronement of Zedekiah eleven years later, in the 19th year of
Jehoiakim to repent (Jer. 36 :4-1 0, 16). This Nebuchaclnezzar (2 Kings 24 : 18, 19; 25 : 1-11). Although a few
fast was held in the 9th month of the 5th year, cities in Judea still remained unsubdued after the first captivity,
so that the Lord did them " no hurt " previous which were desolated at the final invasion by Babylon (Jer.
to the 6th year of Jehoiakim (Jer. 36 :9). But 34 : 1-22), this final captivity is spoken of a s being more a captivity
Jehoiakirn cut up and burnt the "roll of the of Jerusalem (Jer. 1 :3 ; 32 : 1-5), from which time, therefore, the 70
book" which Jeremiah had written against years desolation of Jerusalem began (Dan. 9 : 2).
him, and Jeremiah required to write ar~other 55 Verses 28-30 of Jer. 52 show that the writer understood that
roll, in which he repeated his prophecy that the Jirst captivity of Judah was after the death of Jehoiakim, 11
"the king of Babylon shall certainly come and years before the final destruction of Jerusalem. H e in this place
d e s t r ~ ythis land [,make it desolate], and shall pre-dates the years of the captivities, calling the 8th year of
cause to cease from thence man and beast" Nebuchadnezzar, when Jehoiachin was carried to Babylon, the 7th
(Jer. 36 : 22-32). Because of this act of con- (Compare 2 Kings 24 :1 3 , and the 19th year the 18th (Compare Jer.
tempt in cutting up the roll, the Lord brought 52: 12). The captivity mentioned in the 30th verse of this 52nd
Nebuchadnezzar against Jerusalem, and chapter of Jeremiah is that of the Jews who fled to Egypt, after
Jehoiakim was bound in chains to be carried Zedekiah was dethroned and the desolation of the land had begun
to Babylon (2 Chron. 36 : 2-7). Nebuchad- (See Jer. 43 :5-1 1 ; 44 :1-14). Josephus, in Ant. X, 9 : 7, says that
nezzar, however, did not pursue his original this last act of vengeance against the rebellious Jews took place
intention to take Jehoiakim captive, but made "on the 5th year after the destruction of Jerusalem, which was the
him pay tribute instead, and carried off some 23rd of the reign of Nebuchadnezzar." This agrees with Jer.
of the vessels of the temple, being content 52 :30.
with this alone. A t the erid of three years'
subjectiorl Jehoiakim rebelled against Nebuc- Although the Scriptures do not say when Jehoiakim began to pay tribute, they
hadnezzar (2 Kings 24 : I), with the result that by the foregoing texts indicate indirectly that it was in his 8th year. The great
the Lord harried him by sending against him Jewish historian Josephus corroborates this, saying distinctly that it was in
Jehoiakim's 8th year that he became tributary to Babylon, rebelling three years
a The Septuagint reads the 9th month of the 8th year,
later, i.e., in his 11th and last year (See Ant. X, 6 : 1-3).
which is probably correct-See footnote on page 29.
28 29
56 The 70 years spoken of by Jeremiah is shown in Jer. 29 : 1-14' 58 It cannot be admitted that the 70 years desolation of
t o have begun to c o m t from the time when the remnant (orresidue- Jerusalem and the land began in the 3rd year of Jehoiakim, for
same word in the Hebrew) in Jerusalem were taken captive by according to the Scriptures "desolation" implies "without an
Nebuzar-adan, the captain of Nebuchadnezzar. It was in the 4th inhabitant," and Jerusalem and the land were not without inhabi-
month of his 11th year that Zedekiah was taken captive (2 Kings tants until after the dethronement of Zedekiah (See Jer. 4 : 7 ; 6 :8;
25 :2-7 ; Jer. 39 :2-7), while in the 5th month Nebuzar-adan carried 9 : l l ; 26:9; 32:43; 33:10,12; alsoZech.7:5,14).
away the remnant to Babylon (2 Kings 25 :8-1 1; Jer. 39 :8, 9). It 9 I t is because of deference to the Canon of Ptolemy that Dan.
was this remnant or residue, a s well as to all those who, / I years I :j-4 is supposed by some to support the idea that the 70 years
before, had gone into captivity with Jehoiachin or Coniah began in the 3rd year of Jehoiakim (But see preceding footnote).
(Compare verses I and 8 of Jer. 24), that Jeremiah sent the letter, But this reading of Dan. 1 :1-4 is in direct conflict with all the
telling them to settle down in Babylon, for the Lord would not historical accounts of the captivities contained in the books of
visit them till 70 years were accomplished (See Jer. 29 : 1, 2). The Kings, Chronicles, and Jeremiah, which we have already
messengers bearing Jeremiah's letter to the captives in Babylon considered. W e cannot reject the combined prophetic and
had been employed by him in a similar capacity 7 years before, historical testimonies of these books simply on the strength of this
Elasah and Gemariah evidently having formed part of the embassy doubtful reading of Dan. 1 :I, more especially a s this text conflicts
which had gone to Babylon on behalf of Zedekiah in his 4th year with Dan. 2 :1. In reading over the 1st chapter of Daniel it would
(Compare Jer. 29 :3, with 5 1 :59, margin). appear that the Hebrew children were taken captive b y Nebuchad-
W e believe that the foregoing Scriptural data definitely fixes the nezzar in the 3rd year of Jehoiakim. They were trained in the
commencement of the 70 years period from the 7th month, in the learning and tongue of the Chaldeans for three years (verses 4, S),
11th year, of the reign of Zedekiah, Judah's last king. and yet, according to Dan. 2: 1, 25, they were brought into the
57 T h e question arises: on what basis did Ussher claim that presence of Nebuchadnezzar in or before his second year, though
there was a captivity of Judah 18 years before the dethronement verse 18 of the 1st chapter shows that the three years had
of Zedekiah? Not by following Josephus:but by endeavouring to completely expired. (See Jer. 25 :1.)
harmonise the Scriptural records with the Astronomical Canon of 60 Because of this disagreement between Dan. 1 :I, and 2 :1, and
Ptoleniy, which seems to gain support by Dan. 1 : 1-4. But the because of the disagreement of both of these texts with the
Scriptures and the Canon cannot be harmonised a t this period,' chronological order of the captivities narrated in the other books
not even if it could be supposed that the desolation of 70 years of the Scriptures, a. number of commentators suggest that the 3rd
began in the 3rd year of Jehoiakim, a s has been assumed to be the year of Jehoiakim in Dan. I :l should be understood a s meaning
meaning of Dan. 1 :1-4. the 3rd year of his vassalage to Nebuchadnezzar, when he turned
and rebelled and thus brought the king of Babylon against
In Jer. 29, verses 16-20 are omitted in the Septuagint, and are regarded by
some authorities as not being in the original manuscripts-See the Variorum Bible. year of Nebuchadnezzar in the year 604 B.C. (2) T h e 1st year of Nebuchadnezzar was
The words of Josephus regarding the 70 years' period are: " H e [Nebuchad- in the 4th year of Jehoiakim-Jer. 25 :I. (1) Jerusalem was destroyed in the 19th
nezzar] reduced them all, and set our temple which was a t Jerusalem on fire year of Nebuchadneuar-2 Kings a5 : 8. (4) Jehoiakim and Zedekiah each
(Compare 2 Chron. 36 :19-21] ; nay. and removed our people entirely out of their reigned I / years in Jerusalem-2 Chron. 36:s. 11. ( 5 ) T h e Jews returned to
own country, and transferred them to Babylon ;when it so happened that our city Jewsalem a t the end of the 70 years in the 1st year of Cyrus, 536 B.C., which is a
was desolate during the interval of seventy years, until the days of Cyrus King of generally accepted date-2 Chron. 36: 19-23.
Persia " (Apion. I :19). In another place he says: " But the King of Babylon, who All who will seek to satisfactorily harmonise the above chronological records
brought out the two tribes [Judah and Benjamin], placed no other nation in their of the Scriptures, with the Canon's date for the 1st year of Nebuchadnezzar, will
country, by which means all Judea and Jerusalem, and the temple, continued to be soon prove to himself tlie impossibility of the task. The difficulties of the problem
a desert for seventy yearsD'(Ant. X, 9 : 7). are manifest by the fact that, while Ussher gives the date 588 B.C. for the destruction
Although we cite these two passages to show that Josephus evidently understood of Jerusalem at the dethronement of Zedekiah, the equally celebrated chronologer,
the seventy years as a period of desolation, beginning with the burning of the temple Hales, places this destruction in the year 586 B.C., or two years later than Ussher.
and destruction of Jerusalem at the detronement of Zedekiah, we nevertheless Accepting the united testimony of the sacred writers that Jerusalem and the
recognise. that he is in general very unreliable in chronological matters land lay desolate for 70 full years, the chronological data of the Scriptures are
'The foliowing facts should be remembered: ( I ) Ptolemy's Canon places the 1st harmonious. See diagram on page 28.
Jerusalem (2 Kings 25 :I) ; for it is' certain that Jehoiakim was not W e may rest assured that wherever our heavenly Father refers
taken captive to Babylon. us to secular history, he has so overruled matters as always to
61 In Dan. 2 : 1 the number 2 has evidently arisen out of the provide that the historical evidences necessary to enable us to
number 12. A similar mistalre is seen by comparing 2 Kings fix our dates, have been preserved by trustworthy writers.
24 :8, with 2 Chron. 36:9, where the number 8 in Chronicles has 64 In 2 Chron 36 :19-23, and Ezra 1 :L- l I we read that it was in the
arisen out of the original number I8 preserved in Kings. T h e first year of Cyrus, king of Persia, that the Jews were permitted to
reading in the Variorum Bible for Dan. 2 :1, is twelfth. With this return to Jcrusalem. The overthrow of the Babylonian kingdom
correction of a probable error in Dan. 2:1, and with the under- by thc Medes and Persians (Elam) had been foretold by Isaiah
standing that the 3rd year of Jehoiakim in Dan. 1 :1 is to be reckoned tnore than 180 years previously (Isa. 13 :1, 17-19 ; 21 :2, 9), a s well a s
as the 3rd year of his vassalage to Nebuchadnezzar (See footnote b y Jeremiah (Jer. 51 :11). Belshazzar was the last of the Chaldean
on page 29), the narratives in Daniel fall into line with the records kings, and when he was slain at the time of the capture of the city
of the captivities as presented in the other S ~ r i ~ t u r e s . ~ of Babylon by Cyrus, "Darius the Mede took the kingdom"
62 The Period of 536 years from the end of the 70 years (Dan. 5:25-31). Darius the Mede has been identified in secular
desolation of Jerusalem and the land of Judea, till the beginning history a s Cyaxares 11, who was the uncle of Cyrus. Sometimes
of the year A.D. I, rests upon the testimony of secular history. the reign of Cyrus the Persian is dated from his capture of Babylon
After the end of the 70 years till the close of the canon of the in 538 B.C., but he was then merely acting under the authority of
Old Testament, the Scriptures, wheri marking events of historical Darius a s general of the army. Thus, the Medish monarch, in
importance, indicate in what year of the reigning Gentile king such connection with a Persian, brought the kingdom of Babylon to an
events transpired ; but as the Scriptures do not record the lengths end according to the prophecies. So long as a Mede sat on the
of the reigns of those Gentile kings in that consecutive order in throne the Persians were second in importance, but on the accession
which they record the reigns of the kings of Judah, we must here of Cyrus, the Persians became predominant. This transference
rely upon the pages of secular history. of the sovereign power from the Medes to the Persians w a s
63 As we should expcct, seeing that God has here left us to our illustrated in Daniel's vision of the ram with the two horns
own resources, it is a t this period of the world's history that (symbolical of two powers) one of which was higher than the
chronology rests upon the surest foundations, both because we other, and the higher (the Persian) came up last (See Dan. 8 :3, 20).
have at command several distinct eras which can be compared, 65 The date when Cyrus became king is universally agreed to
a n d also because we have the writings of many contemporary be 536 B.C. Immediately on gaining authority, Cyrus, in fulfilment
authors of different nations. Secular history from the end of the of the prophecies concerning him (Isa. 44 :28; 45 :1, 13), issued a n
70 years desolation of Jerusalem down to our day is, therefore, in edict which allowed the captive Jews to return to Jerusalem, and
marked contrast with regard to the reliability of its chronology to thus end its long seventy-year period of Desolation.
that of history previous to the 1st year of Cyrus ; for in the earlier 66 The period of 1872 years, when added to the sum of the
period secular chronology is more or less built upon speculations, preceding periods, completes six millenniums from the date of the
and there is no unanimity of opinion. Were it not that God has creation of Adam. But the Scriptures indicate that Adam's fall
specially provided, by means of his inspired writers, the necessary a n d condemnation took place two years after his creation, so that,
data to enable us to connect the reliable period of secular history dating from the Fall, 6000 years ended in I874 A.D. The proofs of
with the chronological chain of the Bible, we would be absolutely this statement are contained throughout the book.
unable to locate our position on the stream of time. For this The foregoing chronological scheme, which we denominate Bible
reason, if for no other, the reverent student of the Word of God Chronology because it is based upon the Scriptures alone (See list
will do well to keep close to the Bible chronology, placing his of Bible dates, Sec. III), is corroborated b y the time-measurements
reliance upon the records of secular history only where they are in the Great Pyramid of Gizeh in Egypt.
not at variance with those that are inspired, and where, a s in this
instance of the 1st year of Cyrus, he is directly referred thereto.
Much more could be added t o the above brief review o f this 70-year link in
the chronological chain, and confirmatory of our understanding that it was a period
o f complete desolation, beginning in 607 B.c., and ending in 537 B.C. T h e Great
Pyramid is altogether in accoid with this interpretation.
32
68 A t the Exodus from Egypt, when the Israelites were
separated to God at the passover in the 14th day of the month of
Abib, the Lord said through Moses: "This month shall be unto
you the beginning of months: it shall be the first month of the year
SECTION V to you" (Exod. 12 : 2; Deut. 16 : 1). In this way the Lord made a
distinction between the year of his own people, and the year of the
THE YEAR: ITS BEGINNING AND LENGTH Gentiles ; for the passover in the month Abib (or Nisan, as it was
afterwards named-Esther 3: 7) is in the Spring. According to
this commandment of the Lord, the nation of Israel counted the
N the list of Bible dates (Sec. 111),the years are reckoned to
I
number of the months of their year from the Spring; their 7th
begin according to the present mode of calculating, namely, month fell in Autumn and coincided with the beginning of the
1st January.' This, however, is merely for convenience, for year of their Gentile n e i g h b o ~ r s . ~
there are abundant evidences that, with early nations in the 69 In the chronological list of dates the year of the Exodus is
northern hemisphere, the universal rule was to begin the year in / 6 1 5 ~ . ~but
. , as this event occurred in Spring, quarter of a year
the Autumn, quarter of a year earlier than a t present.' There are later, the exact interval from the Exodus to 1st Jan. A.D. 1 was
evidences which show that previous to the date of the exodus of 1614% years. Similarly with the date of the Israelites' entrance
the Israelites from Egypt, the Bible follows the then prevailing into Canaan, given as 1 5 7 5 ~ . ~the . , Scriptures show that this took
custom, and reckons the year to commence in Autumn. The date place at the beginning of the Israelitish year in Spring (Lev. 23: 110;
of the creation of Adam, given in the chronological list a s 4128 B.C., Josh. 4 : 19 ; 5: lo), so that the exact period from then till 1st Jan.
really commenced in Autumn quarter of a year earlier, that is, A.D. 1 was 1574% years. The years of the reigns of the kings of
4128% years before 1st Jan. A . D . ~ . Six thousand years from the crea- Judah began in Spring (Saul, the first king of Israel, was crowned
tion of Adam, therefore, ended at the date / 8 7 2 ~ .in~ the
. Autumn, or in the Spring-I Sam. 11 :12-15 ; 12 : 1-17. See also 2 Chron.
18713/q years after 1st Jan. A.D. 1. (4128% + 1871% = 6000.) When 29 : 1-3, 17 ; 30 : 1-5, 15 ; 35 : 1-1 9) ; and, when a king through death
we read in Gen. 7 :11 that the flood began in the and month of Noah's or any cause vacated the throne, the year during which he ceased
600th year, we are to understand that this year began in Autumn. to reign was counted in with the total years of his reign (2 Kings
METHOD Of CALCULAT,NC B.C AND A. D DATtS
24: 18; 25: 2-7), while the first year of the reign of his successor
was reckoned a s beginning from the following Spring. If this
I YEAR
<
TWO I YEAR BclA~R
ONE ONE 1 :An W'O 1 successor died or was dethroned before the following Spring, his
short reign was not taken account of in the chronological total, but
was included in the last year of the reign of his predecessor (2
Chron. 36 :9, 10). By this arrangement overlapping, or counting a
year twice, was avoided.
The 1st of January was adopted as the commencement of the year by France 70 The solar tropical year, on which the seasons of seed-time,
in 1563 A.D., by Scotland in 1600, and by England in 1752. and harvest, etc., depend (Gen. 8 : 22), cannot be divided into an
'Autumn in the northern is, of course, at the same time Spring in the southern even number of days. Its precise length, a s nearly a s can be
hemisphere. determined by astronomers, is 365 days 5 hours 48 minutes 4596 +
In his article on the "Primitive Year" (quoted a t length by Professor C. Piazzi seconds, or, when expressed decimally, 365.2422 (nearly) days-
Smyth in Vol. I1 of Life a n d Work), Mr R. G. Haliburton, of Halifax, Nova See Par. 82 for exact value.
Scotia, clearly proves that the early nations regulated their year by the appearance 71 T h e year was assumed by many early nations to have 12
of the Pleiades or Seven Stars. Their year began on the night when these stars were This year of Israel is known as the EccZesiasticaZ year; but the Scriptures
seen longest, i.e., when they were exactly on the meridian overhead at midnight; and indicate that the 7th month began what has been named the Civil year, which per-
this takes place in the Autumn in the northern hemisphere. Mr Haliburton wrote tained principally to the land and to slaves. The 7th month of the Ecclesiastical
that in his day (1863) the heathen people of Australia, New Zealand, Mexico, the year was the commencement of the "year of release" from slavery and debts; the
Islands of the Pacific, etc., still observed the Pleiades Year. Owing t o the slow Sabbatical year during which the land lay fallow; and the grand Jubilee year of
steady progression of the precessional cycle, the Pleiades now culminate on the restoration (Lev. 25 :3-10 ; Deut. j r :10). We shall have occasion t o afterwards
meridian overhead about two months later than in the time of Noah. refer to this feature.
35
months of 30 days each, or 360 d&s in all (See Gen. 7 : 11, 24; 73 But more than convenience was aimed a t in the adoption of
8 :3,4, where 5 months are said to equal 150 days, i.e., 5 x 30). T h e this simple, and automatically corrected, year of 360 days, for its
monuments in Egypt show that this was the length of the year in recognition in the prophetic portions of the Scriptures proves it to
that country in the earliest times. Afterwards the Egyptians be symbolical (Rev. 11 :2, 3 ; 12 :6, 14; 13 :5). A n Israelitish year,
added 5 days to their year to bring it into accord with the seasons, though in reality solar tropical in length, when used prophetically
but when in time they discovered that the months of their year symbolises 360 solar tropical years of 365.242 etc. days each; and
still did not agree with the seasons (their year being yet nearly a prophetic month symbolises 30 solar tropical years. The solar
quarter of a day too short), they introduced a complex system of tropical year is the year on which the dates of history are based,
cycles in an endeavour to rectify the discrepancy. and it may therefore be named the historical year.
72 The nation of Israel also reckoned 360 days to their year,
which is someti~tlescalled lunar.3 But the Israelitish year was lunar
only in so far that its exact beginning was regulated by the first
visible appearance of the new moon immediately preceding the
harvest in the Spring. If within 15days from the first appearance
of the new moon a t the close of the twelfth month, it was judged
that the crops would be sufficiently ripe to enable the priest to
offer a sheaf as the firstfruits unto the Lord according to the law
(Lev. 23 : 5-1 1 ; 2 Sam. 21 : 9), this was proclaimed the first day of
the first month (hence the name of the first month, Abzb, i.e., "green
ears"). If, on the other hand, the crops were not within 15days of
being ripe, the evening on which the next new moon became visible
was declared the first day of the new ear.' By this simple
arrangement the Israelitish year was automatically corrected (Lev.
23 : 5-16 ; Deut. 16 : 9), so that its average length was really solar,
i.e., the same length exactly as we now observe it, although for
convenience the people of Israel reckoned 12 months of 30 days
each. That nation, therefore, was saved complicated astronomical
calculations, such as the Egyptian and other nations deemed
necessary to fix the beginning and length of their year.
I n one sense a lunar month may be said t o consist of 30 days if, according to
the Bible method, part of a d a y be reckoned as one; for the interval between two
new moons is fully 29% days. Nevertheless, a lunar year of I2 lunations contains
only a little over 354 days-See Vol. I, footnote on page 383.
T h e Jewish Mishna contains an account of the method by which the nation of
Israel fixed the commencement of their months. I t is claimed that this method
derived its origin, by tradition, from the time of Moses, and continued in use as long
as the Sanhedrim existed :
O n the 30th d a y of the month, watchmen were stationed on commanding
heights round Jerusalem t o watch for the first appearance of the new moon. A s
soon as the new moon's crescent was detected by any of these watchers, he
immediately hastened to a certain house in the city, where he was examined by the
president of the Sanhedrim. When a sufficient number of these eyewitnesses had
been examined, and if their testimony was deemed satisfactory, the president
formally declared the day "sanctified." T h e news was then spread all over the
country by means of beacon fires on the hills, and by swift messengers to distant
places.
36
SECTION VI SECTION VII
HISTORICAL YEARREPKESENTED BY THE PYRAMID
INCH SCIENTIFIC PROPORTIONS
OF THE GREAT PYRAMID
LTHOUGH most modern measures of the Great Pyramid are LTHOUGH it is not the purpose of this 2nd volume to enter
T
HE symbolisms of the Pyramid are dealt with in full detail
W
HILE the main Dispensational periods of the Bible are
corroborated by corresponding inch- year measure- in Vol. I of this work; it will be necessary to restate
ments along thefloor-lines of the passages, we find that them here only in brief:
chronological periods in general are indicated in the
Great Pyramid in a number of ways, all of which are in accord Descending Passage=The downward course of "This Present Evil
with the building's own peculiar scientific design, and in keeping World " to destruction.
with the recognised symbolisms of its various parts.
Subterranean Chamber, or Pit=Destruction or Gehmna, that state of
87 Thus, certain time-periods are indicated in the passages by death from which there will be no awakening.
roof-line, and axial, measurements; and others are indicated by
direct rneasurements from one point to another through the solid First Ascending Passag-The Israelitish Age; or the Law Dispensa-
masonry and rock. The recognition of this latter method of tion during which the nation of Israel endeavoured to gain
recording time-features, revealed the fact that the Pyramid corro- life by the works of the Law.
borates a great many important prophetic periods of the Scriptures;
Well-Shaft=The Ransom-sacrifice of Jesus Christ; or Hades, that
state of death from which an awakening is assured because of
the Ransom-sacrifice of Jesus Christ.
Grand Gallery=The Gospel Age, the Grace Dispensation during
which the High-Calling to membership in the Body of Christ i s
offered to the faithful ; and the Age when the Spirit-begotten
New Creatures in Christ make their calling and election sure.
1. 2. 3. 4. Ante-Chamber=The " Holy" of the Tabernacle ; the "School of
Christ"; the Spirit-begotten condition of those who have
VARIOUS METHODS USED IN THE GREAT PYRAMID
FOR MEASURINGBETWEEN ANY TWO POINTS AJA.vB.
presented their bodies a living sacrifice to God.
King's Chnmber=The "Most Holy " of the Tabernacle ; the
and in no other way could these particular periods be represented. "Sanctuary" ; the Divine Spirit nature ; the Divine reign of
This method is based upon the ~ r i n c i p l ethat, while the most Christ.
direct measurement between two points (as A. and B. in diagram),
one of which is below and to one side of the other, is a straight line Queen's Chamber=The condition of Human Perfection possessed
from one to the other (figure I in diagram), yet, straight-lined by Adam before his fall ; arid which the "Man Christ Jesus''
measurements between these two points may be symmetrically laid down as a Ransom-sacrifice on behalf of the world ; and
taken in three other ways (as figures 2, 3, 4, in diagram), thus the condition of the world of mankind after the Millennia1
increasing the possible number of corroborative time-features in reign of Christ has completed the restitution work.
the Pyramid. By means of areas, also, scientific features, and the
time-measurements which they confirm, are found to be extensively Horizontal Passage leading to the Queen's Chamber=The complete
embodied in the building's dimensions. period of the world's history from the time of Adam, to the end
44
of the Millennia1 reign of ~ h r i & also
; the New (Law) Covenant
which will be made operative with the restored nation of
Israel and the world after the completion of the Body of
Christ.
Granite in the Great Pyramid=The Spirit Nature; the Divine Law; SECTION X
the Divine Will of God.
Granite Plug=The Divine L a w of God, which blocks the way to THE DATES O F CHRIST'SBIRTH, BAPTISM, AND CRUCIFIXION
life even as the Granite Plug blocks the way up the First
Ascending Passage.
T
HE Scriptures contain sufficient data to enable us to
Granite Leaf in the Ante-Chamber='The Divine Will of God, under accurately determine the year when Jesus was born, a n d
which all who enter the "School of Christ" must bow also the dates of his baptism a n d crucifixion. T h e
submissively. present A.D. date, a s fixed in the 6th century by
Dionysius Exiguus for the beginning of the Christian Era, is now
Plane of Spirit Nature (Compare with the Chart of the Ages on page generally recognised to be in error by those who have given the
46) is represented in the Great Pyramid by the level of the matter careful study. Ussher's scheme of chronology, given in the
floor of the King's Chamber. margins of many Bibles, places the date of Jesus' birth 4 years
PIane of I2uman Perfection is represented by the level of the floor of earlier than A.D. 1 ; but we believe that the true date was only 1%
the Queen's Chamber, which is also the level of the summit of years earlier,'i.e., in Autumn 2 B.c.~ The Scriptural data proves,
the Well-shaft. also, that Christ was baptised in Autumn 29 A.D., a n d crucified in
Spring 33 A.D. These dates are corroborated by symbolical time-
Plafze of Human Depravity or Condemnation is represented by the measurements in the Great Pyramid.
level of the Subterranean Chamber or Pit. 90 When John came preaching the baptism of repentance, all
men were in expectation of the advent of the long-promised
Messiah, and reasoned within themselves whether or not John was
the Christ (Luke 3 : 15) ; but John answered them, no, that Christ
would come after him (John 1 : 15-45).
91 It was when Jesus was 30 years of age that he came forward
to be baptised by John (Luke 3 : 21-23), a n d from that time, being
anointed with the Holy Spirit and with power, he began his
ministry (Acts 10 :36-38).
92 Luke states (3:1-3) that it was in the 15th year of the reign
of Tiherius C z s a r that John the Baptist started his ministry.
Tiberius began to reign a t the death of Augustus on the 19th of
August in the year 14 A.D., a n d his 15th year, therefore, extended
It is well to notice that the now commonly accepted date for the birth of
Jesus, i.c., 4 B.c., is based upon the supposition that king Herod the Great died in
the year 4 B.C. If 4 B.C. was the true date of Herod's death, then undoubtedly,
according to Matt. 2 :16, Jesus must have been born in either 4 or 5 B.C. But there
is no ancient authority for this date of Herod's death, except a mistake of
Josephus the Jewish historian, who placed the beginning of the 37 years of Herod's
reigri from hisprospective appointment by the Senate of Rome in 40 B.C., instead of
from his acitral appointment as king on the death of Antigonus in 37 B.C. (Ant.
XVI1, 8: 1). This error of Josephus is not followed by Eusebius nor by any o f the
early Christian writers.
D 49
'0.8&& Xu.zrQs U! patJ23t~3 puv :'a'v 62 uulnlng u! paz,1]6vq sum l y l v y j puv 'alvp palQa33v Kl~aulroJ
aq) arojaq S A V ~ ~ r o ''3.8 uutn]ng u! u ~ o qsum 1 s y y 3 s?lsa[$vy$ moys or s! u l v ~ 8 v l ps y ] J o aso6rnQ a y j
W'V 6Z 9NlYdC
i M V C Y ~ S~IMOIL30 ~ 3 1 ~3 H~ d
Lo O W +I L M ~ ~ V A S I
.08 LI .*-$ ,a H3N
-
Sf 92 113N07
,
'sns3~
3UOddB W N O W 9
ii
NOIss11Y1Y03slH
1a3A'3"'Hv11Y3H3h'
It- I :
-
w 6.3 9nvgs1 oi ov H anv A GI N O U ~
u v s p sn11/3e11 d o ~ 3 / 3 ~ - - + ,
3ffJ.fO S # W 3J37dWO9 El
j
,
3 m d s NI Naog
!I I
103 Among other prophecies concerning himself, our Lord for cvery man (Heb. 2 :9). In llim was no sin ; he was holy, harm-
would greatly convince his disciples by showing them how he had less, undefiled and separate from sinners. He was born into this
fulfilled the prophecy of the " 70 weeks," by having been pro- world on a higher planc than the condemned race which he came
claimetl the "Messiah," and having been "cut off" at the very tiiries to save ; and in hirn was life. Therefore, in the Great Pyramid's
foretold by Daniel (9:24-27). H e would no doubt draw their symbolic;\l rcprcsc~llations,Jesus was not born with the sons of
attention to Daniel's prophecy: "from the going forth of the Ada111in t h o 111i1.yPit of depravity and death, but far above in the
commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto Messiah the condition of perfect human life.
QII~:~:~I'S-C:I~;IIIIIJ~~
Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weelts," and lo0 Wliilc tho condition of human perfection is particularly
point out that these 69 weeks had been fulfilled symbolically, ..;yri~l~oliscd by the Queen's Chamber, we must recognise that the
a day for a year (Ezek. 4 :3-6). That from the time Nehemiah had "1'l:~no" of human perfection in general is represented by the level
received his commission and built the walls of Jerusalem (Neh. cfltlrc Jloor of the Queen's Chamber (See page 47). When the floor-
2 :1-17), 69 times 7, or 483 years, had elapsed when he came forward line of the Queen's Chamber is produced northward it comes in
to be baptised in Jordan and there became the Messiah, or the contact with the inclined floor of the First Ascending Passage.
" Anointed" (See John 1 :41, margin). Continuing the passage, The fact that the Queen's Chamber floor-level is in this exact
which reads: " A n d after [the] threescore and two weeks, shall relative position to the upper end of the First Ascending Passage,
.
Messiah be cut off, but not for himself.. And he shall confirnl the makes it possible for the Pyramid to corroborate the Scriptural
statement that Jesus, while born of a woman, was also born under
covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he
shall cause the sacrifice and oblation to cease," he would show the law; that is, as a perfect man Jesus is represented as born on
the111 how this also had been fulfilled by hirnsclf. That after the level of the Queen's Chamber floor which symbolises the Plane
ministeririg for three years and a half, he had been cut off in of Human Perfection; and as an Israelite, subject to the law, he
death exactly in the middle of the 70th or last week of years (See is represented as born in the First Ascending Passage which
diagram, page 50). He would then explain how his death was symbolises the Law Age. Thus, the point of contact on the
not for himself, but was a sacrificial death on behalf of the whole floor of the First Ascending Passage marks the date of the birth
world, by means of which "everlasting righteousness" had been of Jesus, 2 B.C.; and the measurements prove that the indication
brought in, thus causing the typical sacrifices to cease (Heb. 10 : 1-18). is exact. This is the Pyramid's method of showing the fulfilment
of Isaiah's prophecy when, speaking as an Israelite to the people
of Israel he proclaimed: "For unto us a child is born, unto us a
son is given" (Isa. 9 ;6).
I04 A s the Law Age ended, and the Gospel Age began, at 107 From the measurements of Professor C. Piazzi Smyth
the first advent of Jesus Christ, it is confirmatory to find that the (practically confirmed by Professor Flinders Petrie) we can calcu-
important dates of his birth, baptism and crucifixion are symmetri- late that the floor-level of the Queen's Chamber is from 14% to 15
cally indicated in the Great Pyramid by three connected points a t ( 1 4 . 8 2 4 5 ~Pyramid inches) vertically below the upper terminal of
the upper end of the First Ascending Passage, where the Grand the floor of the First Ascending Passage. A s the angle of the
Gallery and Horizontal Passage begin. inclination of the passages is 26" 18'9-7, we can find by the rules
105 W e have already seen that in the symbolisms of the of trigonometry (See Appendix) that the inclined distance from the
Pyramid, we have in the Descending Passage a graphic repre- point of contact spoken of above, up to the end of the passage
sentation of mankind during the course of this "Present Evil floor is, in round figures, 33% inches, while the horizontal distance
World " hastening downward to the Pit of destruction; and in the is 30 inches.' That is to say, the point on the floor of the First
upward branching First Ascending Passage, effectually blocked at Ascending Passage which we have seen to mark the date of Jesus'
its lower end by the Granite Plug, we have a true symbolic picture birth, is the starting -point of two time-measurements which
of the Israelites' strenuous but unavailing efforts to gain life by the indicate two aspects of the earthly life of Jesus.
works of the law during the Law Dispensation.
Both Jew and Gentile fell short of the glory of God, and thus all 'The exact Pyramid-inch figures are: For the inclined distance 33.4553+, and
alike were condemned to death, and none could by any means for the horizontal 29.99/5+, Pyramid inches. In round figures these represent 33$,
redeem his brother (Psa. 49: 7). Then came Jesus, crowned with and 30, Pyramid inches. This time-feature is a development of that given in
glory and honour, that he by the grace of God should taste death Vol. I, Pars. 126 and 127.
54
108 For 30 years Jesus lived as a perfect man; and then, on the long as he lived. Jesus fulfilled the law, and by his sacrificial
invitation of God his Father, he presented his human life a s a death on the cross at 33% years of ag:'he became a "curse" for
sacrificial offering on behalf of the world, covenanting to die the the people of Israel, as it is written: cursed is every one that
"just for the unjust "-I Pet. 3 :18. Jesus symbolised this offering hangeth on a tree " (Gal. 3: 10, 13). "Nailing " the law to his
by his baptism a t Jordan, and God demonstrated his acceptance of cross (Col. 2 :14) he there made an end of its exacting require-
the sacrifice by begetting his Son through the operation of the ments to all who exercised faith in him and accepted the
Holy Spirit to a higher plane of being, the Divine spirit nature. hi~h-rill ling ol God in Christ Jesus (Rom. 10 : 4 ; John 1 : 11-13).
Henceforth the heavenly Father did not regard his Son as in the 'This Iligh-calling, which is so well symbolised by the lofty Grand
flesh, but as a N m Creature. This aspect of the earthly life of Jesus (;i~llcry, was first extended to the followers of Christ from the
nation of Israel at Pentecost, shortly after his resurrection from
the dead in Spring, 33 A.D.
T
HIS time-feature shows how the First Ascending Passage
indicates the duration of the Law Dispensation, the
exactly defined period during which the whole nation of
Israel was subject to the Law. I t had its beginning at
the Exodus from Egypt in Spring 1615B.C. when the "Passover," a
most important feature of the Law, was first observed (Exod.
12 :40-43); and i t ended in Spring 33 A.D. when Jesus Christ, the
antitypical Passover Lamb, was slain by the cruel and ignominious
method of crucifixion, and "nailed it [the Law] to his cross"
(I Cor. 5 :7 ; Col. 2 :14)-altogether a period of 1647 years.
111 T h e First Ascending Passage represents the exacting
demands of the Mosaic Law in the L a w Dispensation, while the
Grand Gallery, with its lofty height, suggests on the contrary the
liberty of the L a w of Christ, the perfect L a w of liberty in this
Gospel Dispensation. The one ended a n d the other began at the
death and resurrection of Christ. Accordingly, it is clear that in
this time-feature the line where these two passages meet marks
the date of the crucifixion. This time-measurement, therefore, like
the one already considered (Sec. X), confirms the claim that the
north wall of the Grand Gallery mprks the date of the death and
resurrection of Jesus Christ, 33 A.D.
112 One would naturally expect that the date of the com-
Fencement of the L a w Dispensation would be indicated b y the the First Ascending Passage when considered in its particular
Point of Intersection " where the First Ascending Passage leaves symbolical representation of the Law Dispensation, than the
the Descending Passage; because it was a t the time when the "Granite Plug " which in itself stands a s the symbol of the Divine
people of Israel left Egypt (the world-symbolised b y the down- Law, and which effectually blocks this way that was "ordained to
ward passage) that the Law was made with them through Moses. life " ?
But here a difficulty is encountered; for whereas the duration of I 1 4 If, then, we take the length of the First Ascending Passage
the L a w Dispensation is 1647 years, the full length of the First upward from the lower end of the Granite Plug, and to this add
Ascending Passage which symbolises that Dispensation is only the length of the Plug itself, thus giving due weight to this
1543-464-t Pyramid inches, i.e., about 103% Pyramid inches too important symbol of the Divine Law, we shall find that the total
measurement in Pyramid inches agrees with the period of years
all the principal time-features this is recognised; but we find that in some W e shall find, nevertheless, in other time-measurements to be afterwards
less important time-measureqents, other dates in connection with the First Advent described, that the lower end of the First Ascending Passage does indicate the date
of Christ are likewise indicated by :the line of demarkation between the First of the Exodus, as well as other prominent dates connected with the people of
Ascending Passage and Grand Gallery. Israel.
58 59
during which the Old Law Covenant was in force. (The actual
number of Pyramid inches in this extended length of the First
Ascending Passage is 1647.325+, or about a 3rd of an inch over
the exact 1647. The standard extended length of 1647-325+
i s corroborated a number of times by the Pyramid's scientific SECTION XI1
proportions.)
115 Nor is this a chance coincidence, for, as we shall show,
other time-measurements having a connection with the Divine THE GOSPEL AGE : CALL AND TRIALOF CHRIST'S " BODY"
Law of God require thf same method of calculating. As C. T.
Russell rightly says: W e now know why that 'Plug' was so
T
securely fixed that none had succeeded in displacing it. The HE Gospel Age is the continuation of the Jewish Age in
Great Master-Builder had placed it there to stay, that we might point of time; yet there is great difference between
hear its testimony to-day corroborating the Bible, as to both its them, even as the Grand Gallery which symbolises the
plan and its chronology." Age of Grace, although in direct upward continuation of
the First Ascending Passage which symbolises the Age of Bon-
dage, differs from it in most other respects. We have already fully
described the symbolisms by which the Grand Gallery represents
the upward walk of those who partake with Christ in the high-
calling of God (See Vol. I, Pars. 199-209). W e now draw attention
to the fact thaj the total length of this passage in Pyramid
inches, corroborates our understanding of the Scriptural teaching
regarding the complete period of the Gospel Age.
117 There are two modes of entrance to the Grand Gallery.
The most direct is the First Ascending Passage up which the
people of Israel, typically cleansed through the atonement-day
sacrifices, are represented a s going. Those who had faith in the
ransom-sacrifice and thus received Jesus as their Saviour, passed
directly from Moses into Christ. They accepted the special
privilege of the Gospel Age (John 1 : 1 1-13 ) and, figurative1y,
followed Christ up the Grand Gallery. The majority of the nation
who rejected him, however, were turned aside into the Well-shaft;
that is, because of their blind unbelief they lost the opportunity of
the Age of Grace, and were cast into the hadean condition.'
118 The other way into the Grand Gallery is the Well-shaft,
which symbolises the death and resurrection, i.e., the ransom-
sacrifice, of the Lord Jesus Christ. It is by this way, faith in the
ransom-sacrifice, that the Gentiles have passed from the Plane of
Condemnation represented by the Descending Passage, up to the
Plane of Human Perfection represented by the level of the Queen's
Chamber floor (See diagram on page 47). They are ',pot actually
perfect, but are "justified by faith " (Rom. 5 :1) and accepted in
the beloved" (Eph. 1 :6). If they now comply with the request t o
'Although the Well-shaft particularly symbolises the death and resurrection
of Jesus Christ, it also syrnbolises hades or the death-state in the wider sense.
Christ's soul was not left in hades-Acts 2:27.
present their bodies a living sacrifice (Roin. 12 : I), and so accept and in declaring that the reign o j Christ is now begun, can be said to
the "High-Calling," they are urged to forget those things which have been legally due since 1914 A.D. To quote the late C. T.
are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which are before, Russell : "It is to this mission of the "feet," or last members of the
press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Church, who will dcclare upon the mountains (kingdoms) the reign
Christ Jesus (Phil. 3 : 13, 14). With the exception of these few of Christ bcgrln, that Isaiah 52 :7 refers."
followers of Christ, the whole world of mankind on their downward 122 " A ~ r c ; r and
t important work, then, is given to the remain-
way pass the lower mouth of the Well, the ransom-sacrifice of i n g ~~~c!l~)l)c.rs:
Kingdom work it is indeed, and accompanied also
Christ, without seeing it, or if they do they have no faith in it as a I)y ICingtlom joys and blessings. Although yet in the flesh and
way of escape to the upper passages of life. T o the Jew it is a
cause of stumbling, and to the Gentile it appears to be foolishness
( I Cor. 1 :23).
1 1 9 Jesus was called from his birth, in thc scnse that he was
born into this world for the purpose of accepting the call to
sacrifice when the due time should come; and this as we have
seen was at his baptism (Sec. X). But although the "Call" began
there so far as Jesus was concerned, it was not until after his
resurrection that the "new and living way " was opened up, first to
the people of Israel, and afterwards to the Gentiles. Good men,
like John the Baptist, who died prior to the actual payment of the
ransom by means of the precious blood, could not have part in this
high-calling (Matt. 11 : 11). It was not until Jesus ascended and
presented the merit of his sacrifice to the Father, that the Call was
extended to the members of the Body of Christ. The first to take
advantage of the Call were the Disciples a t Pentecost (Acts
2 : 1-18); and on these, in token of his acceptance of them, God
poured out his Holy Spirit, just as 3% years before he had poured
i t upon his beloved Son Jesus a t Jordan. T h e exact day when the
Holy Spirit first descended upon the members of Christ's Body,
was foreshadowed in the types of the law (Lev. 23 :4-17).
1 2 0 The privilege to suffer with Jesus Christ and to be on trial
for a place in the Body, which began to close in 1878 A.D., will
continue until the last member has completed his c o u r ~ e . ~But pursuing their appointed work a t the expense of self-sacrifice, and
with the completion of the membership of the Body, and the in the face of much opposition, these are already entering into the
completion of their testing as to faithfulness unto death, and joys of their Lord,-the joy of a full appreciation of the divine
their exaltation with their Head, will come the conclusion of this plan and of the privilege of working out that plan, and, in
Gospel Age. This, we believe, will coincide with the end of the conjunction with their Lord and Redeemer, of offering everlasting
"Times of the Gentiles," Autumn of the year 1914 A.D. (See No. 3 life and blessings to all the families of the earth."
on page 24). I 2 3 W e read that "the Lord knoweth them that are His."
121 The above paragraphs appeared in the 1913 edition of this From the date of our Lord's death amd resurrection, Spring of the
2nd volume. While we believe we are right in maintaining that year 33 A.D., till the date when he took up his great power and
all the members of the Body of Christ are not yet joined to their began to reign a t the completion of the Seven Times of the
Head, Jesus Christ, in glory as spirit beings, their activity as Gentiles, Autumn 1914 A.D., is a period of 1881% years. This
"feet" members in publishing the glad tidings, in publishing period is corroborated by the total length of the Grand Gallery
salvation by proclaiming that "Millions now living will never die," which represents the Gospel Age; for the Pyramid-inch distance
along the floor-line, from the north wall which convincingly marks
See Studies in the Scrip?ures, V d . 11, chap. 7; Vol. 111, chap. 6. the date 33 A.D., up to the virtual floor-end a t the vertical line of the
62 63
upper south wall, is 1881.598+, that is, practically 1881% Pyramid
inches.
I24 This measurement is confirmed in so many distinct ways
b y the scientific features of the Great Pyramid, that we cannot
doubt its accuracy and intentional design. Jehovah, the Great
Master Architect of the Pyramid, so designed the dimensions of SECTION XI11
the monument, that i t might monumentalize the date 1914 A.D. not
once, but many times over, that we might have confidence in the
wonderful events conne5;ed with that year. The most important
of these is that Christ, whose right it is," began his reign a s
T
earth's invisible King (Ezek. 2 1 : 25-27). HE conclusion arrived a t in the time-calculation of Section
XI1 just considered, is of so great consequence to those
who are running for the prize of the " High-Calling " of
God in Christ Jesus, that we desire to be certain that we
have the correct figures for the length of the Grand Gallery which
synibolises that high-calling; for the right interpretation of the
Pyramid's time-measurements depends upon accuracy in figures.
126 The Great Pyramid, by its own peculiar scientific method
of geometrical proportions, confirms the actual measured length of
1881% Pyramid inches for the longest direct dimension of this
important passage, the Grand Gallery. For the actual figures
presented by these scientific calculations are /881.5985+ Pyramid
inches,or barely a 10th part of an inch more than the round 1881%.
127 Just as the object of the high-calling of the Gospel Age is
the prize of heavenly glory with Jesus Christ, so the purpose of the
upward Grand Gallery is solely to gain access to the King's
Chamber, the Pyramid's symbol of the "Most Holy." And just as
the hape of gaining the heavenly condition reacts upon those who
aspire to this prize of the high-calling ( I John 3 :2, 3), so we find
that the King's Chaml.~er'sexact dimensions react in a mathe-
matical way upon the symbolical Grand Gallery.
128 Regarding the proportions of the King's Chamber, Professor
C. Piazzi Smyth has drawn attention to the fact that if the length
of this Chamber (412. /3/6+ Pyramid inches-See page 43) be taken
as the diameter of a circle, and if the area of this circle be thrown
into a square shape, the length of each side of this square will be
found to equal exactly 365*242+Pyramid inches. This, and the
other examples which we have already noticed, showthat the precise
length of the year is monumentalized in the Pyramid, proving that
the Great Architect intended that his mighty building should
stand as a recorder of time, to be measured in true solar years of
365.242+ solar days each.
129 Every visitor to the Pyramid who ascends the Grand
Gallery to the King's Chamber, involuntarily acknowledges the
existence of this constructional record of the solar year; for each
time he traverses a distance equal to twice the length of the
E 65
chamber which he desires to enter, in his climb up the steep
slippery floor of the passage, he rises a vertical distance of exactly
365.242 Pyramid inches. That is to say, if twice the length of the
King's Chamber be marked off on the floor of the Grand Gallery,
a n d a right-angled triangle be formed by drawing a perperidicular
a n d base line from the upper and lower extremities respectively of SECTION XIV
this measured portion of the floor, the upward angle of the passage
it such, that the perpendicular will be found to measure the exact THE IMAGE OF THE BEAST
length in Pyramid inches a s there are days in the solar year.
I30 W e find that the King's Chamber, arid its approaching
W
passage, are additionally related in a geometrical way to the E have seen how the last great trial to be overcome by
actual base size of the whole builtling which contains them. For if each individual follower of Christ is symbolised by the
the breadth of the King's Chamber, be marked off on the sloping Stepj at the head of the Grand Gallery (See Vol. I,
floor of the Grand Gallery, and a right-angled triangle be formed Par. 205). It will now be shown how the last great
in the manner described in the former calculation, it will be found trial of the true Church a s a whole is also indicated by the Step.
that the resultant length of the perpendicular of this triangle 134 T h e length, and other characteristics of the Grand Gallery,
equals 91-31+Pyramid inches, which is the base size of the Pyramid prove that it represents the Gospel Age which began in Spring 33
divided by an even IOO (See dimensions of Pyramid on page 43). A.D. (See Sec. XII). The measurement of the actual floor of the
Grand Gallery, from the north wall up to the front of the Step, is
I 3 1 The existence of these and many other wonderful propor-
tionate correspondencies between the principal dimensions of the '1813-5987+pyramid inches. This is the mean of the figures given
Pyramid, gives us confidence that the figures we have adopted for in the publistled works of the two most careful, scientific measurers
the length of the Grand Gallery are accurate ; for aside from the who have measured in the Great Pyramid (See Par. 7).
results of actual measuring in thc passage itself, its length is, by 135 T h e pilgrimage of the true Church, her time of develop-
this approved geometrical method, demonstrzted to be 1881% ment and testing, has been long and weary. But the period of
Pyramid inches in the following two ways: First, when we multiply waiting for her Lord's return is now a t a n e n d ; and she has
the breadth of the King's Chamber, 206-0658+inches by the above entered upon her last great trial. W h a t is this trial, and when did
mentioned perpendicular of 91.31 +inches, and divide the result by it begin? It began, according to the teaching of the Great
the Pyramid's arithmetical base-number 10, we get 1881-5985+ Pyramid, in 1846 A.D. ; for this is the date indicated by the front
inches. This shows the exact proportional relation which the of the Step, when the floor of the Grand Gallery is measured
Grand Gallery bears to the King's Chamber on the one hand, and upward from the north wall of the passage at the usual rate of a
t o the whole Pyramid on the other. Secolid, when we multiply the Pyramid inch to a year. (From Spring of 33, to Autumn of 1846,
number of days in the solar year by the length of the principal A.D., is 1813% years, which agrees with the inch -length of,
dimension of the King's Chamber, namely, its cubic diagonal, practically, 1813% as given above.)
515.1646+, and divide the result b y 100, we get /881.5985+ I36 T h e event which constituted the beginning of the trial was
inches. This, again, shows the intimate connection of the Grand the formation of the " Evangelical Alliance." T o realise the
Gallery with the King's Chamber, a s well a s with the true number significance of this, it must be recognised that the Evangelical
of days in the solar tropical year-See Par. 82. Alliance was the beginning of the great federation of the various
Protestant denominations, which in the Book of Revelation is
I32 But these are only a few of many examples of the propor- named the "image of the beast" (Rev. 13 : 11-17). All such
tionate connection between the noble King's Chamber, and its
approaching, and equally noble, Grand Gallery; and in the 3rd federations are forbidden (Isa. 8 : 12), for they impede the true
volume of this work they will be detailed fully, so that all may see Christian's progress. "Christendom" was united in the dark ages,
that none other but our heavenly Father Himself could have with the result that terrible trials were inflicted upon the Lord's
designed the Great Pyramid. In all its dimensions, and in the people during that time; and the Scriptures indicate that the
arrangement of its passages and chambers, this mighty monument federative union which began in 1846 A.D. in the organisation of
does indeed prove itself to be Jehovah's Sign a n d Witness in the the Evangelical Alliance, will likewise, when "life" is given to it,
land of Egypt; a n d its teaching is worthy of our confidence. bring great trials upon all who refuse to worship it.
66 67
137 Referring to this federation in an article on Daniel 3 : 14-28 an(l recognise his only begotten Son a s the only Head and Lord of
in the Watch Tower, 1899, pages 170 a n d 171, C. T. Russell shows the true Church, whose names are only written in heaven-not on
that the great image set up b y Nebuchadnezzar in literal Babylon, earthly rolls of mem1)crship)-See Heb. 12 : 23.
before which all required to bow the knee, i s paralleled by this I42 " All who rrfuse to worship before a n y of these images are
"image of the beast4' which is being set up in "Babylon the thrcatcned with a Gery furnace of persecution, and the threat is
Great." H e writes : gcncr;rlly ( : i ~ ~ i t :out
t l a s thoroughly a s circumstances will permit.
111 tlic ' t1:trlc ages,' when Papacy had a monopoly of the ' church '
138 "Babylon the literal was i n ruins long before the Apostle I)~lsiuc.ss,it rncant torture a n d the stake, a s well a s social ostracism.
John on the Isle of Patmos was shown in prophetic vision the
mystic or symbolic Babylon which 'reigneth over the kings of the To-(lay, under a higher enlightenment, and especially because of
earth ' to-day. T h e provinces of Babylon to-day are the various co~npetitionfor worshippers, matters are not carried to the same
civilised nations-really ' kingdoms of this world ' ; but deluded cxtreme, thank God ! Yet in many instances there are evidences
into calling themselves a n d thinking themselves kingdoms of that the same spirit prevails, merely restrained by changed circum-
Christ-'Christendom.' A n d parallels to the king a n d the image stances and lack of power. Still, a s many are witnesses, there are
(of Daniel) are also presented in Revelation-they are religious methods of torture which serve to intimidate many who would
systems symbolically described a s 'the beast a n d his image' (Rev. scorn to bow the knee to a literal visible idol. Thousands to-day
13 . 15-1
- - : -
- 8).
~
a r e worshipping a t the various shrines of Christendom who in their
139 " ' ~ i t h o u ta t present examining the symbols in detail, we hearts long to be free from the sectarian bondage of fear-who fain
note the fact that worship of this symbolic beast anti his i111age is would serve the Lord God only, had they the courage. A n d there
to be the great test or trial upon professing Christians in cvery a r e some the world over who, with a courage not less than that of
province of symbolic Babylon in the e n d of this age: indeed, the Shadrach, Meshach a n d Abed-nego, declare publicly that the Lord
testing is even now in progress. A n d we have the same inspired God alone shall have the worship and the service which they can
record as authority for the statement that only those who refuse to render. None, perhaps, know better than the writer the various
render worship to those powerful influential religious systems fiery experiences to which these faithful few are exposed-
(symbolised b y the beast a n d his image), will be counted worthy boycotted socially, boycotted in business, slandered in every
b y the Lord a s overcomers a n d be made his joint-heirs a s members conceivable manner, a n d often by those of whom they had least
of his elect Church-See Rev. 20 : 4. expected it, who, according to the Lord's declaration say, 'All
140 " A s already pointed out, the 'beast' represents not Roman manner of evil against them falsely ' (Matt. 5 : 11, 12)."
Catholics (the people), but the Roman Catholic System, a s a n I43 C. T. Russell, in again drawing attention more particularly
institution: a n d the 'image' represents not Protestants (the people), to the formation of this "image," writes: "During the past twenty-
but the consolidation of Protestant systems, a s a n institution. W e five years we have several times called attention to the Scriptures
have pointed out that the first step in the formation of this which speak of the day of the Lord and declare that in it the
symbolic image of Papacy was in A.D. 1846 in the organisation of 'heavens shall roll together like a scroll ' (Isa. 34 :4). W e have
the Evangelical Alliance, a n d that the second step must come pointed out that this means a coming together of the extremes of
shortly i n a n active living co-operation of Protestants a s one system; Christianity, Roman Catholicism and Protestantism. Other
and that this infusion of life will result from the Episcopal Church Scriptures show us that the consolidation, federation and unifica-
or Church of England joining or affiliating with other Protestants tion of Protestants is now in order. This is already well under
under some general arrangerr~entsimilar to the Evangelical way and constitutes in the symbolic book of Revelation the
Alliance. 'image of the beast'-the symbolic beast itself represented b y
I41 "While the severest testings will follow the giving of life
Papacy. ...
to the consolidated image, in thk near future, the testing h a s I44 " W e have already pointed out a general organisation of
already commenced with many, for 'Churchianity ' is more and the 'image of the b e a s t ' effected in 1846, and are waiting for what
more demanding reverence a n d support, a n d those who absolutely in the symbol is referred to a s the ' giving of life to the image.'
refuse to worship its image are already exposed to fiery trials:- . . . Our expectations are that after the federative influences
.
social ostracism a n d financial boycotts. . . T h e y (the various already begun in Protestantism shall have knit the joints a n d
members the more closely the one to the other, the entire federation
denominations) unite in warfare against all who do not bow the knee
to some such idol (who reverence and worship ot~lyAlmighty God, of Protestants will receive some kind of Episcopal sanction, recog-
69
nition, or ordination through the Episcopal system, and that hence- l i r ~ t l giving meat in due season to the household" (Studies in the
forth Protestantism the world over will assume a more active a n d Scriptures, Vol. 111, pages 119 and 120).
dogmatic influence in the civic and political affairs of Christendom, 148 It is evident, then, that two unions, inaugurated at the same
co-operating with Roman Catholicism a s a sister institution "- date but totally tliffering in character, are symbolised by the S t e p
Watch Tower, 1905, page 99. a [ the hc:ltl of thc Grand Gallery-(I) the great denominational
I45 This important date, 1846 A D . , besides witnessing the f(htlrraiiolr, w h i c h claims to be acting in the interests of the Lord,
beginning of the great church federation, witnessed also the I ) I Ji s~ r.c.;rlly ;I stumbling block to the great mass of professing
beginning of another, but very different, union, namely, the heart (:l~risti;rrrs, and (2) the true heart union in Christ of a small
union of a cor~lpanyof the Lord's true children, who, because of c.ollll);lny of the Lord's people, who, for the first time since the
their adherence to the true doctrinal teachings of the Scriptures, d;rys of the Apostles, have been privileged to stand cleansed from
were separated from iiominal Christians by this veAy act of all defiling errors.
denominational union. T h i s class constituted the cleansed 149 Just as in the days of Christ at his first Advent, all the
Sanctuary" referred to in Daniel's vision of the 2300 days which warring sects represented by the Pharisees, Herodians, Sadducees,
aoints to the date 1 8 4 6 ~ . ~(It. will be shown later how this period Lawyers, Chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders were united in their
Gf 2300 days is indicated in thc Great Pyramid.) opposition to Christ and his teaching (See Matt. 22 : 15, 16, 23, 35;
146 Concerning the "Sanctuary" class, a n d the methotl by 26 : 3, 4), so now, during the parallel period, all the warring sects
which it was set apart from Christendom in general, C. T. Russell of Christendom, whose name is legion, are united in their opposition
says: " A s though God would arrange that thereafter there should to the Lord and to all who proclairrl his truth, namely, that the
always be a class representing his Sanctuary cleansed, kept only way of salvation is by the "Ransom for all," and that any
separate from the various sects, this very year, 1846, witnessed the union which is not based upon that foundation is unscriptural, a n d
organisation of Protestants sects into one great system, called will, therefore, lead to evil. A t the first Advent the Jews required
the 'Evangelical Alliance.' . . . This Evangelical Alliance thus a sign. They desired to walk by sight and not by faith. Thus to
separated, and has since [hy its policy] kept separate from other them the teaching that faith in the Ransom-sacrifice of Christ
Christians, a company of God's children-the Lord's cleansed would redeem them from the "curse of the Law," was a stumbling-
Sanctuary-a Sanctuary of truth. A n d to this cleansed Sanctuary block. S o now, a t the end of the Gospel Age, to the Gentiles who
class other meek and faithful children of God have been added "seek after wisdom" in the form of Evolution, Higher-Criticism,
daily ever since ; while from it have been eliminated such a s lose etc., the teaching that the death of Christ was a satisfaction to the
the spirit of meekness and love of the truth. T o maintain their claims of the justice of God is foolishness. But to the "little flock"
standing a s the cleansed Sanctuary, against organised opposition who know the Shepherd's voice, Christ is now and has always been
and great numbers, becomes a severe test of courage a n d faith, the "power of God, a n d the wisdom of God" ( I Cor. 1 : 22-24). He
which only a f w seem able to endure: the majority follow the is a Sanctuary into which they can withdraw and find help in time
course of their predecessors. . . . If the rubbish and defiling of need.
abominations were entirely removed in 1846, the time since should 150 " S a y ye not ' A confederacy,' to all them to whom this
be a season for the setting in order of the things which remain, people shall say, ' A confederacy '; neither fear ye their fear, nor
and for the unfolding and developing of God's glorious plan- be afraid. Sanctify the Lord of hosts himself; and let him be
which truths should re-occupy the places vacated by the crrors your fear, and let him be your dread. A n d he shall be for a
removed. sanctuary; but for a stone of stumbling and for a rock of offence to
147 "This work of opening up the truth, and examining and both [the fleshly and spiritual] houses of Israel, for a gin and for a
appreciating its beauty, is properly due now, and is being accom- snare to the inhabitants of Terusalem. And manv amonn them u --- ~ - -
plished. W e thank God for the privilege of being engaged with shall stumble, and fall, a n d be broken, and be snared, and be
others in this blessed work of bringing the golden vessels of the taken " (Isa. 8 : 12-15).
Lord's house (precious truths) back from the captivity of (symbolic) I 5 1 The imparting of life, or vitality to the "image of the beast"
Babylon the Great (Ezra. 1 :7-1 1 ; 5 : 14 ; 6 : 5), a n d replacing them by some kind of Episcopal sanction or ordination through the
in the Sanctuary. And in this great work we offer fraternal Anglican system, and the sympathetic alliance and co-operation
greetings to all co-labourers and members of the Anointed Body. of the image with the church of Rome which will seem to promise
Blessed those servants whom their Lord, when he has come, shall great things for Babylon, will be but the lifting up of the great
millstone preparatory to its being violently a n d quickly cast into
the sea, symbolical of anarchy (Rev. 18 :21). T h e new union of
church and state which i s to take place, will in reality be a union
of the classes against the masses; and it is the rising masses in SECTION X V
revolution who, a s God's agency, are to hurl the Babylon system
to utter destruction. TI-IEFIFTH DAY AND THE NEW CREATION
152 For many years students of the Word believed that the
foretold destruction of "Babylon the Great" would begin in 1914- NUMBER FIVE IN THE KING'SCHAMBER
1915 AD., the date marked by the upper terminal of the Grand
Gallery. Nor have their expectations been disappointed; for
"Holy " and " Most Holy " of the Tabernacle in the
T
although the "Great Time of Trouble " covers a longer period than HE
was thought possible, this trouble which is to end Christendom is wilderness, which symbolise the spirit-begetting a n d
manifestly now in progress; a n d i t began precisely a t the date the spirit-birth respectively of those who are called to
expected. Beginning with 1914 A.D. in the great World-War in share the heavenly condition with Jesus Christ, are
which most of the mightiest "Christian" nations were actively represented in the Great Pyramid by the Ante-Chamber and the
engaged, Christendom, called in the Scriptures Babylon the Great, King's Chamber (See Vol. I, from Par. 177).
received a blow from which it can never recover. T h e old evil r56 T h e first to enter heaven, the "Most Holy," symbolised in
order began to pass away in 1914 A.D. the Pyramid by the King's Chamber, was the Great King a n d
153 In its efforts to regain lost control, and to prevent furthei Priest, the Lord Jesus Christ. H e was the beginning of the "New
loss, the foreseen sympathic alliance of the "image," or federated Creation," the first to attain to the Divine nature ; for " he is the
Protestant denominations, with the Church of Rome through the head of the body, the church; vvho is the beginning, the firstborn
intermediation of the Anglican Church is now become more from the dead; that in all things he might have the pre-eminence"
prominent. Informal conferences, recognised by the Vatican and 1 1 :8 It was in Spring 33 A.D. that the Lord died a n d was
Canterbury, the heads of the Romish a n d Anglican Churches, have raised (I Cor. 15:3, 4), and so opened up the "new a n d living
been held during the last three years (1920-1923) on the questio~iof way" to immortality; but the members of his "body" who
re-union of the Roman and Anglican Communions. !i followed in his footsteps, a n d were privileged to lay down their
154 While i t is elaborately explained to the peoples of Christ- lives with him, being "baptised into his death" (Rom. 6 : 3 ) ,
endom through the medium of the secular press by the head of the remained in the sleep of death until the parallel date in ttle Gospel
Anglican Church, the Archbishop of Canterbury, that the Age, viz.: Spring 1878 A.D. This latter date, a s we shall after-
discussions with Rome are still in an elementary stage, and that wards see, is appropriately indicated in the Ante-Chamber; but
no definite and binding negotiations have so far been attempted,
I
t
it will now be shown how the date of the resurrection of Jesus
yet, he says, "It is impossible to doubt that further conversations I Christ is indicated in the King's Chamber.
must follow." (See the London Daily News of 27th December, 1923.) 157 Professor C. Piazzi Smyth points out that the characteristic
"'Further Conversation" can only mean that a truly serious attempt
will be made on both sides to overcome the recognised difficulties
P number of the Great Pyramid, and especially of the King's
Chamber, is jive, which he regards a s the sacred number of the
that hinder the longed-for re-union, a n d no one doubts but that monument. (It is significant that this number five was abhorred
some method of overcoming the difficulties will ultimately be by the E g y ~ t i a n s . ~ )T h e Pyramid presents on its external aspect
reached, that some sort of union may be achieved, even though, not only five corners, the chief of which is the top-stone, but also
a s the Scriptures declare, "they be folclen together a s thorns" five surfaces, including the base. Inside it contains five main
(Nahum 1 : 7-1 5). Referring to the number five, and to the Egyptians' well-known hatred of it,
Septimus Mark writes: " T h e number five is at the foundation of much of the
teaching connected with the Pyramid, as it is indeed the first and most charac-
. .
teristic of the Pyramid numbers. . Sir Gardner Wilkinson speaks of five as being
.
the evil number in modern Egypt still. . . When, therefore, the Israelites went out
.
from their Egyptian bondage with a high hand . . and marshalled by five in a rank
I (Exod. I 3 : 18, margin), it must have been especially galling to their late masters!'
passages, counting the Well-shaft a s o n e ; and five chambers, C l ~ ; ~ ~ ~bearsl b e rto the King's Chamber and to the whole Pyramid,
counting the little " Recess " near the Pit a s one. There are five and thus also to the size of the earth a n d its distance from the sun
granite ceiling above the King's Chamber, a n d five "Chambers of (Sec. VII); a n d in tho 1st volume, on pages 316 to 320, we present
Construction." T h e Pyramid cubit, also, is proved to contain a number of proportionate features in conncction with the Granite
exactly five times five Pyramid inches. Lcnf, sliowirl~I ~ O W the dimensions of this unique architectural
158 T h a t the number five is especially characteristic of the tl(,li~ilof t11r A ntc-Chamber agree harmoniously with the dimen-
King's Chamber is apparent when we note that the stones which s i o ~ 01~ sill(. rcLstof the Pyramid.
compose its walls, exactly one hundred in number, are built in five I O I 'I'l~crcis something in connection with the markings on the
equal courses. T h e floor of this chamber is situated a t the 50th w ; ~ l l so l this little chamber, well-named by Professor Smyth the
masonry course of the Pyrarnid ; while that of the Queen's "rnicro-cosmic" chamber of the Pyramid, which in a manner
Chamber is a t the 25th. In the latter chamber, the central line of sllggests time-measurements. Each side wall is divided by vertical
the "Niche" is exactly five times five inches, i.e., one Pyramid rlbs or pilasters into four spaces, the first of which is half-way
cubit, to the south of the central line of the east wall (See Vol. I, blocked by the Granite Leaf. T h e end or south wall is divided
Plate XVII). Professor Smyth specially mentions the existence of into j v e spaces by four vertical grooves, which reach from the
a "Boss," measuring five inches wide by one inch thick, which has ceiling down to the top of the low passage to the King's Chamber
been carved out on the upper of the two stones that form the (See Vol. I, Plate XXXV).
Granite Leaf i n the Ante-Chamber. H e points out that the centre 162 "In Our Inheritance in the Great Pyramid, Professor Smyth
of this Boss is exactly five times five inches (one Pyramid cubit) says: A s the doorway is only 42 inches high, a n d the dividil~g
from the east edge of the stone on which it appears. limes of the wall above it are apparently drawn down to the door-
way's top, a man of ordinary height standing in the Ante-Room
159 Professor Smyth believed that there is some special signi- and looking southwards (the direction h e desires to go, in order to
ficance in this number five. H e suggested thaf' the word
"pyramid " means in the ancient Egyptian language division of
.
reach the King's Chamber), cannot fail . . to see this space
divided intojve. A n d when he bows his head very low, as he
ten." In the ancient Coptic language, the nearest to the Egyptian must do . . . he bends his head submissively under that symbol
l a n g t ~ a g epyr
, ~ means division, the same as peres in Daniel's inter- (
of division illto jve; and should remember, that jive is the first and
pretation of the handwriting on the wall; a n d met means ten. most characteristic of the Pyramid numbers."
Putting them together, pyr-met, we have the name given to this L 163 W h a t is the sacred significance of this number five ? Can
structure. For this reason, ten may b e regarded a s the Great it represent the fifth d a y ? It will be remembered that in the
Pyramid's mathematical base-number; a n d its division five as its dcscription of the creation given in Genesis, animal life first
sacred number. Chevalier Bunsen in Egypt's Place in History, appeared on the fifth day. Again, the "Passover lamb" was
Vol. I, page 477, a n d Vol. IV, page 107, gives the interpretation of chosen on the tenth d a y of Nisan, a n d on the fourteenth d a y
these two words separately, without thought of combining them -the fifth after it was chosen-it was slain, a n d in consequence
for the derivation of the word "pyramid." the first-born of the Israelites were on that d a y delivered from
160 In the Ante-Chamber there are peculiar markings on the death. These instances both seem to point forward to the fact
walls, which have been compared to the markings i~ a school- that the beginning of the life of the New Creation would be on the
room, and have suggested the appropriate name School of fifth day-the fifth millennia1 Day (2 Pet. 3: 8). According to the
Christ" for this chamber. W e have noticed some of the Bible chronology the first Advent of the Lord Jesus occurred early
proportional correspondencies which the dimensions of the Ante- i n this fifth 1000-year day. A s the date of the Fall of Adam a t
5 c h o l a r s have not yet decided to which family of language Ancient Egyptian the beginning of the first IOOO-yearday was 4126% B.c., the fifth
belongs. It is allied to the Semitic as welt as to some of the African families, and 1000-year day must have begun at the date 126% B.C.
many of its words have descended to us through the Greeks and are in use among 164 It was in Spring 33 A.D. that Jesus Christ rose from the
us to this day. When the Greeks colonised Egypt they discarded the Egyptian dead. It therefore follows that 158% years must have elapsed
from the commencement of the great "fifth d a y " when the Lord
hieroglyphic writing, and the language, mixed with Greek words, was written in
Greek characters. This mixture of Egyptian and Greek was called Coptic, and
lasted as a spoken language till the 17th century of our era, and is even now used in
the Liturgies of the Coptic Church.
I Jesus appeared a s the beginning of the New Creation, for 126% B.C.
plus 32% A.D. equal 158% years. Now, the beginning of the
"fifth d a y " a n d the resurrection of the Lord Jesus, seem to be
74 75
lcspcctively indicated in the Ante a n d King's Chambers, which,
like the "Holy1' and "Most Holy" of the Tabernacle in the
wilderness, are sym1)olically connected with the New Creation.
165 A notablc rcature in the Ante-Chamber is the first granite
floor-stone, matlc conspicuous through being raised about quarter
of an inch ;11)ovcthe general level of the floor (See Vol. I, Plate
CXXXVH). T h e floor of the Icing's Chamber is raised about
threc-quarters of an inch above the floor of the Ante-Chamber.
'J'hcsc I aised portions of the floor are apparently intentional. T h e
distance between them is 156% inches (See the diagram). W h e n
the 54'' a n d 3/4" of the raised portions are added, the total measure-
ment is, in round figures, 157% Pyramid inches.
166 A s Jesus Christ was raised to the Divine Spirit-Nature in
Spring 33 A.D., the north wall of the King's Chamber which
symbolised the Divine Nature, can properly be claimed to indicate
that date. T h e last inch of the south edge of the first granite
floor-stone in the Ante-Chamber, therefore, marks the date 158%
years earlier, that is, the first year of the fifth millennium.
167 It is evident from the Scriptures that the heavenly beings,
some time before the first Advent of our Lord, were aware that it
was provided in the heavenly Father's plan that his beloved and
only begotten Son should make himself of no reputation, and take
the form of a servant, in order to be the Saviour of the world.
They might be pictured a s here in the Ante-Chamber, anxiously
awaiting the due time. O n each side they would see the walls
divided into four spaces, representative of the first four 1000-year
"days." The first of these was Adam's day, in which God passed
judgment upon the world; the space representing that day is,
therefore, blocked by the Granite Leaf, the symbol of the Divine
Will. In front of them on the south wall of the chamber, they
would notice the division into five; and would remember that they
were approaching the great "fifth day," in which the Lord Jesus,
the L a m b of God, was to die for the sin of the world. W h a t
feeling of suspense the angelic host must have experienced a s that
momentous event drew near! T h e Apostle Peter tells us that the
angels desired to "look into" the hidden things concerning the
sufferings of Christ, a n d the glory that would follow (I Pet. I : 11,12).
168 In due time the great "fifth day " was ushered in, and the
Son of God humbled himself and was made in the likeness of
sinful flesh. W h a t joyous excitement there was among the
heavenly host when they saw the Son of God lying as a helpless
babe in the manger of Bethlehem! Luke gives a glimpse of it
when he informs us that after the angel of the Lord had given the
shepherds the good tidings of great joy, " Suddenly there was with
the angfl a multitude of the heavenly host praising God, and
saying, Glory to God in the highest, and on earth, peace, good-
77
will toward men!"' (Luke 2 : 13, I 4). 'Their suspense must have 172 Professor Flinders Petrie's practical measure ior this floor-
been very great when, in obedience to the Father's will, Jesus distance is, when expressed in Pyramid inches, 156.59325. T h e
humbled himself still further even to the death of the cross; but no standard, theoretical, length is only a 16th of a n inch different,
words can picture the joy there must have been in heaven when hc namely, 156.53237-t. Professor Petrie9s measurement was taken
was raised from the dead a n d highly exalted! T h e angels were to thc hasc of tRc north wall of the King's Chamber, which is the
then told to worship him (Heb. 1 : 6, Diaglott). corrcrl lc-l.~ni~~:~l-point. O u r own practical measure came out a t
1.56.05508 I'yramid inches, when taken along the west side.
FURTHERCONFIRMATION I ' r ~ l c w , o ~(1
-. Piazzi Smyth's measure is, wc believe, a little too
hllol.t, namely, 156.2436 Pyramid inches.
169 During his ministry Jesus repeatedly referred to the three 173 T h e number of d a y s in three full solar tropical years is
d a y s from the time he would die till his resurrection (Mark 8 : 31). /095.7265+. T h e standard distance between the south edge of
T h i s saying was iulfilled literally, for in the third day he rose from the raised granite floor-stone in the Ante-Chamber, a n d the King's
the dead ( I Cor. 15 :3, 4). Jesus also spake of three other days, Chamber's north wall is 156*53237+Pyramid inches, which is
which are not t o be understood a s literal days of 24 hours, but, practically the same a s the measured length taken b y Professor
rather, 1000-year days, when he s a i d : " I do cures to-day a n d Petrie a n d ourselves. Reckoning each inch a s representing a week
to-morrow, a n d the third day I shall be perfected " (Luke, 13 :32). of 7 days, this distance multiplied by 7 (the perfect number) equals
T h e time when our Lord will be "perfected" is during the third 1095-7265+. By this symmetric .method, therefore, the three last
1000-year "day," counting from the date when he a n d the first 1000-year "days" of the P l a n of Salvation are appropriately shown
members of his Body, the Church, suffered. T h e "curing" of his a s beginning a t a definite point in the Ante-Chamber, a n d ending
Body-members began a t the opening of the 5th 1000-year day, a t the King's Chamber.
reckoning from Adam's fall into sin ; a n d during the 6th d a y the Besides representing a day, a week, a n d a year, a Pyramid inch
cleansing of these members continued (Eph. 2 : 25-27), but in the m a y also, in some time-features, represent a month, either a synodic
7th 1000-year d a y from Adam, which is the third since the month, or a Bible, symbolic, month of 30 days (See Gen. 7 : 11, 24,
cleansing of the Church began, Christ is perfected; for his "Body" compare with Gen. 8 :3, 4).
will then be complete in membership, a n d will join him in
spiritual glory.
Jesus referred to this under another figure, namely, that of the
Temple, when he saici: "Destroy this temple, a n d in three days I
will raise it up . . . he spake of the temple of his body" (John
2 : 19-21 ; Eph. 1 : 22, 23).
170 A s a 1000 years is, in Scriptures, spoken of a s a d a y ( 2 Pet.
3 :8) ; a n d a s a day, also, m a y represent a year (Num. 14 :34) ; so a
1000-year " d a y " m a y be represented by a year. In the scientific
time-features of the Great Pyramid, a n inch often represents a day,
or a year, interchangeably. But in the following time-measurement,
we find that a n inch corresponds to a week of seven days.
171 F o r we note a n appropriate confirmation of the preceding
time-feature. T h i s confirmatory time-measure views the floor-
distance referred to a s representing the final three 1000-year days,
from the time of Christ's first advent, till the beginning of the
Millennia1 Day when his Body-members rose from the death-state
to join him in the heavenly glory symbolised by the King's
Chamber. For, reckoning a n inch to one week of 7 days, the
precise floor-distance between the raised floor-stone a n d the King's
Chamber agrees exactly with the ntimber of weeks in three solar
tropical years.
78
and gave utterance to a prophecy regarding each. The most
important is that which relates to Judah : "The sceptre shall not
depart from Judah, nor a law-given from between his feet, until
Shiloh come ; and unto him shall the gathering of the people be"
(Gen. 49 : 10). Thus, from the time of Jacob's death onward, God's
SECTION XVI faitllfnl pcoplc in both Jewish and Gospel Ages have been
; ~ n x i o ~ ~lool<ing
slv forward to the Advent of this great Peace-maker
;111(1 J )cIivcrcr.
I 78 l i e did come, indeed, at the end of the Age of Israel, but the
purpose of this first Advent was not for the "gathering of the
people." It was for the preliminary work of purchasing the fallen
W
HEN Jesus Christ ascended to the Father forty days after
his resurrection, the Scriptures declare that he "sat race of mankind who had been condemned in Adam (Rorp.
down" a t the right hand of the majesty on high, 5 : 12, la), by paying the ransom or corresponding price for Adam,
waiting till his enemies should be made his footstool a man's life for a man's life. It will be remembered that after his
(Heb. l : 3; 10 : 12, 13). The Apostle Peter, speaking to the crucifixion, Christ's disciples expressed disappointment a t the
assembled people, said: "And he [Jehovah] shall send Jesus Christ, apparent frustration of all their hopes. They said: " W e trusted
which before was preached unto you: whom the heaven must retain that it had been he which should have redeemed Israel" (Luke
until the times of restitution of all things" (Acts 3 : 20, 21). The 24 : 21) ; and later, when they realised the fact of their loving
return of our Lord was therefore fixed by Jehovah to take place a t Master's resurrection from the dead, they asked of him anxiously:
the beginning of the great Jubilee of earth, or the "times of "Wilt thou at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel? "
restit~~tion." (Acts 1 : 6). It was not until after they received the Holy Spirit
I75 According to the time-prophecies and parallel Dispen- that they understood how God, in his great Plan of the Ages, had
sations, this second Advent of Jesus Christ began in Autumn 1874 arranged beforehand that a certain company, the "Ante-Chamber"
A.D., exactly 1845 years after his first Advent when he came a s the class, must first be selected out of the world, polished and made
Messiah a t Jordan (See No. 8, page 25). The prophet Daniel, who worthy to be associated with their Lord in delivering the people,
foretold the first Advent of Messiah (Dan. 9 :24-27), also foretold before the kingdom of Israel conld be restored.
his second Advent in these words: " A t that time shall Michael 179 These, the prospective members o f the Bride of Christ, have
stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy also been eagerly looking forward to the promised coming of
people " (Dan. 12 :1). Michael, or Christ, the great Prince ,of Israel, Shiloh ; and now they know that he has arrived. They do not see
who "sat down" a t the right-hand of Jehovah till the time when he him with their natural eyes; they were expressly warned not to
should be "sent" to put into operation the work of restitution, was expect to see him in the flesh (Matt. 24: 23-27). It is with the eyes
thus to "stand up" on behalf of his people and deliver them from of their understanding that they discern him; for the Lord was
bondage, and gather them into their own land. A t that time, also, "put to death in the flesh but quickened [brought to life] in the
according to Daniel's prophecy, the resurrection was due to begin, Spirit" ( I Pet. 3 : 18, R.v.) H e is now a Spirit, not discernible by
for "many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake" any but the spiritual, those begotten of the Holy Spirit. A s we
(Dan. 12 : 2), every mall in his own order, Christ's members being read in I Cor. 15 :45-"The first Adam was made a living soul; the
the firstfruits (I Cor. 15 : 23 ; James 1 : 18). It shall be shown later last Adam was made a quickening [life-giving] spirit." The spirit-
how the resurrection of the members of the "body" of Christ is begotten, by their study of the time-prophecies in the Bible,
indicated in the Pyramid. comparing spiritual things with spiritual ( I Cor. 2 :13-1 51, can
176 The prophet David likewise foretold of Christ's coming a s clearly see that the Lord has been present since Autumn 1874 A.D.
the great King (Psa. 132 : 11 ; Luke 1 : 31-33); and Moses of his (See Studies in the Scviptures, Vol. 11, pages 187-IW).
coming as the great Prophet (Deut. 18 : 15; Acts 3 : 20-22); but from 180 Just as the date of Jesus'resurrection, 33 A.D., when he "sat
the very beginning of the Jewish Age the people of Israel expec- down" after having made his offering a s a satisfaction to justice,
tantly looked forward to the coming of the world's Saviour under is indicated by the entrance of the King's Chamber or "Sanctuary"
the name of Shiloh. (Sec. XV), so the date 1874 A.D. when he was due to "stand up" to
I77 When on his death-bed, Jacob called to him his twelve sons assume kingly control, is indicated a t the same place in the
80 F 81
following way: T a k i n g the "Point of Intersection," where the First
Ascending Passage leaves the Descending Passage, a s marking the
date when the twelve sons of Jacob founded the twelve tribes of
Israel (Gen 49 :28), thus setting apart a people who looked forward SECTION XVII
to the coming of Shiloh according to promise, a n d measuring from
this point up the floor of the First Ascending Passage a t the rate THE JEWISH '' DOUBLE
"
of a Pyramid inch to a year, then up the Grand Gallery to the front
of the Step, a n d finally, omitting the riser, from the north edge of '1'1 Ill I<~I:SURRECTIONOF THE " BODY " OF CHRIST
I
N Section XV we noticed how Jesus Christ, the "head of the
body which is the church " (Col. 1 : 18), was "born from the
d e a d " a t the beginning of the fifth millennium. W e shall
now see how the date of the beginning of the birth of the
Church is indicated in the Great Pyramid.
1 8 3 T h e election of the members of Christ began after.the
death a n d resurrection of Jesus, a n d not before; for Jesus himself,
referring to John the Baptist, said that though there were none
greater born of woman, nevertheless the least in the Kingdom of
heaven would be greater than John (Matt. I I : 11). T h i s was because
John the Baptist died before the illauguration of the Church a t
Pentecost. Stephen the martyr was the first member of the
" hody" to l a y down his life ; a n d thenceforward throughout the
Gospel Age one member after another fell asleep in death, waiting
for their resurrection a t the return of Jesus Christ their " Head."
184 T h i s is the class who, up to the time of their death, have all
been taught of God in the "School of Christ," represented in the
Pyrainid by the Ante-Chamber (John 6 :44 :45). T h e y might be
termed the " Ante-Chamber " class ; a n d we thinlc it proper to
expect that the date of their resurrection, when they were due to b e
the S t e p to the north wall or entrance of the King's Chamber, it ushered into the presence of their "Forerunner," should be
will be found that the King's Chamber indicates the date of the indicated by the extreme south end-wall of this chamber. O n
Second Advent of Jesus Christ, 1874 A.D. (The actual Pyramid calculation it will be found that this is so. O u r study of the time-
inch measurement, a s indicated in the diagram, is 3687.105+. prophecies in the Bible has revealed the fact that the date of this
T h i s corresponds to the period of 3687 years, from Jacob's death in important event was Spring 1878 A.D.
1813 B.C., to 1874 A.D., taking these two dates a s whole numbers.) 185 According to Jeremiah (16 : 18), Zechariah (9 : 9, 12), a n d
181 Since Christ's return in 1874 he has been engaged a s Chief Isaiah (40 : 2, margin), the Gospel A g e is the "double" of the
Reaper in the harvest work of gathering the wheat (the saints) into jewish A g e (See No. 6, page 25), that is to say, the period during
the garner, a n d binding the tares (professing Christians), in which the nation of Israel was cast off a s a people from God's favour,
bundles ready to be burned a s tares, i.e., to be manifested a s not exactly equalled in length the period when they enjoyed this
truly Christians. Soon S a t a n will be completely bound, and the favour.
kingdoms of this world completely overthrown in the great time of 186 E a c h of these Ages began on the death of its founder. O n
trouble which began a s foretold in 1914 A.D.; a n d Christ's reign the death of Jacob (Israel) the founder of the Fleshly house of
will eventually bring in everlasting peace. Israel, the Patriarchal Age ended a n d the A g e of Israel began
(Gen. 49 : 2, 28, 29) ; a n d o n the death of Christ the founder of the
Spiritual house of Israel, God's favour was withdrawn from the
83 ,
Fleshly house and given to the Spiritual house, which is com- 190 This is the class referred to by Paul when he declared:
posed of those Jews and Gentiles who trusted not in their own "Behold, I show you a mystery [secret] ; W e shall not all sleep llie
righteousness but had faith toward God, and showed their faith unconscious in cleatti], but we shall all be changed, in a moment, i n
by denying themselves, taking up their cross daily and following the twinkling of :In eye, a t the last trump" ( I Cor. 15 :51, 52). T h e
in the footsteps of Jesus (See Studies in the Scriptures, Vol. 11, I:lst o r scvcrith 1 1 - 1 1 1 ~ 1is~ the proclamation of the tidings of the
page 246). Idortl's rc\tul=~~. John ttie Revelator also wrote of this class a n d
187 T h e Scriptural proof that the " double" of disfavour to the c-n lletl tlrc~n1)lcssetl. Describing the time when the Gospel harvest
Fleshlv house of Israel began at the death of Christ is clear. It wo111tl Iwgin, he stated: "Blessed are the dead which die in the
was five days before hi; crucifixioni6that Jesus, weeping over I.ortl./r-am henceforth; Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from
Jerusalem, pronounced the sentence : Behold, your house is left 1 Iici r Ii~l)ours,and their works do follow them" (Rev. 14 : 13).
unto you desolate " (Matt. 23 : 38). There is additionally the 191 When the sleeping saints were awakened from their death-
testimony of Zechariah (9 : 12)-"Even to-day do I declare that I condition in Spring of 1 8 7 8 ~ . ~they . , found the Lord Jesus present;
will render double unto thee." T h e coritext of this prophecy shows for just a s the first Advent of Jesus Christ was 3% years prior to
that the " day " referred to, when the " double" was due to begin, his death and resurrection, namely, in Autumn 29 A.D. (Sec. X),so
was that on which our Lord rode into Jerusalem seated on an a s s ; the secondAdvent occurred 3%years prior to the resurrection of the
-compare Zech. 9 : 9 with Luke 19 : 28-44, and note the prophecy Church or "Body" of Christ, namely, in Autumn 1874 A.D.,~a t the
of the "shout," and our Lord's reference to it in the 40th verse in beginning of the "times of restitution of all things" (Acts 3: 19-2 1).
Luke's gospel-thus particularly must prophecy be fulfilled. 192 Seeing, therefore, that it is by the calculation of the
188 A s Jacob's death occurred in Spring 1813 B.C. (Sec. 111) and "double" that the date of the resurrection of the members of
Christ's death in Spring 33 A.D., the total duration of the Jewish Christ's Body is made known, the south wall of the Ante-Chan~ber
Age, the period of God's favour to the Fleshly house of Israel, was which marks this date should, properly, be the end of a time-
exactly 1845 years. Accordingly, the " double " of disfavour, measurement indicating the " double." T h e Ante-Chamber class
beginning in Spring of 33 A.D., must have ended in 1878 A.D., 1845 are those who, through their faith in the Lord Jesus Christ, fulfil
years later. It was in that year, at the famous Berlin Congrtss of the Divine L a w of God, a s the Apostle s a y s : " T h a t the righteous-
nations, in which a Jew, Lord Beaconsfield, took the leading part, ness of the law might be fulfilled in us, who walk not after the flesh,
that the condition of the Hebrews then residing i11 Palestine was [as did the Jews], but after the Spirit," that is, those who having
greatly amelioratecl, and the door was opened for others to locate been begotten to the spirit nature, mind the things of the Spirit
there and hold real e ~ t a t e . ~A s a n evidence of the rapidly (Rom. 8 : 4).
returning favour to the Jews in Palestine, most of the houses in 193 Now, a s the express symbol of the L a w of God in the Great
Jerusalem are inhabited and also owned by Jews. Pyramid is the Granite Plug, we could not suggest a more appro-
189 But each of these dates, 33 and / 8 7 8 ~ . ~was
. , signalised by priate starting-point than this for the particular time-measurement
a n event of ever1 greater importance that the loss and return of now under consideration. Thus, a s i n the former case where the
favour to Fleshly Israel. T h e first witnessed the resurrection of Granite Plug required to be recognised when calculating the time-
the Lord Jesus, the Head of the Chcist, and the other the resur- period of the L a w Dispensation, during which the Fleshly Israelites
rection of the sleeping saints, the Body of Christ. T h e last endeavoured to gain life by the works of the Law without faith
members of the Church who are alive and remain on the earth (Sec. XI), so here also, when dealing with the Spiritual Israelites
during the short period since 1878, carry out their vow of conse- who, without works, establish this L a w through faith in Christ
cration unto death ; but, unlike those who died in the Lord prior to during Fleshly Israel's " double " of disfavour (Rom. 3 :28,31), we
1878, they will not have a n y interval of unconsciousness or sleep; require to take the Pyramid's symbol of the Divine L a w into
the moment of their death will be the moment of their resurrection account.
change. This "parallel" method of reckoning is merely corroborative of many time-
5Since 1878 the number of Jews in Palestine has greatly increased. At that prophecies which point both directly and indirectly to 1874 and 1914 AD.,as the
time the gates of Jerusalem were always closed at dusk ; and it was dangerous to be respective dates for Christ's Second Advent when he comes as "Chief Reaper";
outside of the walls in the night-time owing to robbers and wild animals. T h e and when the destruction of this Present Evil World was due t o begin.-See No. 6,
houses standing outside the walled city numbered only about 50 or 60; but now they page 25. (For fuller information concerning the Parallel Ages, see Sudics in the
are increased a hundred-fold. The gates are now never closed. Scriptures, Vol. 11, chap. 7.)
84 85
194 Commencing a t the lower or north end of the Granite Plug, 196 The number of those who "follow the Lamb whithersoever
and measuring up along the floors of the First Ascending Passage he goeth" is said by the Revelator to be 144,000 (See Rev. 14 : 1-4).
and Grand Gallery to the front of the Step, then, omitting the riser, A s the Ante-Chatnhcr class, instructed in the School of Christ, the
from the north edge of the Step in to the south end-wall of the 144,000 ovcrconic-rs of the Gospel Age are "sealed" in their fore-
Ante-Chamber, it will be found, after adding to this measurement heirtls with t l ~ e11cc-essaryknowledge to enable them to co-operate
the length of the Granite Plug itself as in Section XI, that the total wit11 ~ l ~ c - i1.ottll and Master in the Kingdom work (Rev. 7 : 3, 4).
number of Pyramid inches corresponds to the period of years of 'I'hc- y wc-Iibc;~l l c d to joint-heirship with God's dear Son during the
the Jewish Age and its "double." (As the Age of Israel was 1845 ( I ~ , h ~ ) r bAl K V , represented in the Pyramid by the Grand Gallery.
years, as shown in No. 6, page 2 5 , the "Double" is also 1845 years, IhtI Irt-lorc they could be sealed in their foreheads with the full
making a total of 3690 years. The total number of Pyramid inches iittc~llrc.tua1knowledge required to serve their heavenly Father
in the measurement here explained, and as shown in the diagram, nccc.ptably, they had to bow down submissively to the Divine will,
is 3690.122 + .) as illustrated in the Ante-Chamber by the Granite Leaf, under
which one must bow before the full freedom of the Ante-Chamber
can be enjoyed.
197 Therefore, in view of the symbolical meaning of all of this
part of the Great Pyramid, it may be said that the entire horizontal
floor-line from the north edge of the Step at the head of the Grand
Gallery, into the south end of the Ante-Chamber, pertains to, and
represents, the 144,000 followers of Christ. It is confirmatory to
find that the number of Pyramid inches in this horizontal line
indicates, by a proportionate method of calculation characteristic
of the Pyramid, the actual number of the overcomers. For if we
take an even 100 times this measure in inches as representing the
radius of a circle, we shall find that the length of the circumference
of the circle is precisely 144,000 inches. (The horizontal distance
in this case is 229-/83118+ Pyramid inches.)
A CONFIRMA'l'ION
195 The final part of the above-mentioned total-Pyramid-inch
measurement, is the horizontal distance from the -front, north, edge
of the Step southward to the south wall of the Ante-Chamber.
In the diagram on page 76 this horizontal distance is given as
229.198+ inches, which we take to be. the standard measure for this
section of the building. Within limits, however, other measures
are possible, as explained in Vol. I, page 291 (See also Par. 5 in this
2nd volume). Taking a measure which is less than a 60th part of
an inch short of the standard, we find, by a recognised Pyramid
proportion, a signal confirmation of the symbolical meaning
attached to the little Ante-Chamber, namely, that this chamber
represents the spirit-begotten class, the Body-members of Christ.
86
ihc low roof, will be operative in the Millennia1 reign of Christ
(Rom. 2 : 12,16). The law was holy, just and good (Rom. 7 :12):
but the sacrifices, mediator and priesthood of the Old Covenant
were incapable of bringing fallen men into harmony with God's
r i ~ h t r o u s liiw. T h e New Covenant will be based upon better
SECTION XVIII ti;ic~rilic:c.s,i~ntlwill have a better mediator and a better priesthood,
r r r ~ c l1111c1c~r it a11 mankind will gradually attain to perfect life on
THE NEW COVENANT AGE THE FIRSTRESURRECTION 11ir I I I I I ~ I ; I I ~ planc (Heb. 8 :6-13).
202 'J'l~cJews will pass directly from under the Old Law
('ovc.nanl (for they are still undergoing the punishments of the
T
HE Scriptures declare that of the people of Israel only a curses contained in that Covenant, as Christ became an end of the
remnant received the Lord Jesus and became his footstep Iilw for righteousness only to those who believed-Rom. 10 :4), into
followers (John 1 : 11-13). H a d the Lord not found this the New (Law) Covenant, i.e., in synibol, from the First Ascending
faithful remnant, the Apostle says that the nation would Passage, into the Horizontal Passage. After the Jewish nation all
have been like Sodom and Gomorrah (Rom. 9: 29; Isa. 1 :9). When the Gentiles will come under the New Covenant arrangement, that
Abraham interceded for Sodom, he was promised that if even ten they also may attain human perfection. Jesus said: " And I, if I
righteous men were found in the city, it would not on their account be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me"; and
be blotted out. Because of the remnant of Israel, therefore, which again : ' I Marvel not a t this : for the hour is coming, in the which
demonstrated that the law-schoolmaster had been effective in all that are in the graves shall hear his voice, and shall come
preparing at least a few to receive the meek and lowly Jesus (Col. forth" (John 12 : 32; 5 : 28, 29). By the power that Christ will exert
3: 24), the unbelieving majority were not cast off forever, but merely the Gentiles will be raised from the Descending-Passage condition
had "blindness in part" passed upon them, until God makes with of death, to the Horizontal-Passage condition of the New Covena,nt;
them the New Covenant which he foretold by the prophet Jeremiah for through the ransom-sacrifice of Christ (the Well-shaft) all
-"Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will make a new mankind will be redeemed and placed upon that "highway of
covenant with the house of Israel, and with the house of Judah" holiness."
(Jer. 3 1 : 3 1 ; Rom. 1 1 :25-27). 203 The prophet Isaiah said : "No lion shall be there, Iior any
199 As the number of the remnant of Israel was far short of the
foreordained 144,000 (Rev. 7 : 1-8), God turned to the Gentiles to
. .
ravenous beast shall go up thereon . but the redeemed shall
walk there " (Isa. 35 :8-10). Satan, the "roaring lion" ( I Pet. 5 :8),
take out of t h m a people for his name (Acts 13 : 44-48 ; 15 : 14)J and will not be allowed to deceive men during the time of the New
throughout the Gospel Age the Gentiles have been filling up the Covenant, for he is to be bound and cast into the "bottomless pit,"
membership in the Body of Christ. symbolised in the Pyramid by the Subterranean Chamber (Rev.
200 When the " fulness of the Gentiles" has come in, not one 20 : 1-3) ; and all " raveno;s beasts " represented by the grasping
more member will be required (I Cor. 12: 12). The Jews will then selfish institutions of the Present Evil World" will be destroyed
have their blindness removed, and they will see that the walk of in the Pit.
the high-calling to joint-heirship with Christ in the Spiritual King- 204 The more favourable condition of the New Covenant in
dom is forever closed. But the Lord will graciously reveal to them contrast with the Old, is well illustrated in the Pyramid by the
the other way of life, namely, the New Covenant opportunity for difference between the two passages which symbolise these
life on the Plane of Human Perfection. Covenants. Should one slip in the Ascending Passage he cannot
201 The New Covenant that God will make with the Jewish prevent himself from falling; and as the angle of the floor is very
nation after the Christ, head and body, is complete, is represented steep he immediately begins to slide backward. He will then
in the Pyramid by the Horizontal Passage which leads to the realise, as did the Israelites under the Old Covenant, that this
Queen's Chamber, the Pyramid's express symbol of perfect human upward way although "ordained to life," is after all a way to death
life. Like the First Ascending Passage which represents the Old (Rom. 7 : 10). Gathering impetus on that slippery floor he will fall
Covenant, the Horizontal Passage is low, so that one has to bend with terrible impact against the upper end of the Granite Plug, and
considerably when walking in it. This corroborates the Scriptural be killed. By this effective mettpd the Pyramid corroborates the
teaching that the exacting requirements of the law, symbolised by declaration of the Scriptures: For whosoever shall keep the
88 89
whole law [in a n endeavour to merit life thereby], a n d yet offend i n
one point, he is guilty of all " (James 2 : 10). W h e n the people of
Israel slipped, they fcll a n d were condemned t o death b y the
Ilivinr Law, wllic.11 is 1,articularly syrrll~olisedby the Granite Plug.
205 l i o w tlill'c.rc-nt it is in the case of the Horizontal Passage:
i ~ l t l l o ~O~I I I~. lrc.cl~~ires
i to bend very low when walking here, a s i n
(11r Axt.c.ntling Passage, showing therefore that he is under
I r ~ w ,ycqt sl1011lt1 he slip anci fall he does not necessarily die. T h e
I)II:~:.;I~:~. I)c'ing horizontal he does not slide backward. H e may be
111 t~iscvl,but raising himself to his feet, he can continue on his way
t o llrc Queen's Chamber. There is hope under the New Covenant,
* I I I ( I none need go backward if he allows himself to be rightly
cxcrcised by the rule a n d discipline of the righteous Judge.
Profiting by the lesson of his fall a n d henceforth taking more heed
to his steps, he m a y still progress toward the Queen's-Chamber
condition of human perfection.
206 But should any when in the Horizontal-Passage condition
of the New Covenant rebel against the just law, a n d deliberately
retrace his steps, he must fall into the Well-shaft, which although
particularly symbolising the death a n d resurrection of Christ, also
represents she01 or hades, the death-state in general. T h i s corro-
borates the Scriptural statement, that "all the wicked will be
returned into sheol " (Psa. 9 : 17, R.v.). T o be returned into sheol
would be to come under a second condemnation to death; a n d
from this second death there is no resurrection, for "Christ dieth
no more."
207 T h e drop in the floor a t the Queen's Chamber end of t h e
Horizontal Passage represents the final "little season" of trouble,
owing to the testing a n d sifting consequent upon Satan being "let
loose " from the bottomless pit (Rev. 20 : 7-1 0). By this time men
will b e fully restored to the original perfect condition lost b y
Adam. They will riow be on the level of the Queen's Chamber
floor, the Plane of Human Perfection, a n d will no longer b e bent
under the law, for the law is the measure of a perfect man's ability.
Able to walk upright, like Adam when created b y God (Eccl.
7 : 29), a n d having then acquired knowledge of good a n d evil, they
will be fully prepared to resist the wiles of Satan when he seeks t o
deceive them.
208 T h e condition of mankind a t the e n d of Christ's reign i s
illustrated by the greater headroom a t the Queen's Chamber end
of the passage. T h e height a t this part, however, is sufficient only
for the man of average stature to walk upright, a n d should a n y
become "heady," a n d in pride seek to raise himself above his
fellows, he will "bruise " his head by knocking it against the roof,
that is, the perfect law of God symbolised by the roof will
condemn a n d destroy him along with Satan (Acts 3 : 22, 23).
9I
Drawn by K. Voughon
Ascending the Grand Gallery
9'3
When Satan and all who follow him are destroyed in the second Ascending Passage and continuing on his way up the Grand
,death, they who pass the final test shall enjoy for ever that human (;;illcrv. would be unaware of the existence of the Horizontal
perfection and liberty so well symbolised by the high seven-sided passage.
a n d ventilated Queen's Chamber. 212 This fcatl~rcol the Pyramid's system symbolically confirms
thc Scriptur;~lic:~cliingthat the faithful among the people of Israel
209 According to the Apostle's statement in Rom. 11 :25-27, the I ) : I H S L V ~ 1lii.cc11y(.rornMoses into Christ. They partook of the high
New Covenant cannot be put into operation until the "fulness of
the Gentiles" has come in to complete the body of Christ; for
every member of the "body " shares with the "head" in the
sacrifice, the blood of which, in the end of this Gospel Age, will be
used in sealing with Israel the New Covetiant. In other words,
when the heavenly calling to become members in the body of Christ
closes, the earthly calling of the New Covenant opens.
210 T h e Great Pyramid corroborates this important phrase of
the Lord's Plan; but to appreciate the symbolism fully, one must
have clearly before his mental vision the actual appearance of the
lower end of the Grand Gallery. On each side of this passage
there is a stone bench which runs the entire length of the floor
(See the drawing by K. Vaughan on page 9). These benches are
called "Ramps," a n d measure about 21" high by about 20" wide.
The distance between the Ramps is approximately 3% feet, so that
the widths of the floors of the Grand Gallery and First Ascending
Passage are the same. The mouth of the Well is formed by a
portion of the Ramp on the west side having been broken away;
and the appearance of the masonry surrounding this Well-mouth
suggests the thought of the once covering Ramp-stone having been
violently burst out from underneath (See sketch, pane 93). If the
missing portion of the Ramp were restored the Well-shaft would
be entirely concealed. T h e apparent bursting away of the Ramp-
stone graphically suggests the resurrection of Jesus Christ, when
God "burst the bonds of death" and raised his beloved Son from
the death-state (Acts 2 : 22-24).
211 In addition to the breaking of the Ramp-stone a t the head
,of the Well-shaft, a portion of the lower end of the &or of the
Grand Gallery appears to have been forcibly removed. It looks a s or heavenly calling to joint-heirship with Christ, and are repre-
if the floor of the passage had originally extended upward in a n sented a s emerging from under the low roof of the First Ascending
unbroken line from the north wall, but that a n explosion had taken Passage, and walking with him upward along thefloor of the Grand
place which tore away about 17 feet at the lower end. Thus, two Gallery (which a t this stage is understood to be unbroken and
violent explosions have taken place in the Great Pyramid; or, entire) to the King's Chamber condition of the Divine nature (2 Pet.
rather, the appearance of the lower end of the Grand Gallery gives 1 : 4). T h e majority, blinded because of their unbelief, are pictured
that impression ; for we believe the great Master-Builder purposely a s standing with bqyed backs in the low First Ascending Passage,
arranged the masonry of this part of the passage to suggest the while the Gentiles, who sometimes were far off, are made nigh by
thought of explosions for figurative purposes. If the missing the blood [ransom-sacrifice] of Christ" (Eph. 2 : 12, 13), and are
portion of the floor of the Grand Gallery were restored, the coming up, a s it were, through the Well-shaft and broken Ramp on
Horizontal Passage leading to the Queen's Chamber would be to the floor, or " walk," of the Grand Gallery, partaking with Christ
entirely concealed, so that anyone emerging from the First Jesus in the heavenly calling. The present condition of the people
92 93
of Israel is in accordance with the curse pronounced against them 2 1 4 Although the raising of the " H e a d " ant1 "Body" of the
by God-"Let their eyes be darkened, t h a t they may not see, a n d C:llrist from the dead arc f a r separate in point of time, they are
bow down their back alway " (Rom. 11 : 10). regarded by God as otlc resurrection. W e read in Rev. 20 : 6-
213 Soon the last member of the Body, having completed his " Hlessetl and holy is h c that hath part in the first resurrection ; on
course of trial a n d lesting by laying down his life in sacrifice, will x l l c - l ~111~.sc~oritltlcb;ltl~hath no power, but they shall be priests of
be raised to join his fellow-members who have preceded him since (;(,(I ;tn(l o f (:lit-ist, and shall reign wit11 him a thousand years."
the beginning of the resurrection of the Body in 1878 A.D. T h e ' 1 ' 1 1 ~ . A l ~ o ~ t lI';llrl, c also, intimates that all those who are made
r I I I I ~ ~ I II II : ~ I ) I I \ to Christ's death, shall know the power of H is
I< (hh~t~.ttv'~ion (Phil. 3 : 8-14; Rom. 6 : 3-5).
2 I 5 111 the time-measurement of Section XVII it was seen how
r l l ~ ,yc*;lr1878 A.D. is the d a t e for the beginning of the raising of
t l ~ cUody, since which all who "die in the L o r d " a l e changed
irnmediately to the spirit condition. It is certainly appropriate to
lind, a s will be shown in this time-measurement, that just a s the
beginning of the Grand Gallery a t the lower north end marks the
date 33 A.D. when Jesus Christ the " H e a d " was "born from the
dead," s o the south e n d of the broken portion of the Grand Gallery
floor indicates the date when the birth of the "Body" was due to
begin, namely, 1878 A.D.
216 A s the date of the resurrection of the Body i s ascertained
by means of the calculation of the Jewish "Double," the time-
measurement now under consideration is based upon Section XVII,
which demonstrates how the "Double" is indicated in the Pyramid.
In the present time-feature, however, instead of carrying the
measurement of Pyramid inches from the lower e n d of the Granite
Plug up through the Grand Gallery to the Ante-Chamber, we first
measure off from the Granite Plug the required number of inches
to represent the period of the Jewish A g e from the death of Jacob
to the death of Christ, a n d then double this measurement upon
itself.
217 Measuring upward from the lower e n d of the Granite Plug
to the level of the produced floor-line of the Queen's Chamber,
which represents in the Great Pyramid the l'lane of Human
Perfection, then horizontally southward to the vertical line of the
cut-off in the Grand Gallery floor (See diagram, page 94), a n d to
this measurement adding the length of the Granite Plug itself (as
resurrection of the "Body" of Christ constitutes the second bursting i n Section XVII), we shall find that the total number of Pyramid
of the bonds of death (Matt. 16: 18), immediately after which the inches corresponds with the period of the Jewish Age. A s this
New Covenant opportunity for human life will be made with the Age began a t the death of Jacob in 1 8 1 3 ~ .(See ~ . Bible dates, Sec.
temporarily blinded nation oE Israel, a s well a s with the "residue" III), the cut-off in the Grand Gallery floor b y this method indicates
of the Gentiles (Acts 15 : 14-1 7). T h i s second bursting of the bonds the date of Christ's resurrection, 33 A.D. (The precise number of
of death is symbolised by the apparent violent breaking away of Pyramid inches in this measurement is, when we adhere to the
the lower part of the Grand Gallery floor, which, a s will b e readily s t a n d a r d lengths of each section, 1844-268+. As the exact
seen, while necessarily closing the "walk" of this upward passage, number of years in the Jewish A g e is 1845, the Pyramid-inch
reveals a n d opens, a s a consequence, the Horizontal Passage measurement indicates the years of the beginning a n d end of this
leading to the Queen's Chamber (See drawing, page 90). period, but not the actual months in these years-See Par. 4.)
94 95
218 H a d there been sufficient faithful from among the Jewish 'l'l~cwork of setting up the Kingdom has, we understand, been
nation to complete the full membership in Christ, then doubtless progressing from that date, and is now merely lacking the last
God would have so ordered his Plan that the First Resurrection members of the Church class. When these shall have taken their
would have been complete by the end of the "harvest" period of places a s membcrs of the Church in glory, the Kingdom will b e
that Age, and the New Covenant would have been immediately fully sct up.
put into operation with the remainder of the nation. But the Lord 222 "rl'llis clocs not signify that there may not be a part of the
foreknew that only a remnant would exercise the necessary faith l i i n ~ t l oworlc
~ ~ ~bcgun while some of the members of Christ are still
to enable them to become members in the Body of Christ, and he I I l s l . Indeed some Scriptures seem to imply that there will
had long foretold of this by his prophets (Acts 15: 13-18). Instead, IN. ;I I<iligdom work done this side the Veil, while work of still
therefore, of immediately revealing the New Covenant opportunity ~ r c ; ~ i magnitude
cr arid authority is pfogressing on the other side
for life on the Plane of Human Perfection, the Lord had previously o f Ihc Veil. W e read [in Psa. 1491: L e t the saints be joyful in
decreed that the people of Israel must first undergo a double of glory; let them sing aloud upon their beds.' This seems to imply,
their Age, during which period he would show them no favour a s we have mentioned before, that there is a special work to be
(Jer. 16 : 13-18). done while these saints still have beds, while they are in a
219 Accordingly, the measureme~itfrom the Granite Plug up to condition of repose--not 'tossed to a n d fro, and carried about by
the cut-off in the Grand Gallery floor requires to be repeated o r every wind of doctrine,' but fully at rest in Godk great Plan.
doubled, while the Jewish nation are, figuratively, confined in the 223 "'The Scripture goes on to say that they have a two-edged
low First Ascending Passage, waiting till this double of disfavour sword in their hands-this is the Word of God. They use it a s the
is accomplished ; after which the Lord will graciously turn away Swortl of the Spirit. T h i s would not be true of them on the other
the blindness of that people and so all Israel shall be saved (Isa. side of the Veil. T h e y would have no use for a sword there T h e
40 : 1, 2 ; Rom. 1 1 : 25-27). T h e cut-off in the floor of the Grand Scriptures also declare that the high-sounding praises of God a r e
Gallery now indicates, by this method of doubling, the date 1878 upon their lips. This, too, seems to be applicable to those this side
A.D. ; and the interval of waiting till the last member in the Body of the Veil. The final phrase, 'to execute the judgments written,'
will have entered into his inheritance and the New Covenant made would seem to imply that there would be something for the saints
operative (Rom. 8 : 16-19), is indicated by a furtlzer southward cut- on this side of the Veil to do in connection with the execution of
off in the Grand Gallery floor. the judgments upon the nations. A s to just what this means, we
2 2 0 T h e added horizontal length to the vertical line of this have not yet fully learned. But we see nothing here to conflict
further cut-off in the Grand Gallery floor is, in a round figure, 36% with the thought that the Lord's Kingdom may be properly under-
inches,' representing 36% years beyond 1878, that is, to the date stood to have begun operations and that the present smiting of the
1914 A.D., when the great Seven Times of the Gentiles ended, ant1 nations is under Kingdom control. T h e fact that some of the
since which the people of the Jewish nation have experienced members of the Kingdom class are still in the flesh does not
greater freedom in their ancient national home-See comments militate a t all against this thought.
regarding this national awakening in Vol. I, Pars. 155, and 365 to 224 " W e see the kindgoms of this world now being dashed to
377. But while, according to our understanding of this detail of pieces, and we are expecting to see the process continued until
the Lord's Plan, the membership in the Body of Christ was they are completely ground to powder. They shall become a s the
completed in 1914 A.D., all are not yet in the heavenly spirit- chaff of the summer threshing-floor, a n d the wind shall carry them
condition. T h e " feet" members still await their change, doing away. Then shall they be found no more a t all-Daniel 2 :35 "
with their might what their hands find to do in furtherance of the (The Watch Tower for 1915, page 53). See also The Watch T m e r
work of the Kingdom, that their works may follow with then1 when for 1916, page 294, second column, where C. T. Russell makes
a t last they rest from their labours (Rev. 14 : 12, 13). reference to the date 1914 A.D. in connection with the completion
221 Referring to', the important date 1878 A.D., the late of the membership of the Body of Christ ; saying that: "Some of
C. T. Russell wrote: Then began the glorification of the Church. those who now present themselves for immersion [water baptism]
have made a complete consecration previously; they may be
' T h e incli~redlength of this further break-out in the Grand Gallery, according symbolizing a consecration made five, ten, or twenty years ago."
t o o u r measurement taken in 1912, is about 40% British inches. In Pyramid inches Also: "Even if we were sure that the Body of Christ is now
the horizor,tnl length is 36.4054+. See the diagram on page 98. completed, we see no reason why consecration to God should not
96 G 97
be symbolized by water baptism; for this rite represents the Illciisure came out a t a n inch more. This was a n approximate
surrender a n d burial of the individual will into the will of the Lord, sfatcment; the actual British-inch measure is 200.5. In Par. 584
a n d this is the proper course for everyone to take. W e could not of the 1st volumc wc show that the standard horizontal length of
imagine a different course for all to take during the Millennia1 Age. this part is 200.4067+Pyrarnid inches. Using this a s a base-line,
T h e difference will be that the Lord will not accept them then to a ant1 ihc: anxlc o f thc passage, 26" 18'9".7+, a s the hypotenuse of a
change of nature, but to His favour underthe Restitution privileges of r i ~ 11-;I
1 n~
l t b t l(tixngle, the length of the perpendicular of this
t h a t Dispensation-an uplift to perfect human nature on the earth." 11 iilr~glri s 0!).0589+Pyramid inches.
227 Now, it is added corroboration of the thought that this
I,ntlic.~l-;~way part of the lower end of the Grand Gallery represents
llic Ilil-ih of the entire spiritual Seed of Abraham, when we find
that tlie complete length of the Grand Gallery is scientifically
intlicated by the standard measures of this broken part. For the
Grand Gallery in its total length represents the call of the Seed,
or Christ of God, from the resurrection of the Head i n 33 A.D.
to 1914 A.D.
228 A s explained in Vol. I, the sum of the horizontal a n d
vertical measures of the broken part of the Grand Gallery, i.e.,
200-4067 + , plus 99.0589 + , or 299 a.4657 + , Pyramid inches, is the
radius of a circle, the circ~imferenceof which agrees with the total
floor-length of the Grand Gallery, 1881.5985+ P~~ramid inches.
229 This time - measurement, furthermore, shows a direct
symbolical connection between the "plug" of Zech. I0 :4 (German
translation) a s Jesus Christ, and the material Granite Plug of the
Great Pyramid; for a s the first part of the floor cut-off in the Grand
Gallery marks the date 1878 A.D. a s demonstrated above, so the
lower end of the Granite Plug must indicate the date 33 A.D.
according to measurEment. The 4th verse of Zech. 10 refers to
Jesus Christ a s the corner-stone," and it has been abundantly
proved that Jesus Christ is symbolised by the head corner-stone of
225 Taking the dates 33, a n d 1878, AD., the first marked by the the Great Pyramid (Eph. 2 : 20. See Vol. I).
north wall of the Grand Gallery, a n d witnessing the resurrection of 230 Now we see that other important part of the Great
the H e a d of the Christ, a n d the second marked by the sheer cut-off Pyramid's internal system, the Granite Plug, also referred to in
in the Gallery floor, and indicating the commencement of the Zech. 10 : 4, is identified with Jesus Christ; for it was a t his
resurrection of the Body of the Christ, the whole of this broken resurrection in A.D. 33 that Jesus became the head corner-stone of
portion of the lower end of the Grand Gallery beautifully illustrates God's great Antitypical Pyra~rlid of Salvation; and it was a t
the First Resurrection in its entirety ; or, to use another Scriptural the same date, also, that, having fulfilled the law in himself, he
figure, the complete hirth of the great Antitypical Isaac (Gal. became the very embodiment of that law. Because of this all
4 : 28), who, as the Spiritual "Seed of Abraham," shall then begin who are New Creatures in Christ Jesus fulfil the righteousness of
to bless all the families of the earth 'with Restitution urider the the law, for he is "made unto u s wisdom, a n d righteousness,
arrangement of the New Covenant of love (Gal. 3 : 16, 29). and sanctification, and redemption" ( I Cor. 1 :30).
In volume three of this work it will be shown that even the very
226 In the I913 edition of this 2nd volume we adopted Professor length of the Granite Plug is proportionately related to the vertical
C. Piazzi Smyth's figure for the horizontal distance between the height of the whole Pyramid; and that this length agrees with a
Grand Gallery's north wall, and the sheer cut-off, i.e., 199 inches. possible definite size for the ancient, now-missing, top-stone of
In a footnote, however, we mentioned that our own practical the monument.
98
~ I I (If
S we base this calculation on the standard length of the
Iloor, 1881.598+, then the sum of the horizontal and vertical
rrlcasures is 2520.549+, Pyramid inches, or about half an inch more
than the exact 290.)
234 If this i s the correct interpretation of the Apostle's
SECTION XIX tl[*cli~riltion(Scbc footnote on page 210 of Vol. I1 of Studies in the
THE "FULNESS,"
AND THE "TIMES," O F THE GENTILES
108 109
clergy were never fuller of scandal, while the Papal court was
never niore venal, nor could less endure the beating upon it of that
fierce light which leaves nothing hid,-the invention of printing
(1440) multiplied a thousandfold every voice which was raised to SECTION XXI
proclaim a n abuse or to denounce a corruption. A n d marching
hand in hand with this wonderous invention there was the Revival ISNYKANCE OF THE GREAT PYRAMID
of Learning."
I' 1.5ASEMENT-SHEET" OF THE DESCENDING
PASSAGE
261 Then followed the period of 62 weeks to the corning of
Jesus the Messiah in Autumn 29 A.D. This period of the Jewish
1'
Age is Scripturally a blank, for the historical canon of the Old HE present Entrance to the interior of the Great Pyramid
Testament ends with Ezra a n d Nehemiah, and the prophetic books is very dilapidated, and it is clearly apparent that a
with Malachi. Nevertheless we know that toward the end of that large portion of the lilasonry at this part of the building
period a distinct falling away in the spirit of the Reformation had has been removed. According to the ancient geographer,
occurred, and that the F l e s l ~ l yHouse of Israel had divided broadly Strabo, I N ~ Osaw the Pyramid in its pristine beauty, the Entrance
into two parties, one, the Pharisees, holding to the traditions of the was closed by a pivoted stone door. Referring to the Pyramids of
elders, ant1 binding themselves faster and faster in those traditions. (iizeh, he wrote: " T h e Greater [Pyramid], a little way up one side,
has a stone that may be taken out, which being raised up, there is
262 T h e other party, the Saducees, were free-thinkers, doubting
and criticising the Bible; they derlied the resurrection, , ~ n began
d a sloping passage to the foundations"-i-e., to the Subterranean
to interfere more it1 the world's politics. Thus when in due time" Chamber under the foundation of the building.
the Messiah came to his own, we read that his own received him 267 Other early writers bear record that the outer surfaces of
not (John 1 : 11-13). To the small remnant who did receive him was the Pyramid were smoothly finished off with beautiful white,
given the wonderful privilege of becoming "Sons of God." bevelled casing-stones. T h i s casing has long since been torn off
by the Arabs for building mosques and houses, and the great
263 During the corresponding period of 62 weeks in the Gospel mound of fragments which lies around the base was for many
Age, from 1440 to 1874 A.D., a similar movement took place in
Nominal Spiritual Israel, misnamed Christendom. A t first thc: centuries the only visible evidence af the noble monument's former
good work of reform went on, but toward the end the reforming splendour. But in 1837, Col. Howard Vyse excavated down through
spirit grew less, a n d during this interval two general parties were this rubbish a t the middle of the northern side, and was rewarded
originated. One party held to the Bible, saying that they believed by discovering several large, well-preserved casing-stones i n situ
every word of it, though what they really held to was the traditions (See Vol. I, Pars. 224-).
a n d creeds of the Dark Ages. T h e other party, the free-thinkers, 268 A s this remnant of casing furnishes the alignment a n d
began to criticise the Bible, disbelieving great portions of it, and upward angle of the building's original smooth exterior surface oil
dabbling in the politics of the kingdoms of this world. the northern side, its situation on the Platform almost directly in
264 Even as the two parties a t the end of the Jewish Age liue with the Entrance above, is most advantageous (See the
continued after our Lord's first Advent until the great trouble in drawing by K. Vaugllat~on page 113). Professor Flinders Petrie
the year 70 A.D. destroyed the nation; so we have the two main was thus enabled with t h e aid of his scientific measuring
parties with us to-day, the one binding t h e m s ~ l v e smore firmly in instruments, to accurately determine the former position of the
the traditions of the Fathers (these are the tares"); while the ancient Entrance doorway, and also to compute the length of the
other is going more a n d more into open infidelity (these are the now missing outer or ti on of the Descending Passage.
higher critics, evolutionists, etc.). 269 Although it is manifest that a large section of the masonry
o f the Descending Passage h a s been removed, Professor C. Piazzi
265 T h e result of the falling away from the spirit of the
Reformation was that, when our Lord came again at his second Smyth was nevertheless of the opinion that.the wide basement-
Advent in 1874 A D., his own received him not; but again, those sheet," the central line of which forms the floor of the passage, did
few who have received him have had the blessed privilege of ]lot extend further north than a t present. This " basement-sheet,"
hecoming Sons of God, and hope soon to be all joined with Christ as Professor Smgth named it, is a large flat sheet of masonry
i n spiritual glory. extending a t an angle from the Entrance, down to the junction of
I I0 111
the First Ascending Passage, where the natural rock begins. I t is
33 feet wide, a n d two a n d a half feet thick. Down the centre of
this broad sheet of stone, a n d a t a distance of three a n d a half feet
apart, the walls of t h e Descending Passage are carefully laid ; a n d
placed across the top of these walls are immense roof-stones. If
Professor Smy th's suggestion b e correct, t h a t this wide "basement-
sheet'' did not originally extend further north than a t present, then
the Descending Passage must have continued out to the casing-
stone surface with a narrower foundation for the floor, or b y some
other method of masonic construction ; for it i s certain t h a t i t w a s
always possible for visitors to enter the Descending Passage
directly from the exterior, provided they knew of the exact location
of the pivoted stone door, referred to by Strabo. (See also Par.
337 i n Vol. I.)
2 7 0 T h e results of our own investigation of this part of the
building supports Professor Smyth's opinion; for a large number
of important time-measurements require to b e computed from t h e
present floor-beginning of the passage. A t the same time i t would
appear that the Architect also intended the original Entrance
doorway to form p a r t of the symbolism of this great stone
" Witness," for calculations demonstrate t h a t the doorway, a n d the
north edge of the " basement-sheet," bear a certain mathematical
relationship to each other. T h e implacement of each was fixed by
the Master-Builder according to his usual symmetric system of
corresponding proportions, examples of which we have already
noticed in Sections VII a n d XIII, a s well a s in the 1st volume.
2 7 1 Professor Flinders Petrie reckoned the top level surface of
the Platform a s the base-line in all his measurements for heights
a n d depths in the Pyramid. But this is not the only base-line
employed by the Architect in the scientific design of his great
building, for the rock-level under the Platform, a n d the four corner-
socket levels (See Vol. I, Pars. 82, a n d 2 7 1 - ~ 7 5 )must
~ also be
recognised in connection with a number of the Pyramid's
corroborative time-features, a n d geometric proportions.
272 The corner-socket levels are lower than the levelled natural
rock under the Platform, a n d Professor C. Piazzi Smyth shows t h a t
the scientific base-size of the Pyramid is founded upon these, a n d
not upon either the levelled rock or Platform. H e writes : " Ever
since John Taylor's happy identification of the verse in Job. 38 : 6
(aided by the marginal translation) with the building of the Great
Pyramid in or upon t h e rock, the majority of explorers have been
firm i n maintaining t h a t the actual a n d still socket-defined corners
of t h e base, in the solid living foundational rock bearing the
monument, are the ancient architect's intended fiducial points for
defining the true size or full base measure of his g r a n d work of all
I12
Drown by K. Vaughan
53
w m e + . - w a
O MS 2
w c w ."
a,
5
C-, u a a k c
0'; ?.Zr= c 0 h0
,-n,a3303
w w G ",a 2 2 2
*
ffl
-
2-c ~ 2 4 --c
u"=
.-3 'CH .9.5 c
c 0 & > 3
g5
2c..c::a w
w
c
d 0
fflsa
(d h0s I-.;; y bD
3 a c . s g.5 .
'2 5 d a w m
25&45 $ :.s$
.*up 8-a2 a
2 2 C'"'C c ,
6 c x 2:;;;a
m A U'=l'5k
w u 2C 0s 3 5
C." u
~ dm b- Dc h w2 moh ~ w
t ? .-kz>a:e
a-
5&,w(d2.5zo
.5Z.Z552~'w
+,'ZU C 3
ag 352 g. 2co ~n- g 5's
(d 2
0
V] C
$ 0
EL! $ 4 3 c.;
2%'c,"B ;k.:%
5 " w El &.-a
t 2 ghcd
5 u.-"'3-'-0 ,O'-;j
2 S Z - hza,
> 22 z 2 3cz
,4;wm Ou~.2h
' = cp grp=: - 2-a: g
- - 4 --
- - - 3
-
278 W i t h these Pyramid-inch measures, a n d the known angles
of the casing-stone surface and passage-ways (See Sec. 11),
we find that both the ancient, a s well a s the present, north-
beginnings of the Descending Passage floor are definitely related
to the Socket-level base, a n d the Platform-level base, by distances
t h a t agree with the precise dimensions of the King's Chamber; a n d SECTION XXII
one of these distances contail~s,additionally, the exact length of
the earth-commensurable Pyramid cubit: REST AND RESTITUTION
T
the north edge of the Descending Passage "basement- HE application of nurilerous corroborative time-
sheet," i.e., the north-commencement of the passage-floor measurements connected with the Entrance of the
a s i t is a t present, is, according to the above-mentioned Pyramid, will be better appreciated by the reader if we
measures, 642.5203 +Pyramid inches. T h i s vertical distance first detail the time-features of the diagrarrls entitled
is, therefore, equal to the sum of the length, a n d height, of " Rest and Restitution," a n d "Don~inionParallels" (See Nos. 8 a n d
the King's Chamber (See page 43 for the dimensions of 3 on page 24, a n d the diagram on page I 18).
this Chamber). T h u s : 281 T h e Apostle Paul explains that the Law was a "shadow of
good things to come," a n d that the experiences of the children of
King's Chamber length, - - - - - - 412-/3/6+ Israel "happened unto them a s types, and are written for our
King's Chamber height (floor to ceiling), - - 230.3886 + admonition on whom the ends of the Ages have come" (Heb. 10 : 1 ;
1 Cor. 10 : 10, margin). Now, times and seasotzs constituted a n
Total Pyramid inches 642.5203+ impqrtant feature of the ordinances and experiences of the nation
of Israel. In Exod. 20 : 8-1 1 wc read : " Remember the sabbath d a y
A s the vertical height of the floor-commencement of the to keep it holy. Six d a y s shalt thou labour, a n d do all thy work:
Descending Passage, a t the Ancient Entrance, is computed but the seventh day is the sabbath of the Lord thy God: in it thou
to be 667.8939+ Pyramid itlches above the Platform-level shalt do no work . . . for in six days the Lord made heaven a n d
base (as noted above), the inclined height up the face of earth, the sea, and all that in them is, arld rested the severzth d a y :
the casing-stone covering of the building, measuring from wherefore the Lord blessed the sabbath day, and hallowed it."
the Platform level, is, therefore, 849-2633+Pyramid itzches. Also from Lev. 25: 1-5 we learn that the people of Israel were
T h e inclined height of 8492633 +inches is equal to twice commanded to let the land rest every seventh year. According to
the length of the King's Chamber (See page 43), plus a the Apostle we must regard the sabbatll day, a n d the sabbath
Pyramid cubit: year, a s types (Col. 2 : 16, 1 7).
282 T h e seventh clay of rest of the Great Jehovah began after
King's Chamber length, multiplied 1)y 2, - - 824.2633 -I- he created man. For a short period A d a m had dominion over the
O n e Pyramid cubit, of 25 Pyramid inches, - - 25- earth under the sovereignty of his Creator; we therefore understand
-- that God's rest would not begin till the Fall, when the whole worlcl
Total Pyramid inches 849.2633+ was abandoned to its fate because of the disobedience of its
federal head Adam. Fro111 t h a t time till the flood God permitted
the angels, a n d after the flood he has permitted Satan, to exercise
279 It will be noticed that the inclined height of the ancient the controlling power over man. During the Millenilia1 Age Christ
doorway above the upper surface of the Platform, distinctly will reign. Accordingly, it will not be until "the thousand years"
indicates by the above characteristic Pyramid method the absolute are finished a n d God has resumed his sovereignty, that his great
length of the cubit used by the Architect, a n d appropriately named "Rest Day " will have ended. Thenceforward the condition will
by Professor C. Piazzi Smvth the "Sacred Pyramid Cubit" be a s it was during the short period of innocence in the Garden of
(compare No. 13, page 41). o t h e r examples will be presented in Eden, the perfect man will once more have dominion over the earth
Vol. III. under the sovereignty of his Creator.
117
28.3 'The harmony of the diagram we are now considering, a n d
irlso of several other diagrams shown on pages 24 a n d 25, gives us
reason to believe that the short period of innocence between the
creation a n d fall of Adam was two years. A s the Bible dates
show 111nt Acla111 W,I> created in 4128 kc., his fall took place i n
1 . 0 1 , 1 7 1 0 1 1 1 t11cn till 1874 A.D. (the date of our Lord's return)
i x ~ I I O I I I I I Iy~ cars. O n e thousand years more will bring us
10 I I I C . t 1 1 1 1 c . wllc111Christ will deliver up the Kingdom to the F a t h e r
I o . I ' : 3 8 ) . Thus, God's sabbath d a y con~prisesa period of
L , c . v i . ~ t~l ~ o l ~ s a nyears
ti in all. It is probable that the six preceding
" ( I ; ~ y s " (luring which God pursued his worlts of creation were
lil\c.wise pcriods of seven thousand years-See diagram, page I 18.
284 Although God entered into his rest after he passed the
scntence of death upon A d a m , Jesus intimated that his Father had
nevertheless been wo~king-"My F a t l ~ e rworketh hitherto, a n d I
work" (John 5 : 17). T h i s does not seem in agreement with the
statement that God was resting; but when we recall the occasion
on which Jesus uttered these words the expla~iationis clear. Jesus
had jusl cnred a man who had been paralysed from his birth,
and the Jews had rebuked him for working on the sabbath day.
Jesus' ansvver shows that his cavillers had not rightly interpreted
the L a w , for works of mercy on the sabbath day do not violate
God's L a w of Love. Quite to the contrary, love dictates these
works.
285 Hitherto the Father had been working during His rest day,
in s o restraining the wi-ath of man, and overruling the affairs of
earth, that evenlually the poor world's salvation from the miry clay
of sin a n d from the dreadful Pit of death might be accomplishetl!
Which of the Jews having an ox or ass fall into a pit on the
sabbath day, would not immediately draw it o u t ? How ~ n u c h
more, then, would the love of God dictate the rescue of his beloved
Son from the grave on his great sabbath day. T h e raising of our
Lord from the dead was the beginning of the " New Creation," a n d
was the supreme evidence of God's mighty power (Eph. 1 : 18-23).
286 T h e Apostle in 2 Pet. 3 : 8 says : "Be not ignorant of this
one thing, that one day is with the Lord a s a thousand years, a n d
a thousand years a s one day." From this standpoint we m a y
regard the period of seven thousand years from the fall of A d a m
to the end of the Millennium a s a "week," each " d a y " of which is
a thousand years long. T h e first period of one thousand years
forms the First Adam's "day," referred to b y God when he said to
Adam : " in the d a y thou eatest thereof dying I hou shalt die."
Adam died within his 1000-year d a y (Gen. 2 : 17 ; 5 : 5).
287 Tht. seventh period of one thousand years is the " d a y "
appointed by God during which the " L a s t Adam" shall judge the
" 2om::
2 ~ 0 h~ -
m..Q,=a
m m 3 Om
",-m 3:
gsV)a,&
Q,aa3g
h$=: h
,
--
h
cc, 6
Y Y
Ti- h:$Z
a=n
Ti-
25
..Sma,a,d
-u.2 g5 2
i n 8%
0" 2.l 0.2
V,
,a, V)mc
-'-'.2+) 5 .$5
3.2: .3
hcv.2z
- 0 -
m+aa,E
t; E
-s*
c a m 2;
$ + l oOo V
L g
)
0 &*:
9.2 a
,
0
,u s a
ac,4$
2 E*,
A * 0t.W
.%'0 a, 00
&,C--E
cg 0 c 2
22:;.5 8 ad
V)'-u
o k c F?,"
B: k s w n
selfishness angry disputings would be sure to follow the pro- ;LII '' evening " a n d a " morning." T h e central point of this great
clamation of the jubilee, a n d many claims would require to be 7000-year d a y is the date Autumn 627 B.C., i.e., the end of the 49th
settled a t t h e gate. T h u s the typical year of liberty would be year of the last typical cycle, a n d the beginning of the last typical
inaugurated in much trouble; but eventually both rich a n d poor, jubilee year (See diagram, page 118). T h i s mean that there were
who were pure in heart, would agree that the Lord's arrangement two rest-years, a sabbath year a n d the last typical jubilee year,
w a s best, a n d would gladly acquiesce to the new conditions. exactly in the centre of the seven-thousand-year day of God's
294 T h e declaration of the Scriptures is that the Millennial Rest. In all the " e v e n i n g " period of 3500 years there was
reign of Christ would b e inaugurated by a time of troublc such a s not a single antitype, only types and shadows. T h e "morning"
never was since thcre was a nation (Dan. 12 : 1, 4 ; Matt. 24 : 2 1). period, on the other hand, is the era of antitypes. I11 the beginning
T h e people have heard the " trutnpet" of liberty a n d are learning of it thcre were still types, but the first antitype, namely, the great
to appreciate their freedom; they are demanding their rights to the antitypical cycle of 50 x 50 years, began at the very commencement
land a n d other earthly possessions. T h e rich are clinging to their of this " morning " period.
vested interests a n d are not likely to relinquish their hold. With
human nature a s it is, force must be applied; the peoplc, having 298 T h e fact that the last pair of typical rest-years occur in the
begun to taste the sweets of liberty, a n d fillding tlreir aspirations exact centre of the whole 7000-y(:ar period, other symmetric
a n d desires for freedom a n d happiness frustrated, will break away chronological parallels are rendered possil)le. T h e two years of
from all restraints, a n d anarchy must follow. rest in tlle Garden of E d e r ~are followed by the First Adam's rooo-
295 T h u s violently is the old evil order to be brought to a n enti. year day, the day of condemnation for the world, the day of the
But when the Lord, the Prince of Peace, \tills the tempest a n d loss of all things. T h e n , overlapping one year with the First
begins to bestow restitution blessings upon the poor fallen r a c e ; Adam's d a y comes a large cycle of 2500 years. In t l ~ ecentre there
when the resurrection proceeds a n d severed farnilics are reunited; are two typical rest-years marked off. These are followed by a
when good deeds are quickly rewarded and evil deeds receive a second large cycle of 2500 years which overlaps one year with the
certain a n d just punishment, then all men will recognise that they L a s t Adam's 1000-year "Day," the Day of Salvation for the world,
have now a loving a n d righteous Judge, a n d eventu;~llyevery knee when all that was lost in the First Adam's day o f condemnation
shall bow, a n d every tongue shall confess that lesus Christ i s will be restored to mankind by the Second Adam.
Lord, to the glory of God the Father (Phil. 2 : 10, 1 I). 299 We are reminded here of the words spoken by the prophet
H a b a k k u k : " 0 Lord, revive thy work in the midst of the years, in
296 While the jubilee year with its preceding cycle typifies the the midst of the years make known ; in wrath remember mercy"
great antitypical Jubilee of I000 years with its preceding cycle of (Hab. 3 : 2). God's wrath or curse passed upon Adam a n d his
2500 years, there is a still greater fulfilment. T h e period of seven descendants will not be removed until by the end of the seven
thousand years may, a s we have already indicated, he taken a s thousand years the last enemy, the Adamic death, will be
representing a "week of years," each " y e a r " of which equals a completely destroyed ( I Cor. 15 : 25, 26). A t that time the
thousand years. T h e Millennial Day of the Lord is, therefore, also restitution of man to perfection and to communion with God will
the seventh or sabbath "year." In the same way the six " d a y s " be complete. In the exact centre of this wrath period of 7000
of creation preceding God's rest will each repre:;ent a week of years, God revived his work by instituting the "Morning" of
similar " years." T h e seven "weeks of years" will amount to 49 antitypes, a n d so in wrath remembered mercy. In the midst
of these 1000-year periods. Accordingly, the next 1000-year of the wrath period, also, he caused his people Israel to observe
period is the 50th of the whole series, a n d we have thus a n the last pair of typical rest-years, a n d so made known to us
enormous cycle of 49 "years," each of which is one thousand years his wondrous plan of providing two great antitypical rest-years
long, followed b y a Jubilee which will b e without end, a Grand a t the end.
Jubilee of Jubilees. From this standpoint the Mille~rnium is the 300 Not only, however, was the wonderful and merciful work of
sabbath year of the Lord, a n d following it is the Grand Jubilee- the two great antitypical rest-years at the end forestladowed by
two great antitypical Rest-Years. the two typical rest-years in the centre of the wrath period, but i t
297 In the first chapter of Genesis each of the six "days" of was also typified by the two rest-years in the Garden of Eden. In
creation is divided into a n "evening" a n d a "mornir~g." T h e the first of these years Ada111 was created perfcct in mind a n d
great seventh " d a y " of Jehovah may also be equally divided into body. H e had perfect faculties; but he would require to learn
122
how to use them properly. H e would also requirc to learn his (No. 3, on page 24), a n d will be owing to the loosing of Satan w h o
environment, a n d thus gradually take possession of the dominion had been bound during the preceding thousand years (Rev.
which God had given him (Gen. 1 : 26). Very soon, however, he 20 : 1-3).
began to feel a want; although the animals were obedient to Adam
a n d useful in many ways, yet none of ttiern was a companion meet 304 But when this final test of men's obedience to their Creator
is past, a n d the disobedient are destroyed with Satan in the second
for him (Gen. 2 : 20). God knew that this would be so, but he death, a11 the loyal will be called the children of God a n d will live
judged it best that A d a m should learn his need by experience. on into the Ages of glory to follow. T h e most important feature of
A d a m was sent into a deep sleep, a n d after a short season of their rejoicing will be the restoratioti of perfect communion with
trouble, God presented Eve to him. Though we can but faintly God and with one another. God will have such confidence in men
realise the mutual love of the perfect man a n d woman, still we can that he will grant them eternal life with complete dominion over
understand that while the first year was a time of peace a n d the earth. "There will be no more death, neither sorrow r~orcrying,
enjoyment to Adam, the second year must have been a time of nor will there be a n y more pain, for the former things will have
much greater happiness. These two years typify certain aspects passed away " (Rev. 2 1 : 4).
of the great rest-years a t the end.
305 T h e Apostle Peter informs us in his first epistle ( 3 : 20, 2 1 )
301 L e t us now consider the two rest-years in the centre of the that the flood, a n d the baptism of the Holy Spirit, stand to each
7000-year period. T h e first of these was a sabbath year, being the other in the relation of type a n d antitype: " W h e n the patience of
49th of the last typical cycle. During that year the Israelites did God was waiting in the d a y s of Noah, while the ark was being
no work on the land, a n d it was therefore a time of rest for the prepared, in which a few, that is, eight persons, were carried
land, a n d of rest a n d refreshment for the children of Abraham, the safely through the water. A n d immersion [baptism], a n antitype"
children of God. T h e following year, the 5oth, was a jubilee, the of this, now saves us."
time of the restitution of all things, ancl a time of great rejoicing,
306 It is evident t h a t the Apostle is referring to the ve~11
immer-
especially for the poor a n d oppressed, a n d latterly for all who were sion, of which the immersion into water is only a symbol-it is the
pure in heart. But a t the beginning of that year there must have real and not the symbolic immersion that saves us. T h e water of
been a season of trouble. These two years foreshadow additional baptism symbolises the death-state. Accordingly, the destruction
aspects of the great antitypical rest-years. of the first "World of the ungodly" in water, typiJied the death-
302 W e have already sccn that the 1000-year period which state into which this "Present Evil World" is passing. T h e a r k
began in Autumn 1874 A.D. is the 49th from the beginning of the represents the Divine plan of salvatior~,a n d Christ a s the embodi-
" d a y s " of creation, a n d the 7th from the fall of Adam, a n d that, ment of that plan. Just a s God was patient and long-suffering
therefore, it may be regarded a s a great "sabbath year." In that with the iniquity of men a n d angels while the ark of Noah was
46
year," called the Millennia1 Age, men will gradually acquire being prepared, so he was patient a n d long-suffering with the
perfect faculties, a n d through the exercise of these perfect faculties iniquity of men a n d angels while his glorious plan of salvation w a s
they will learn their environment, a n d thus will gradually take being prepared through the L a w a n d the Prophets (Luke 24 : 44).
possession of the earthly kingdom which was prepared for them
from the foundation of the world (Matt. 25 : 34).. T h i s will be a 307 Again, just a s the ark of Noah and the few who were in it
were in the water, but were carried safely through it, so Christ a n d
time of rest for the children or seed of Abraham, who will never- the few who were in him have bee11 in the death-state, but are
theless be working in raising fallen men from the pit of death. T h e carried safely through i t ; for we who are saved by baptism will
work of these children of Abraham, spiritual a n d natural, will be share in the glorious resurrection of Christ (Rom. 6 : 3-5).
dictated by love. By the e n d of the thousand years they will have
308 W e now find that, not only was the flood typical of t h e
restored all men to perfection. baptism of the Holy Spirit, but their commencements are chrono-
303 Then will begin the 50th 1000-year period, the Grarid logically parallel. T h e flood or typical baptism began 654 years
Jubilee of Jubilees. T h i s Jubilee of Jubilees, however, will not after the beginning of the first cycle of 2500 years. T h e antitypical
really be a thousand years long, but will last to all eternity! A t baptism of the Holy Spirit I ~ e g a nwith the baptism of Jesus in
its commencement, just a s a t the beginning of Adam's second year,
a n d a t the beginning of the typical jubilee, there will be a short ? S e e Diaglott. T h e Greek word translated "representation" in the Diaglott
season of trouble. T h e trouble may last, possibly, for 40 years is na!i!iipos, and should have bee11 rendered "antitype."
Autumn 29 A.D. (Sec. X ) ; and there he became the Christ or the
Anointed One, the Ark of God. This was 654 years after the
beginning of the second cycle of 2500 years (625IA B.C. plus 28%
A.D. equal 654 years).
3 0 9 The period of 1846 years from the beginning of the typical
immersion was followed by two typical rest-years; so a corre- S E C T I O N XXl I1
sponding period of 1846 years from the beginning of the antitypical
baptism is followed by the two great antitypical Rest -Years.
T h u s i t is clear that God marked off the immersion of Noah's ark
in the waters of the flood chronologically a s the type of the
W
immersion of Christ, who is the antitypical ark, into d e a t h ; for HEN God gave the L a w to the descendants of Israel,
Christ's death began at, and was symbolised by, his water he promised them blessings when they obeyed, a n d
immersion a t Jordan. cursings if they did not. They constantly disregarded
the Law, a n d therefore every adversity threatened has
come upon them. Two of the severest of these were the "seven
tinies" of punishment, and the "desolation of the land," pronounced
together by Moses in the book of Leviticus, 26 : 14-43. T h e Scrip-
tural connections show that these punishments both began a t
the same date, namely, 606 B.C. T h a t the period of desolation
was 70 years, beginning when Zedekiah was dethroned b y
Nebuchadnezzar, is proved by the evidences given in Section
IV (Compare, also, Dan. 9 : 2, l I).
311 In dethroning Zedekiah, Judah's last king, and laying
waste Jerusalem and the land of Judea, the king of Babylon began
the lease of power to the Gentiles. Although the people were
allowed to return to their land after the 70 years' desolatioii was
accomplished, they were still subject to Gentile powers, because
the long period of their "seven times " of punishment (2520 years)
had to run its course until, a s Jesus said, the "times of the
Gentiles be fulfilled" (Luke 2 1 : 24).
3 1 2 T h e complete dominion of the Gentiles was illustrated in
the vision of the great image, which the Lord caused Nebuchad-
nezzar to see in a dream (Dan. 2). This image's head was of fine
gold, his breasts and arms of silver. his belly and thighs of blass,
his legs of iron, and his feel part of iron and part of clay. Daniel,
interpreting the dream, said : "Thou [Nebuchadnezzar] art this
head of gold. And after thee shall arise another kingdo111inferior
to thce, a n d another third kingdom of brass, which shall bear rule
over all the earth Ant1 the fourth kingdom shall be strong as
iron . . . And in the days of these kines shall the God of heaven
set up a kingdom [Christ's], which shall never be destroyed . . .
It shall break in pieces and consume all these [Gentile] kingdoms,
arld it shall stand for ever."
313 Thus, the four Gentile kingdoms symbolised by the irnage
were really one, in the same sense as a man's body is one, although
composed of many members ( I Cor. 12: 12). Nel)uchadnezzar, the
127
representative of the first of these kingdoms, was likened to the
h e a d ; a n d a s the head represents the whole body, so the
Babylonian kingdom represented all the other Gentile kingdoms.
T h e 70-year period of this kingdom's supremacy, also, r e p r ~ s e n t e d
the complete period of the Gentile dominion, i.e., the Seven
Times." T h e number 70 may be regarded a s symbolic, being the
product of two typical numbers, 7 and 10. Seven is the perfect
number, especially in connection with time; a n d ten is the symbol
of numerical completeness, especially with regard to governments,
e.g., the ten toes of the image, the ten horns of the beast, etc., which
are symbolical figures useti in the Scriptures to denote powerful
governments.
314 T h e "Seven Times" of punishment upon the people of
Israel consisted in the removal of their crown, a n d their consequent
unwilling subjection to the insane, beast-like Gentile kingdoms
(See Jer. 51 : 7 ; Dan. 7 ; Ezek. 21 : 25-27). T o confirm this feature
of his " I'lan of the Ages," God visited a typical period of " seven
times " of insanity upon Nebuchadnezzar, the first Gentile king
(Dan. 4). Just as the "seven times" which passed over Nebuchad-
nezzar, the "head of gold," were seven literal years, so in the
antitype the "Seven T i m e s " which were to pass over the Gentile
kingdoms, symbolised by the great metallic image, were to be on
an antitvpical scale.
315 In the book of Revelation, "three times and a half" are
shown in parallel texts to be equal to 42 months, and 1,760 days,
i.e., three a n d a half years (See Rev. 11 : 2, 3 ; 12 : 6, 14; 13 :5-
colripare with Dan. 7 : 25; 12 : 7). Seven times, or twice this
amount, will therefore equal 2520 days. T h e typical man had 2520
literal days of unreason (Dan. 4 : 28-37) ; but the great antitypical
" m a n " was to have unreason for 2520 symbolical days (See Sec.
V). T h e "madness" of the Gentile nations has consisted in their
vainglorious pride in the own strength, a n d in thinking they could
rule the world. W h e n the Lord sets up his Kingdom, he will prove
that only He can rule in righteousness.
316 On the completion of his "seven times" of insanity,
Nebuchadnezzar said : "At the same time my reason returned unto
me ; and for the glory of my kingdom, mine honour and brightness
returned unto me . . . a n d I was established in my kingdom, a n d
excellent majesty was added unto me" (Dan. 4 : 36). This pre-
figures the changed attitude of the nations after their foreordained
"Seven Times" of unreason, when the crisis of the great time of
trouble which terminates the Age is over. A s with Nebuchad-
nezzar, the understanding of the nations will return; and when
they reflect on their former degraded condition, they will abhor
themselves and turn a n d extol the King of heaven--"All nations
whom thou hast made shall come and worship before thee." Man-
J 129
b e made "princes in all the e a r t h " (Psa. 45: 16)' the earthly a n d
visible representatives of the invisible Spiritual Kingdom. These
Ancient Worthies will directly gain human restitution, which was
SECTION XXIX secured for the world b y the ransom-sacrifice of Jesus Christ.
370 T h e Scriptures do not appear to give direct information a s
THE GENERAL RESURRECTION to the d a t e when the Ancient Worthies shall obtain their reward,
but our thought is that their "better resurrection" will t a k e place
MILLIONSN O W LIVINGWILL NEVER DIE toward the e n d of the "time of Jacob's trouble" (Jer. 30 : 7- \I),
when the Lord will use them to manifest t h e full return of his
favour to his ancient covenant people (See Vol. IV of Studies i n tlze
N Sections XVII a n d XVIII we noticed the Scriptural teaching Scri$tures, pages 624-629).
respecting those who rose from the dead i n /878 A.D.-that 371 T h a t perfect human life to which all r~iankind will
they entered into the Spiritual condition ( I Cor. 15 :44); while ultimately attain, every man i n his own order, is represented in the
the rcmnant of the consecrated who are "alive a n d remain" Great Pyramid b y the Queen's Chamber, a n d by the level of the
during Christ's pal-ousia, or presence-period since that date, are floor of that chamber. T h e only open way of access to this level i s
"changed in a moment, in the twinkling of a n e y e " to their through the Well-shaft, the First Ascending Passage being made
heavenly state, when they lay aside their "earthly tabernacle" in ineffective b y the obstructing Granite Plug. T h i s arrangement of
death ( I Cor. 15 : 5 1-53; 2 Cor. 5 : 1-4 ; I Thess. 4 : 15-1 7). the passage-ways of the Lord's " W i t n e s s " in E g y p t symbolically
366 T h e Spirit-begotten class cannot be raised to the human corroborates the Scriptural teaching, made clear to the Spil-it-
condition, for this they covenanted to sacrifice that they might begotten children of God, and which they therefore preach,
become partakers first in Christ's sufferings, a n d afterw:trds in his namely, that not b y the works of the Law, but through the
glory. 'Though they are in the world, they are not o j it, even a s euectiveness of the Ransom-sacrifice of Jesus Christ, tlie human
their Master was not of the world. Christ did not pray to the race may escape the condemnation of death a n d reach the perfect
F a t h e r that his disciples should be taken out of the world, but that coildition of life on the earthly plane
they should be kept from the evil thereof (John 17: 14-18). W h i l e 372 T h i s offer to the world of everlasting life on the perfect
io the Descending-Passage condition of the world, where they have human plane was, we understand, legally due after / 9 1 4 - / 9 1 5 ~ . ~ . ;
been "judged according to men in the flesh," they have, a s ~ c w lor then, according to all the Scriptural indications, corroborated
~ ~ ~ e a t ui~n - Christ
es Jesus, been walltin:: by faith in the Grand- I)y appropriate symbols a n d measures i n the Great Pyramid, the
Gallery condition, a n d have "lived according to God in the spirit" returned Lord took to himself his great power a n d began his
(1 Pet. 4 : 6). 1Cingdorn reign of blessing. Hence the Spirit-begotten members
367 W e know that flesh a n d blood cannot inhcrit the kingdom of the Body of Christ, who are still in the flesh awaiting their
of God ( I Cor. 15 :50), a n d therefore all those who, during the " changc " to the spirit condition, pioclaim not only that the reign
Gospel Age, have trusted in the efficacy of the ransoni-sacrifice of of Christ i s now bequn, but that millions now living will never die!"
their Redeemer, a n d have hoped for joint-heirship with him in tlie 'The human life which the Man Christ Jesus laid down on behalf of
heavenly Kingdom, must be "born of the spirit9' (John 3 : 5-8). the world a t Calvary in S p r i n g of the year 3.3 A.D., a s H e Hin-ist:lf
T h i s is the First Resurrection; consequently it i~ impossible for declared: "My flesh, which I give for the life of the world," is
the world to receive their resurrection-blessings till later. therefore offeretl to the world about 1882 years later.
368 Even the faithful Ancient Worthies of the tilue previous to 373 W e observed is Section JIXVIII t h a t the lower opening of
the p:yment of the ransom-sacrifice OF Christ, who died in hope the Well-shaft, which symbolises the ransom-sacrifice of Jesus
of a better resurrection" than the residur- of mankind, cannot Christ, marks the date when the Church, the firstfruits unto God,
receive the fulfilment of their hope till after the last member of the were loosed from the prison-house of death, 1878 A.D. (Jas. 2 : 18).
"Church of the firstborn" is joined to his Lord a n d fellow-
members; for the Scriptures s a y that "they, without us [tlie Church "ee the booklet by Judge Rutherford, published by the " W a t c h Tower Bible
class], shall not be made perfect" (Heb. I 1 : 35-40) and T r a c t Society," Brooklyn, N.Y, U.S.A., and London, England, entitled:
369 Abrahsrn, Isaac, a n d Jacob, a n d all the holy prophets will Afilliof~sNow L v i , ~ gWill Newer Die. T h i s booklet, with its wonderful message of
be awakened from death to the perfect human nature. T h e y will life, has been printed in many languages, and has been circulated over the world.
15'3 151
W e now find that the date / 9 / 5 ~ . ~since
. , when the perfect huinan
life which Jesus Christ sacrificed was legally due to be offered t o
the world (See Matt. 20 :2 8 ; John 6 : 51), is also indicated a t the
lower operiing of the Well-shaft.
374 For if we take a vertical measurement from the Queen's
floor-level, which symbolises the Plane of Human Perfection,
directly down to the floor of the Descending Passage at the north
edge of the Well-opening (See diagram, page 149), we shall find
that the total number of Pyramid inches corresponds with the
period of years from 33 A.D. when the perfect man Jesus Christ
gave his flesh for the life of the world, till 1915 A.D. (From Spring
of 33 A.D. to Autumn of 1915 A.D., is 1882.5 years. T h e vertical
measurement which agrees with this period, a s shown in the
diagram, page 149, is 1882.5442 + Pyramid inches.) Jesus said :
4
1
Verily, verily, I say' unto you, If a man keep my saying, he shall
never see death " ; Whosover liveth a n d believeth in me shall
never die. Believest thou t h i s ? " (See John 8 : 51 ; 1 1 : 26.)
T
HE period from Adam's creation, till the flood "dried up,"
representing the date by which all the redeemed human family will is proved by the genealogies in Genesis to have beer1
have received the full benefit of Christ's ransom-sacrifice, by means 1656 years (Sec. IV). T w o years of this period were
of which they will have escaped the Adamic death-sentence a n d spent by A d a m a n d Eve in a state of innocence before
will be able to stand where the Man Christ Jesus stood when born the fall (Sec. XXII), a n d thus the exact duration of the old "World
into this world, perfect a s human beings. Standing here, on the of the ungodly," was 1654 years (2 Pet. 2 : 5 ; 3 :5, 6).
level of the Queen's Chamber floor, a t the north edge of the summit 380 W e have seen how Adam's 1000-year " d a y " of condem-
of the Well-shaft, they, the restored human race, will recognise nation is indicated by a measurement carried up the casing-stone
fully that their great blessing of life came to them, not through the surface of the Pyramid, from the levelled base-rock to the ancient
works of the L a w , nor through their own efforts, but primarily Entrance, a n d from thence down the Descending Passage to the
through the efficacy of the ransom-sacrifice of their Lord and north edge of the " basement-sheet" (Sec. XXV). T h e period now
Saviour Jesus Christ, represented by the long, peculiar, a n d other- under consideration is 654 years longer, a n d the date of the end of
wise inexplicable, Well-shaft. Praise ye the Lord! it, i.e., the date of the flood, is already proved to be marked by a
point on the Descending Passage floor (the vertical line of the roof-
beginning) which is only about 23% inches further down (See
diagram, page 138). How, then, is it possible for the duration of
the O l d World to be indicated ?
381 It is evident that if the already found flood date-mark i s t o
be retained in this time-measurement, the date of the commence-
ment of the period of 1654 years of the Old World must be sought
for a t some other point distant from the lower edge of the outer
casing. T h i s point is found to be on the same level a s the foot of
the casing, i.e., the upper level surface of the Platform, a n d exactly
in the vertical line of the flood date-mark on the Descending
Passage floor.
382 In other words, beginning from that point on the Platform
level which is vertically in line with the flood date-mark on the
Descending Passage floor (Sec. XXIV), a n d measuring horizontally
northward along the surface of the Platform to the lower front
edge of the casing-sto~~es, then up the inclined face of the casing
to the ancient Entrance, a n d from thence down the Descending
Passage floor to the point already proved a s marking the date of
the flood, we shall find that the total number of Pyramid inches
agrees with the period of years of the Old World. (This period i s
from the fall of Adam, to the date of the drying up of the flood,
1654 years in all. T h r total number of Pyramid inches in the three
straight lines spoken of above is 1654.0488+, a s shown in the
diagram below.)
383 It is in this peculiar way t h a t the Great Pyramid corro-
borates
4L
the Scriptural records regarding the dl~rationof the first
,heavens ant1 earth." On consideration it will be recognised that
this particular time-measurement could not be more convincingly SECTION XXXI
indicated by a n y other method. It proves that all of the l'yramid
o n thc lzorth side of the vertical line of the Descending Passage THE D A T E OF THE GREAT PYRAMID'S ERECTION
402 Since this 2nd volume of Great Pyramid Passages appeared SECTION XXXII
i n 1913, we have seen many further corroborations of the date 2/40
B.C. for the building of the Great Pyramid, probably the completion THE " PRESENT EVIL WORLD "
of the building-operations i n t h a t year. O n e of these added
confirmations we present in Vol. I Great Pyramid Passages, new and
C
revised edition, Pars. 390-393. This particular feature, which ORROBORATIVE testimony regarding the Scriptural indica-
corroborates the exact period of 2138 years between the building tion of the date when the "Present Evil World" legally
of the Great Pyramid in Autumn 2/40 B.C., a n d the birth of the ended (Gal. 1 : 4), is contained in the Great Pyramid b y a
Man Christ Jesus in Bethlehem in Autumn 2 B.C., is connected with number of time-measurements, some of which we have
the Pyramid geographical mile-distance between the Pyramid in noticed. In addition to these, the Pyrarllid also16confirms our
Egypt, a n d the city of Bethlehem in the Holy Land. In Vol. I11 understanding of the exact duration of the second heavens a n d
of Great Pyramid Passages other corroborative features will be earth" which, a s the Apostle Peter informs us, began after the old
presented. They are so numerous, and all so exact, that no one "heavens a n d earth " perished in the flood, 5 n d end in "fire"
need doubt that the date 2/40 B.C. is correct for the erection of the (2 Pet. 3 : 5512). But after the fiery destruction we according to
Great Pyramid. promise look for a new "heavens and earth" wherein dwelleth
righteousness, a n d during which Satan, who is the "god of this
world," is bound that he may deceive the nations no more till the
righteous reign of Christ is finished (2 Pet. 3 : 13; 2 Cor. 4 : 4 ;
Rev. 20 : 1-3).
404 In the Great Pyramid the " Present Evil World " is repre-
sented b y the Descending Passage, while the great fire of trouble
which terminates Satan's rule is symbolised by the Subterranean
Chamber or Pit (See Vol. I, Pars. 144-159, where a full description
of the Descending Passage and Pit, and their symbolical signifi-
cance, is set forth). Although, a s we believe, the Scriptures point
to 1914-1915 A.D. a s the date when the "kingdoms of this world"
were due to be destroyed, they show that the preparation for this
destruction began in 1874 A.D., the date of our Lord's return.
When 1914 A.D. came the foretold destruction began, and many of
the once proud kingdoms have been laid low, while others are
bending to the will of the people, melting like wax (Psa. 97 : 1-5).
But the crisis of the Great Time of Trouble has still to come,
before the people will fully awake to the fact that a new order
began in 1914 A.D.
405 T h e binding of Satan, the "god of this world," began in
I874 A.D., when Christ descended from heaven with the "key of the
bottomless pit, and a great chain in his hand" (Rev. 20 : 1-3).
Satan, the "strong mail of the house," is resisting, but his
opposition will prove unavailing, and by the time appointed he
will be fully bound a n d cast into the "bottomless pit" (Matt.
12 : 25-29). Then all the nations whom he deceived by blinding
163
deceptions, shall be liberated from the p r i s o ~ ~ - I ~ o ~of~ sdeath,
t\
through the way of escape whicll Christ's ransol11 - sacrifice 408 T o confirm our faith in this time-feature of the Scriptures,
provided, symbolised in the Pyramid by the Well-shaft. the Divine Architect provided another corroborative time-measure-
406 T h e duration of the " Present Evil World," anti the short rnent in the Great Pyramid, which demonstrates that tlle Pit, the
period of preparation for its dissolution, 1874 to 1914 A.D. (See symbol of destruction, indicates the time of preparation from 1874
No. 2 on page 24), are indicated in the Great Pyramid by the A.D. when the Lord came again, gathering the nations to pour upon
following time -measurement: T h e vertical line of the roof- thern his fierce anger a n d fiery indignation (Zeph. 3 :8), a n d 1914-
commencement of the Descending Patssage marks the date of the I ~ / ~ A . Dwhen,
. in the breaking-out of the great World W a r , this
flood, which is the beginning of the Present Evil W o r l d " (Secs. vengeance against Christendom began to run its appointed course
XXIV and XXX). Starting from this point, a n d measuring down (See Studies in the Scriptz~res,Vol. IV, pages 542-550).
the floor-line of the passage, then along the Small Horizontal 409 T h i s time-measurement, while coinciding with the one
above, is distinct, a n d is therefore an added confirmation. In some
respects we require greater aids for faith in things that are past,
W
H I L E the Subterranean Chamber sytnbolises the
"Bottomless Pit," where Satan is to lie bound for a
lhousand years, it also symbolises the "lake of fire a n d
brimstone," which is the Second Death (Rev. 21: 8).
A f t e r the 1000-year reign of Christ, when the Adamic death will
have been destroyed through the process of resurrection (I Cor.
15 : 25, 26 ; Hosea 13: 141, Satan is to be loosed from the Bottomless
Pit for a "little season." H e will g o out a n d again seek to deceive
tlie nations, the number of whom will then be a s the sand of ,the
sea-shore for multitude (Rev. 20 : 7-10). This "little season" will
be the "harvest" period of the Millennia] Age, when all the
righteous will demonstrate their loyalty to God by resisting the
wiles of the adversary, a n d when all not in heart-harmony with the
righteous Judge will b e destroyed in the second death.
417 During the judgments of that d a y which God has appointed,
some will prove incorrigible even after a hundred years trial, a n d
will suffer the curse of the second death (Isa. 65 : 20); while others
will yield only "feigned obedience" till the end of the thousand
years, when the final test will reveal their true character (Psa.
18 :44, margin). None shall be permitted to live who do not love
the Lord with all their heart, soul a n d mind, a n d their neighbour
a s themselves.
418 T h e origin of the symbolical "lake of fire a n d brimstone"
is shown in Jer. 19 : 5, 6, where we read: "They have built also the
high places of Baal, to burn their sons with fire for burnt offerings
unto Baal, which I commanded not, nor spake it, neither came it
into my mind. Therefore, behold, the days come, saith the Lord,
t h a t this place shall no more be called 'Tophet,' nor ' T h e valley
show that the floor-end of the Small Horizontal Passage i n the of the son of Hinnom,' but ' T h e valley of slaughter.'" T h e name
a t Tophet" given to the valley of the son of Hinnom, or Gehenna
Pit indicates the date 1874 A.D., when the preparation for the
dissolution of the kingdoms of this world began, the present time- a s it is called in the Greek New Testament, is evidently derived
measurement allows us to regard the north wall of the Pit as, in from the same root a s toph, which in Isa. 30: 32 is translated
the general sense, also indicating the date 1914-15 A.D., a n d thus " tabrets," i.e., drums (See Strong's Concordance.-" Gehenna " is
enables other time-features of the P l a n of God to be corroborated the Greek form of the Hebrew " G a y Hinnom." A ay is a deep
b y the Pyramid.
valley " ).
E
sorge or ravine, and should not he translated by the nglish word
169
a s the east wall of the charnber (See Vol. I, plate XII). T h e floor
419 By the noise of tabrets or drums the priests of Baal sought of the southward passage, however, is lower than t h a t of the other.
to drown the cries of the little ones who were being offered in According to Professor Flinders Petrie, the vertical distance
sacrifice to the terrible Moloch. Because of this abomination the between the levels of these two floors is 39 inches, while our own
Lord cursed the valley of IIinnom, a n d in harmony with this curse measuring made it 37%. Measuring in this Subterranean Chamber
Jesus used this valley a s a figure to symbolise the "lake of fire a n d is difficult, owing to the darkness of the place, the uneasy floor, a n d
brimstone," the second death, into which Satan a n d all who follow the somewhat rough nature of the wall surfaces. Therefore, a
him shall be cast a t the end of the Millennia1 reign of Christ. meau between these two measures may be considered a s close to
420 This just retribution upon Satan, the instigator of the c r ~ ~ e l the actual vertical distance, tlamely, in Pyramid inches, 38.3591 +.
worship of Moloch, seems to be foretolti in Isa. 30 :27-33 under T h e bore of the southward passage is very small, measuring only
cover of the Assyrian king. T h e passage reads : "Behold, the 29 inches in height a n d width (See Vol. I, plate LXXVII).
name of the Lord cometh from afar, burning with his anger, a n d
the burden thereof is heavy: his lips are full of indignation, and 425 T h e whole appearance of the Subterranean Chamber gives
the impressiori of its being a rock-cut tomb, except for its uneven
.
his tongue a s a devouring fire . . For through the voice [truth] of floor. W e know that the subterranean chambers of the other
the Lord shall the Assyrian be beaten down, which smote with a pyra~rlidswere intended to serve a s sepulchres, for in each of them
rod . . . for Tophet [the valley of Hinnom, or Gehenna] is ordained a large stone sarcophagus has ~ ~ s u a l been
ly found. W e h a d t h e
of old ; yea, for the king it is prepared; he hath made it deep and opportunity in 1 9 1 2 of examining a number oferock-cut tombs in
l a r g e : the pile thereof is fire a n d much wood; the breath of the
the "valley of the dead bodies" near- Jerusalem. In many of these
Lord, like a stream of brimstone, doth kindle it." the sepulchral apartment lies behind the first rock-cut chamber,
421 In this connection we may mention that, just a s Gehenna, which was apparently used a s a vestibule. Leading inward from
which runs along the south side of Jerusalem, is used in the the back wall of this first chamber is a low narrow passage,
Scriptures a s a symbol of the second death from which there will through which we had to creep on hands a n d knees in order to
be no resurrection, so the valley of Jehoshaphat or Kedron, which reach the sepulchre. T h e doorways o f these low passages very
runs along the east side of the city, is used a s a syrnbol of the first much resemble the doorway of the little south blind passage'in the
or Adamic death, from which a resurrection is assuretl because of rock-cut chamber of the Great Pyramid.
the ransom-sacrifice of Jesus Christ. 426 O u r thought is that this blind passage is intended to carry
422 It is for this reason that the Jews, even a t this day, desire on the symbolism of the Pit, so a s to fill out the number of Pyrainid
above all things to be buried i n the valley of Jehoshaphat, for they inches necessary to agree with the complete period of years during
believe that the resurrection a n d final judgment will take place which the second death will be operative, i.e., from 1914 to 2914 A.D.
here (See Joel 3 : 1, 2, 12-14). T h i s explains why the valley is now
filled with tombstones. T h e cemeteries cover the slope of the 427 W e found that the further south end of this passage is very
rough, so that while our measure for the length of the passage to
Mount of Olives over all that part which lies opposite the temple- the deepest part of the rough terminal was about 644 Pyramid
area (See Vol. I, Plate CIX). T h e valley of Jehoshaphat is inches, it was only about 640 to the most prominent projection (See
evidently the "vakley of dry ?)ones" referred to by Ezekiel (chapter the account of our measuring operations in this passage in Vol. I,
37), and it is no doubt because of this prophecy t h a t the Jews Par. 305). A n average length of 641% (or 64/.5206+1 Pyramid
firmly believe that the resurrection will take place here. i?zches is, therefore, a fair statement of the length of this passage.
(Professor Flinders Petrie's measure, an approximate one and
423 If the second death is symbolised in the Great Pyramid b y taken to the deepest part of the unfinished end, is about 645
the Pit, it might properly be asked if it in any way indicates the Pyramid inches.)
great judgment day during which the second death will be 428 T h e width of the Pit, from the north wall to the south wall,
operative. W e believe that the purpose of the mysterious little and measured along the east wall is, according to Professor
blind passage, which runs for a considerable distance horizontally Flirtders Petrie (converting his British inches to Pyrarrlid inches)
southward from tlle Pit, was intended by the ancient Architect to 325.5741. Our own measurerncnt, b y steel tape stretched directly
be used in connection with this time-feature. a n d horizontally across the charriber from the west side of the
A24 T h e doorway of the little southward passage is exactly doorway of the Small Horizontal Passage on the north, to the wall
opposite the doorway of the passagc b y which access is gained to above the roof of the doorway of the little south blind passage, is,
the Pit, the east walls of the two passages running in the same line
170 171
i n Pyramid inches,324.93, which is the irleasure we adopt a s being floor-levels, is, pl-acticall y , a round I000 Py(rmid inches. ( W e
probably a s nearly correct a s c a n b e determined; for i t must b e note, also, t h a t the diagonal of t h e Subterranean Chamber, from,
remembered t h a t the walls of the Pit, though fairly even, a r e say, the north-east corner horizontally to the south-west corner,
roughly circssed, a s is shown in our nllnlerous photographs i s practically t h e same a s the average length of the little south-
presentetl in Vol. I of Great Pvr-~z~nid Passages. wartl passage, being, according to the theoretical width arid
429 T h e theoretical width of the Pit, from nortli to south w i ~ l l s , length of the chamber, 641.8055+ Pyramid inches.)
i s 324.9321 i- Pyvalnid i~zches,a n d is thus practically confirmed by 432 T h e roufih uncven blind terlllinus of the southward passage
our actual measuring. T h e lelrgth of the Pit, fro111 e a s t to west conveys the same thought a s t h e broken unfinished floor of the Pit,
walls, i s stated b y Professor F l i n d e r s Petrie to b e (when convcrted namely, endlessness. F o r just a s the irtegular floor of the one
to Pyramid i n c h e s ) ; along the north wall, 553.5459, a n d along suggests a botto~trlcss chamber, so t h e rough end of tlie other
the south wall, 5517.9465. T h e theoretical length is practically suggests an r~t1lllcs.spassage. Thus, although the secoijd death will
the s a m e a s Professor Pctrie's measure along thc north wall, cease to be operative by t l ~ eclose of the "little season" (Rev. 21 : 4)
name1y, 553.4650 + Pyl-nt~lidi7rcltcs. a t the end of the thousand years, yet those who enter this way wilI
never return ; they shall have " everlasting destruction fsom t h e
presence of the Lord, a n d from the glory of llis power" (2 'Thess.
1 : 8, 9). " T h e L o r d preserveth all them t h a t love him : but all t h e
wicked will he destroy," not preserve i n torment, nor in a n y
condition whatsoever (Psa. 145 : 20).
the Descending Passage, is, b y measure, about 37% inches. (This 1 1 1 ~S I I I * Lliorizontal
II Passage. W e found the height a t the north-
vertical measurement was taken in March, 1912,when we revisited ( . ; I \ ( (.orncr of the chamber to be 85.25 British inches. Considering
the Great Pyramid. In Par. 291 of Vol. I, attention is drawn to it.) ilrc somewhat uneven character of the roof of the Pit (See Vol. I,
Thus, the floor-level of the Small Horizontal Passage is about 1 % I'ar. 308), a mean of these three measures, or about 85% British
inches above the level of the lower extremity of the Descending inches ( 8 5 -7142-1- Pyramid inches), may be taken a s a reasonably
Passage floor. accurate fiqure for the vertical height of the Pit roof-level above
443 These measures are in British inches. If we require the the roof-level of the Small Horizontal Passage (See diagram, page
probable more accurate Pyramid-inch measures, they are, for 176). Thus, the vertical height from the level of the lower
height of Small Horizontal Passage, 35.9941 +; above floor-end of extremily of the Descending Passage floor, up to the mean
Descending Passage, 37.21 12 + ; a n d for floor-level of the Small roof-level of the Pit, is, a s stated in Par. 437, /22.9255+
Horizontal Passage above the floor-end of Descending Passage, Pyrnmid inches.
1.2/7/+.
444 The roof-length of the Small Horizontal Passage leading to the
Pit, Professor Flinders Petrie does not particularly specify.
Col. Howard Vyse gave it roughly a s 27 feet, i.e., 324 British inches.
O u r own measuring gave the length more exactly a s 325% British
inches, i.e., from the roof-terminal of the Descending Passage,
horizontally to the north wall of the Pit. T h i s is the distance
along the west side; the roof-distance along the east side is a little
shorter. W e can say that the roof-length of the Small Horizontal
Passage is the same a s the width of the Pit, 324.9321 +Pyramid
inches, when measured along the west side.
445 The small Recess which is hewn out in the roof a n d west
side of the Small Horizontal Passage, is described a n d illustrated
by our photographs in Vol. I, Pars. 303, 304- This peculiar little
Chamber is, roughly, six feet square; its height varic's, the roof
being very irregular. T h e walls, although fairly square arrd
upright, are rather uneven, making i t difficult to get definite
dimensions. T h i s unevenness may b e partly intentional, but
exfoliation has certainly reduced the original surfaces.
446 According to Professor Flinders Petrie, the distance from
the north wall of the Recess, southward to the north wall of the
Pit, is 128 British inches. Our measurement, which is 126% British
inches, was talren along the roof-line, from a part of the 1101th
wall of the Recess which appeared to be of the original surface.
In Pyramid inches this is 126.623. There is a theoretical distance
for this rock-cut part of the Pyramid, which is close to the practical
178
barbarism of the times quickly extinguished the sparks of truth
t h a t appeared from time to time. Yet the dominion of the Roman
pontiffs, impregnable a n d durable a s it seemed to be, was gradually
undermined and weakened i n this century, partly b y the rash
insolence of the pontiffs themselves, a n d partly by the occurrence
SECTION XXXVI of certain unexpected events.
452 " T h e commencement of this important change must be
THE DAWNO F THE REFORMATION referred to the contest between Boniface VIII, who governed the
Latin church a t the beginning of this century, a n d Philip the Fair,
king of France. T h i s high-minded sovereign first taught the
EMARKABLE agreement is thus f a r proved to exist between
" n o t of this world," the Church should not be in the ascendant, (1440), a n d awakened in many minds the love of truth a n d liberty,
but should be subject t o the civil powers in whatever did not did not appear to create uneasiness to the h e a d s of the Apostate
affect its true spiritual interest. H a d this advice been taken, t h e Church. T h e cause of this fancied security was that none dared
Reformation wo111dhave proceeded rapidly, a n d the time of trouble to resolutely attack the supposed canonical authority of the R o m a n
upon t h e world would have been averted in large measure. But bishops. Education h a d not yet become general, a n d the great
only a few learned t h e lesson, a n d only a few, therefore, were Inass of the people, still ignorant a n d superstitious, reverenced t h e
prepared for the doctrinal reforms taught b y Wycliffe. The pope ;IS Christ's vicegerent. W i t h such power a t their command,
world in general continued on its downward course to destruction. t h e pontiffs were able not only to punish a n d coerce the refractory,
486 O n t h e other h a n d , Wycliffe's d a t e is indicated a t t h e but also t o buy over with honours a n d rich emoluments their more
summit of t h e Well, because the chief part of his work, a s we dangerous enemies.
have observed, consisted in malting clear the Scriptural doctrine 489 Hence, " t h e Roman bishops reigned securely a n d free
of t h e ranso~il-sacrificeo r Jesus Christ, by faith in which men fro111 every fear, giving way tu their lusts, a n d vices of every sort,
s t a n d on the plane of justification (See diagram, page 46), just a s they were impelled by a n innate depravity of mind." As
symbolised in t h e Great P y r a m i d by the level of the summit of the a n illustration of t h e gross lack of judgment a n d depth of
Well-shaft, which is also the level of the Queen's Chamber floor. depravity to which the world had descended a t the close of t h e
T h e ultimate outcome of Christ's work, s o f a r a s the world in 15th century, the conclave of cardinals in I492 elected a very
I(
general is concerned, will be the post-millennia1 perfection with monster of a m a n " to t h e papal throne. T h i s pope, Alexander
eternal life, to all such as pass t h e final test of loyalty, symbolised VI, is justly called the Nero of pontiffs, because of his horrid
b y the Queen's Chamber, the north wall of which is now seen to crimes a n d villainies. H e died suddenly in I503 A.D., through
indicate t h e d a t e when this perfection will be attained, a n d t h e t a k i n g poison which he hat1 prepared for others. H i s successor,
test begin. Julius 11, was almost a s villainous, having besides other vices
"
487 Although t h e Reformation ~ i n d e rthe Reformer H u s s w a s very great ferocity, arrogance, vanity, a n d a mad passion for
largely of a national character, it neverthelcss h a d its religious war."
side. Mosheim s a y s t h a t H u s s "publicly preached a n d recom- 490 W i t h such debased minds i n unassailable control of the
mended the opinions a n d the books of John Wycliffe." Huss, religious system, who can wonder a t the general degradation a n d
therefore, carried on Wycliffe's reform work, exposing the errors gross immorality for which this period of Church history is
of Antichrist, a n d directing t h e truth-seeker to Christ's sacrifice a s notorious. Although many good men strove against the dreadful
a satisfaction to justice. H i s date, 1391 A.D., 13 years after corruption, they were powerless to stem the downward course.
Wycliffe's date (See page 109), is indicated by the centre of the P a p a c y only laughed a t a n y attempt to s h a k e its power, which
upper Well-mouth, which, as shall b e pointed out later, i s about even the early Reformers Marsiglio, Wycliffe a n d Huss, with all
26% inches wide. their helpers, had apparently been 11nable to curb for long. Never-
190 191
theless, the dawn of the Reformation had passed, and the sun, that Luther fully realised the anti-christian character of the
temporarily obscured with clouds, was soon to shine forth and Papacy, a n d a t the diet of Worms boldly defied that system (page
flood the world with light. 131). It was on the 26th of May, 1521, which is about the middle
491 Soames, in his preface to Moslieim's Ecclesicrstical Historjt, of the year, that the official bill of outlawry was signed and issued
Vol. 111, remarks: " W h e n the sixteenth century opened, Rome against Luther.
had apparently regained much of the ground that she had lost a t 495 In the Great Pyramid, the division of Christendom, or
a former period. But this appearance was delusive. A temporary "Babylon the Great," which is symbolised by the lower reach of
calm had come over the religious world, leaving all the materials the Descending Passage, is appropriately marked by the junction
for a mighty storm in full, though conceale? activity. By that of the Descending and Horizontal Passages. In Section XXXII
very calm was the explosion hastened." While the Roman we have shown that the extremity of the Small Horizontal
pontiff thought everything safe a n d settled, a n d all pious a n d Passage floor in the Pit indicates the date 1874 A.D., while the
good men were nearly in despair of the religious reformation, s o date 1914 A.D. when the "Gentle Times" ended, is indicated
earnestly desired, a certain obscure a n d inconsiderable monk in vertically underneath the 1874 point, by the produced floor-line of
Saxony, a province of Germany, suddenly opposed himself single- the Descending Passage (See No. 4 in the diagram, page 176).
handed with incredible resolr~tionto the power of Rome. T h i s 496 T h e floor-level of the Small Horizontal Passage is ( a s we
was Martin
cL
Luther." have noted in Section XXXV) nearly 1% inches vertically above
492 Luther was possessed of extraordinary talents, uncommon the lower terminal of the Descending Passage floor. If we
genius, a copious memory, astonishing industry a n d perseverance, produce the horizontal floor-line of the former, till it intersects the
superior eloquence, a greatness of soul that rose above all human inclined floor-line of the latter (See the diagram on page
weaknesses, a n d consummate erudition for the age in which he 176), we shall find that this point indicates the date 1521 A.D.,
lived." It was under this great Reformer, who was also ably or i:' we measure down the Descending Passage floor from
seconded by other leaders a n d men of learning, such a s the Point of Intersection" which we have already seen to
Melanchon, a n d Zwingle, that "Babylon the Great," falsely calletl mark Autumn of the year 1512 B.c., to the point which is in
"Christendom," was spit into two divisions, Catholicism a n d horizontal alignment of the Small Horizontal Passage floor, this
Protestantism (Sec. XXIII). point, which is about 2% inches (2.7469i- Pyramid inches) short of
493 Luther was impelled to proclain the Scriptural truths the terminal of the Descending Passage's inclined floor, marks the
which his studies had revealed to him, because of the shameless middle of the year 1521 A.D. (In this instance we are using
sale of Indulgences which the "Holy Catholic" church sanctioned. approximate measures that are sufficiently close to indicate the
This pious fraud was being energetically imposed upon the dates referred to.)
ignorant a n d timorous people, in order to extract money for com- 497 From this date, 1521 A.D., the two main divisions of
pleting the great church of St. Peter in Rome, which pope Babylon the Great diverged from each other under the
Julius I1 had recently begun to build. Luther was moved with enlightening process of education; but the spirit of the religious
indignation, a n d on the 1st of October, 1517 A.D., publicly exposed Reformation ceased toward the end of the 16th century. By that
on the church door a t Witternberg his 95 proposi.tlons, in which he time the reforming party, the Protestants, had divided into three
censured the Indulgence-traffickers a n d the pope himself, for great Church-state systems, the Lutherans, the Auglicans, and the
thus diverting the people from the blood of Christ a s the only Presbyterians. 'Phe Papacy, the head of the "beast" which had
propitiation for their sins. been apparently wounded to death by the work of Martin Luther
494 T h i s was the beginning of Luther's active reform work; (Rev. 13 : 3), had recovered from the blow, partly owing to the
but he had not a t first any thought of assailing the Papal division among the Protestants, a n d partly, also, because of a
hierarchy. Mosheim says : "Luther admitted the pope's authority counter reform movement in the Papal system itself.
to excuse the human penalties for sin, or those appointed by t h e 498 Untler the influence of these four powerful Church-state
church a n d the papal s e e ; but denied his power to release from systems, Scripturally denominated "Mother" and " Daughters,"
the divine penalties, either of the present, or the future world; (Rev. 17: 51, men again bound themselves firmly in their creeds.
maintaining, on the contrary, that these divine punishments must A s proof of this, there is the well-known fact that during the past
b e removed either by the merits of Jesus Christ, or b y voluntary three centuries no nation previously Roman Catholic has become
penances undertaken by the sinner." It was not until 1521 A.D. Protestant, or previousljr Protestant has become Roman Catholic.
192 N I93
Concerning the close of the Reformation a t the enti of the 16th power a t the completion of the "Times of the Gentiles," 393 years
century, the Rev. Thomas Witherow, Professor of Church History after its great division in 1521 A.D. (See diagram, page 128).
i n Magee College, Londonderry, writes in The History of the 503 T h e Great Pyramid corroborates the Scriptural indication,
Reformation, Bible Class Primer, pages 82, 83, a s follows :
a6
that Catholicism and Protestantism, the two divisions of "Babylon
499 Whether owing to these means of counteraction, or that the G r e a t " or Antichrist, also called in the Scriptures the "beast"
the movement h a d simply spent its force, with the year 1580 the a n d the " false prophet," shall both be destroyed in the "lake of
Reformation reached its close. During the sixty years of its fire a n d brimstone" symbolised by the Pit (Rev. 18 : 2-8; 19 : 20).
existence (1520-1580) it exercised intense influence over Europe. " T h e n shall that wicked [Antichrist, or "Babylon thc Grcat"] be
It gained to its side the majority in North Germany, Denmark, revealed, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of his
Sweden, Norway, England, Scotland a n d Holland. It was mouth [present truth], a n d shall destroy with the brightness of his
checked, however, a n d won but a minority in Switzerland, France, Presence (2 Thess. 2 : 8).
a n d Hungary. In Belgium, Italy, a n d Spain, i t was extinguished
i n blood. Its direct influence was not felt anywhere outside
Northern a n d Western Europe; the Greek Church remained
untouched.
500 "By 1580 the movement was a t a n end. T h e religious
fervour of the first Reformers h a d then cooled. T h e great leaders
h a d gone down to the grave. Their followers had divided into
parties-Lutherans, Presbyterians, a n d Anglicans, a n d hat1 began
t o strive with each other. A s tht:y grew weak by division, the
members of the Romish Church became more united among them-
selves, a n d more active in their work. T h e abuses, which had
m a d c for them so many enemies, now withdrew out of sight.
Political arrangements raised a wall of separation between
Protestant a n d Catholic countries. Men were no longer open to
persuasion on religion. E a c h man had taken his side, a n d
refused to change. T h e children of each new generation inherited
the convictions a n d antipathies of their parents. Parties crystal-
lized each around its own principle, a n d refused to melt again
under !py ordinary solvent.
501 Since 1580, individual changes have been frequent, a n d
new nations, not then in existence, have come into being, more
especially in America: but, leaving out of sight the conquests of
modern missions in Madagascar a n d the southern seas, Protes-
tantism, since the sixteenth century, has not been adopted a s the
faith of any people who were previously in subjection to the Pope
. . . T h e countries which were Protestant in 1580 a r e Protestant
still."
T
HE passage leading to the Pit, changing a s it does from a
steep downward, to a horizontal, direction, evidently 509 "It was a s~lblimea n d perfect piece of retribution, which
represents the fact that through the invention of the art s o amazed the world a t the end of the eighteenth century ; this
of printing, and the work of the Reformation, the people proscription of the Romish Church by that very French Nation
in general have been awakened from their long slumber of that slaughtered myriads of Protestants a t her bidding; . . . a n d
ignorance a n d superstitious reverence for kings a n d clergy, a n d this overthrow of territorial Popedom by that very French Nation,
have secured liberty by means of which they have successfully which, just one thousand years ago, had, under Pepin and
fought many of the influences that were slowly but surely Charlemagne, conferred these territories [See No. 5, page 241.
degrading them. Multitudes imagined that the Papacy was at the point of death,
505 Thus the downward course of the world has been stayed, a n d asked, would Pius V I be the last pontiff, and if the close
a n d men have begun fondly to dream that a great movement h a s of the eighteenth century would be signalised by the fall of the
been instituted which will eventuate in the uplift of the world. Papal dynasty [See pages 134, 1351. But the French Revolution
Many schemes for social improvement have been devised a n d was the beginning, and not the e n d of the judgment; France had
attempted, but they have hitherto met with only partial success. but begun to execute the doom."
T h e great stumbling-block to their accomplishment is man's
imperfection. It has been found impossible to abolish insanity, s r o T h e French Revolution is represented in the Great
disease, sin a n d death, and the reign of selfishness is manifested Pyramid by the Recess in the Small Horizontal Passage which
in the classes a n d the masses using their knowledge and liberty leads to the Pit. O n measuring northward along the roof-line
for their own aggrandisement, instead of obeying the golden rule from the north wall of the Pit, symbolical of the final destruction,
a n d each seeking the general good of the community. the north wall of the Recess is found to indicate the year 1789 A.D.
506 T h e most pronounced attempt in the direction of the social (See diagram, page 176). From 1789 t o 1915 A.D. is 126 years, and
a n d political uplift was the French Revolution, which broke out in the theoretical, standard, distance between the north walls of the
the year 1789 A.D., and soon after, under Napoleon, brought to a n Recess a n d Pit is 125.9031 + Pj'ramid inches.
end the Papal millennia1 reign. Regarding this breaking of t h e 511 While practical measuring a t this rock-cut part of the
sovereign power of Papacy a t the French Revolution, and the Pyramid, a s we explain in Section XXXV, gave a figure of about
liberty and freedom of conscience thereby gained, Thomas H. Gill 126% British inches (126.623 Pyramid inches) when taken along
says in his work The Papal Drama: the roof-line of the Small Horizontal Passage, it is possible that
507 "In no work of the French Revolution is its retributive exfoliation of the wall surfaces during the many centuries since
character more strikingly or solemnly apparent than in its this little chamber was cut, will have increased the original
dealings with the Roman Church a n d Papal power. It especially dimensions to some extent. It will be correct to say, a t a11 events,
became France, which after so fierce a struggle had rejected the that a s the line of the large Subterranean Chamber's north wall
Reformation, a n d perpetrated such enormous crimes in the process marks the date 19/4-1915 AD., so the first inch a t the north end of
of rejection, to turn its fury against that very Roman Church on the little Recess represents the first year of the French Revolution,
whose behalf it h a d been so wrathful, . . . to abolish Roman when the "tenth part of the city," mystic Babylon the Great,
Catholic worship, to massacre multitudes of priests in the streets misnamed Christendom, fell-Rev. 1 1 : 13; 17 : 5, 18. One would
of her great towns, to hunt them down through her length a n d think that the ancient workmen had a t first intended to hollow out
I97
the large Subterranean Chamber a t this point, but afterwards h a d
c h a n g e d their original purpose, a n d pushed on the Small
Horizontal Passage a few feet further south, before finally
excavating t h a t large apartment (See Vol. I, Par. 304).
512 'The Recess looks like a miniature Pit, except t h a t in this
case the roof, a n d not the floor, has been left in a n unfinished SECTION XL
condition. T h e Recess therefore represents the greater freedom
of thought a n d liberty brought about b y the French Revolution;
but a t the same time i t foreshadows the great time of trouble, the
beginning of which was to be delayed till the completion of the
period of the "time of t h e e n d " (See page 134). CCORDING to the Prophet Daniel's inspired interpretation,
513 Though the French Revolution helped to break down
much of the ignorance a n d superstition which still clung to t h e
people, and weakened the kingdoms of this world, it did not bring
about the "desire of all nations," good government with peace a n d
A each of the four sections of the great metallic image
seen in vision by Nebuchadnezzar, symbolised a phase
of the Gentile dominion (Dan. 2). In another vision,
granted to Daniel (Chap. 7), these phases are seen in a different
contentment. O n the contrary, the wonderful inventions which aspect. From Nebuchadnezzar's viewpoint the Gentile nations
have resulted from greater knowledge a n d liberty are but were to be admired a s being like a great m a n ; but from the view-
increasing the wealth a n d luxury of the rich, while the poor a r e point of God's servant they appeared beast-like. T h u s :
still wretched. Giant corporations and trusts have sprung into
existence, which tend to grind the people down. There is a Universal E ~ n p i r:~ Nebuchadnezzar's vision : L)anielJsvision :
general feeling of unrest, and the widespread discontent is made Babylonia,
1. = head of gold, = lion with eagle's wings.
apparent i n tlie rapid rise of Socialism a n d Anarchy. Soon we
2. Medo-Persia, = chest of silver,
may expect so great a n upheaval that the Rcvolt~tionof 1789 A.D. = bear raised on one side.
will b y comparison appear insignificant. 3. Greece, = abdomen of brass, = leopard with four heads.
514 Instructed by the Word of the Lord the people of God 4. Pagan Rome, out = legs of iron, which = ferocious beast withiron
foresaw that the final upheaval w o ~ ~ lbegiri,
d chronologically, in o f which grew terminated in feet. teeth, out of the head
t h e year 1914-1.915 AD., the date which is marked in a general Papal Rome. of iron and clay, of whichgrew a "little
horn" that had eyes,
way by the north wall of the Subterranean Chamber [ W e , there- and a mouth speaking
fore, wrote in the I913 Edition of this 2nd Volume of Great Pyramid great things.
Passages: "By the year / ~ / ? A . D this
. Present Evil World will be
s w e p t into utter destruction, Gehenna, symbolised in the Great 517 A s Babylonia w a s likened to the head of gold, a n d a s t h e
Pyramid b y the Pit"]. W h e n the great World W a r began to head represents the whole body, all the Gentile empires m a y
rage in 1.914 A.D. the w a y was paved for the overthrow of the properly be said to bear the name "Babylon." S o also in the
"kingdoms of this world " ; ancl some of the more autocratic of antitype, " Baby1011the Great," the name of the first, or " mother '*
these kingdoms have already f a l l e n ; a n d this levelling process phase of Christendom, applies equally to the " daughter " phases
I
will continue. of that system. "Bal)ylon" is a family name, for the same spirit of
515 But, thank God, this levelling down of the present order of pride a n d arrogance which animated Nebuchadnezzar the first
things, which might seem to be the total e n d of all hope for Babylonia11 king (Dan. 4 : 30, 37), lias continued to actuate every
mankind, will be God's opportt~nityin establishing the everlasting ruler throughout the entire period of Gentile dominion.
Kingdom of H i s dear Son a n d joint-heirs: for "the judgment shall 518 From 606 B.c when the ancient Babylonian empire was set
sit, a n d they shall take a w a y his [Antichrist's] dominion, to up in universal power, till 70 A.D., Fleshly Israel was under the
consume a n d to destroy it unto the end. A n d the kingdom a n d domination of the four successive Gentile nations (See diagram,
dominion, a n d the greatness of the kingdom under the whole
heaven, shall be given to the people of t h e saints of the most
H i g h , whosc kingdom i s a n everlasting kingdom, a n d all
page 200). So, during the Gospel A g e from 539 A.D. when
"Mystic Babylon the G r e a t " was set up in power, till 1.915 A.D.,
Spiritual Israel has been under four corresponding phases of Anti-
j
dominions shall serve a n d obey him " (Dan. 7 :25-27).
198
christ. This correspondency i s shown in the 13th chapter of
I99 I
I
Revelation. John beheld a beast like a leopard rise out of the
sea. It had the feet of a bear, a n d spoke with the voice of a lion;
a n d power was given to it by the dragon.
T
HE upper mouth of the Well-shaft is situated on the west
where. Eventually, in 1618 A.D., a violent religious conflict broke side, near the north wall, of the Grand Gallery (See
out between the Protestant a n d Papal divisions of Christendom, in the sketch of this Well-mouth on page 93). Definite
which each tried t o exterminate the other. This lasted till 1648 dimensioris of the Well-mouth are difficult to obtain,
A.D., and i s known in history a s the "Thirty Years' War." T h e owing to its fractured surroundings. Professor C. Piazzi Smyth
outcome of this long conflict was that the people became tired of s his L(/'Eand Work at the Great
gives a list ot m e a s u r e ~ n e n ~in
all religious differences, a n d the celebrated treaty called the Pyramid, Vol. 11, but a s he has given no explanatory diagrams, it
"Peace of Westphalia " was signed, in October 1648 A.D. is not easy always to follow his meaning. Professor Flinders
Although the pope clamoured loudly against the treaty, none of Petrie does not give many details of this part of the Pyramid, a n d
t h e rulers who favoured his cause dared to interrupt the terms of refers his readers to Professor Smyth's publication.
peace, which were duly ratified in 1650. 536 Recognisirlg the symbolical importance of the Well-mcuth,
533 T h i s treaty, one of the most important in European history, we devoted much time to i t during our second visit to the Pyramid
became the basis of all subsequent treaties up till the French in 1912. W e verified all our measurement b y various methods;
Revolution, a n d may be regarded a s the beginning of the fourth a n d although our results differ slightly from those of Professors
phase of Christendom. It corresponds to the date 197 ;.C., when Smyth ant1 Petrie, we believe that the figures which we show in
t h e Roman power may be said to have begun b y the Peace of the diagrams on pages 206 a n d 207, are a s nearly correct a s it is
Macedonia" (See diagram, page 200). T h e American W a r of possiblc to determine, considering the now somewhat dilapidatrd
Independence a n d the French Revolution, are decided evidences condition of the wall surfaces.
of the growth in the power of the people. 537 In the 1913 Edition of this 2nd Volume of Great Pyramid
534 A n d now, general knowledge is increasing so greatly, Passages we gave the measures in British inches. In this present
overthrowing reverence for both Church and State, that shortly revised Edition we have expressed all these measllres in Pjramid
these shall be overwhelmed in a time of trouble such a s was inches, but again point out that, in this part also, slightly varying
not sirice there was a nation, just a s predicted by our Lord dimensions arc possible, a n d may probably have been intended.
(Dan. 12 : 1, 4 ; Matt. 24 : 21). T h e disintegration of the great T h e figures we give are, so far a s we ;ire able to determine, the
Antichrist system will be s o complete, that "one stone shall standard in Pyramid inches for each rrleasured part.
not be left standing upon another" T h e foreordained period of
Seven Times " of Gentile oppression has expired, a n d Jerusalem,
46
538 T h e horizontal distance from the north wall of the Grand
either spiritual or earthly, shall no longer be trodden down as Gallery, to the south edge of the Well-mouth, is, according to
formerly. Christ now reigns, a n d has already begun to vindicate Professor Smyth, 49.2507, but according to Professor Petrie it is
himself on behalf of his own. from 48-6513 to 48.951, inches. 49.0576-t Pyramid ii~chesis, there-
fore, a fair mean distance, which we have adopted.
I
540 According to the above, the horizontal distance from t h e NASMUCH a s the Descending Passage represents the down-
north wall of the Grand Gallery, to the north edge of the Well- ward course of the Gentiles, a n d the First Ascending
mouth, is 22.421 1 +, a n d the inclined distance along the floor-line Passage the people of Israel, the "Point of Intersection"
of the Grand Gallery is 25.0106+, Pyramid inches, taking the angle where the two passages diverge may be considered a s
of 26" 18'9"-7 for the Gallery's ascent. indicating the date of the Nation of Israel's separation from the
other nations of earth, namely, the Exodus from Egypt, 1 6 1 5 ~ 1 . ~ .
541 T h e width of the Well-mouth from east to west, that is, (See Bible dates, Sec. In).
from the line of the west wall of the First Ascending Passage 546 W e have demonstrated b y a number of time-calculations
(which is continuous with the front surface of the west Ramp), t o that the date of the flood, when the "Present Evil World" began,
the west wall of the Grand Gallery is 20% inches, in a round is marked a t the north end of the Descending Passage by the
figure. W e measured this several times, a n d in different ways, vertical line of the roof-commencement (Secs. XXX and XXXII).
always finding the same result. More accurately, in Pyramid T h e npper portion of the Descending Passage, therefore, which
inches, this east-to-west width is 20-2644-t . lies between the roof-commencement and the "Point of Inter-
542 T h e depth of the recessed portion of the Grand Gallery section," should in some way correspond to the time from the flood
west wall, which was presumabljr a t one time filled in with part to the Exodus.
of the now missing Ramp-stone, is about 6% inches (See sectional 547 Although the floor-distance is too great, this period of the
diagram, page 207). T h e full width from east to west is, in Bible chronology is nevertheless approximately corroborated b y
Pyramid inches, 26.5831 + , which is the same, practically, a s t h e the horizontal distance between these two fixed points. From the
width from north to south. flood to the Exodus i s 857% years. T h e horizontal distance
referred to is 862.3/38+ Pyramid inches.-See diagram, page 210.
543 T h e floor of the little horizontal passage which leads from
the Grand Gallery westward to the shaft of the Well, is much 548 When God separated the Nation of Israel t o be a "peculiar
fractured. T h e highest level is in the north-east corner, about 26 t r e a s ~ ~"r eunto himself, he commanded the people through Moses
inches (or 25-9070+Pyramid inches) vertically below the level of not to intermarry with the Gentiles. Although they occasionally
the break-off in the inclined floor of the Grand Gallery. T h i s disregarded this injunction, yet in the main they held themselves
level for the floor of the little westward passage is in the same aloof from the other nations; and God dealt with this Nation
horizontal line a s the floor-level of the Queen's Chamber (See according to promise, saying, "You only have I known of %11 the
upper diagram, page 206). families of the earth" (Amos 3 : 2). From the time of this
separation the Nation of Israel was placed under the L a w "school-
544 T h e length of the little horizontal passage floor, to the east
(Gal. 3 : 24).
.
master." that it might be ~ r e ~ a r etod receive the Messiah
A
I
i~ Section X we s a w how the dates of the birth a n d baptism
of Jesus Christ are marked a t the upper end of the F i r s t crossed the flooded waters of Jordan, a n d caused themselves to be
Ascending Passage. These calculations a r e specially circumcised, for their disobedient unbelieving fathers had not
connected with the Plane of Human Perfection, a s circumcised them in the wilderness (Josh. 5 :2-9j. It was because
symbolised by the level of the Queen's Chamber floor. VVe find of their faith, also, that the walls of Jericho fell, and that the
that the Pyramid contains a n additional corroboration of the d a t e s hostile nations were subdued before them (Heb. 1 1 :30).
of both of these important events by a method of indication which 562 For what great event were the faithful Israelites hoping
is more particularly related to the Nation of Israel, a s symbolised a n d l o n g i n g ? T h e y eagerly looked forward to the Advent of the
b y the First Ascending Passage. great Deliverer, whom God h a d promised. T h e waiting was long
557 111 the two time-measurements presented in Sections XI in order that their faith a n d patience might be tried a n d
a n d XLII, viz.: ( I ) the period from the giving of the L a w to the developed. In due time the few who remained true to the L o r d
death of Christ; a n d (2) the period from the Exodus to the a n d his promises were rewarded. Jesus, the Saviour, was born i n
dispersion of the people of Israel b y the Roman army, t h e Autunln of the year 2 B.C. (Sec. X) ; a n d the faithful Israelites a t
unfaitlful element oE the Nation is very apparent. Because of t h a t time, the shepherds, S i ~ n e o n , A n n a a n d others, gladly
their unbelief a n d hardness of heart, the Lord in 33 A.D. received him a n d " s p a k e of him to all them that looked for
pronounced the sentence of desolation upon their " House " o r redemption in Israel " (Luke 2 : 38).
national polity; a n d five d a y s later they laid cruel h a n d s upon 563 It was not, however, until his baptism in Autumn 29 A.D.,
him a n d slew him. In the year 70 A.D. the Nation entered the when he was "anointed with the Holy Spirit a11d with power,"
hadean condition, a s a punishment for its continued lack of faith. t h a t he came a s the "Messiah," or the "Christ" (Acts 10 : 38 ;
558 A t the beginning of the Nation's separate existence the John 1 : 41, margin). T h e n the hearts of many who were Israelites
same evil heart of unbelief is noticeable; for of all those above indeed, sucli a s Peter, John, Philip a n d Nathanael, were glad-
twenty years of age, t h a t is, all the responsible individuals who dened, because they had "found him of whom Moses i n the law,
were called out of Egypt, only two, Joshua a n d Caleb, were a n d the prophets did write," " t h e Son of God, the King of Israel"
permitted to enter the l a n d of Canaan. All the others were s o (John 1 : 45-49).
unbelieving a n d disobedient, that they perished in the wilderness 564 Thus, these two measurements, i n conjunction with the
(See Deut. 1 : 22-40 ; Num. 14 : 22-45). other in Section XI, show that the upper end of the First
559 But in the midst of the general blind unbelief, the Lord Ascending Passage indicates three important dates, each of
always had his few faithful witnesses. Of such were the small which m a y be regarded a s a starting-point of the Gospel Age, a s
remnant, who, a t the e n d of the A g e , were received b y Christ a s symbolisetl by the Grand Gallery. F i r s t : In the centre of the
his joint-heirs (John 1 : 1 I; Rom. 9 : 27; 1 l : 5). south doorway of the First Ascending Passage, midway between
560 T h e Great Pyramid symbolically distinguishes these loyal the floor a n d roof, the date of the Birth of Jesus, Autumn 2 B.C., i s
members of the Nation of Israel b y means of special time- indicated. Jesus came t o this earth for the very purpose of giving
measurements. Tlle time-measurements which refer to these his ilesh for the life of the world (John 6 : 5 1 ; I Pet. 3 : 18). From
faithful ones are on a higher plane than those which refer to the t h e date of the entrance of the Nation of Israel into the Holy
Nation a t large. T h e unfaithful majority are pictured a s going u p L a n d , in S p r i n g of 1575 B.c., to the birth of the Man Christ Jesus
the floor-line of the First Ascending Passage, but the faithful in Autumn 2 B.C. i s a period of 1573% years. T h e axial length of
the First Ascending Passage, starting from the floor-line of t h e
Descending Passage (as representing the Israelites leaving the
wilderness to enter the land of promise), is 30 inches, practically,
more t h a n t h e floor-length ; a n d 1543% plus 30 is 1573% Pyramid
inches (taking round numbers.-See the NOTE below).
565 Second: But Jesus was unable to present himself in sacrifice
until h e w a s 30 years of age. Accordingly, i t was in Autumn 29
A.D. that he symbolised his consecration unto death in the waters
of Jordan (Luke 3 : 21-23). From t h a t moment he became the
Messiah, a n d the " H e a d " of the Church. T h i s d a t e is indicated
where the roof of the First Ascending P a s s a g e terminates a t the
north wall of the G r a n d Gallery; for the roof-length of the
passage, starting this time also from the floor-line of the Descend-
i n g Passage, is 30 inches more than the axial length, or, i n round
figures, 1603% Pyramid inches. From the date of crossing the
Jordan till the date of our Lord's baptism in Jordan, i s 1603z
years.
566 Third: Three a n d a half years later Christ completed his
sacrifice b y his death on the cross, a n d a t Pentecost, fifty d a y s
after his resurrection, the Holy Spirit was poured forth on his
disciples, the first members of the Church, when they were all
with one accord in one pla2e. It w a s in the year 33 A.D.,
therefore, t h a t the Gospel C a l l " commenced so f a r a s t h e
Church, the " Body " of Christ, was concerned (Col. 1 : 18 ; Phil.
3 : 14). T h i s date, a s we have seen in Section XI, i s indicated b y
the point where the floor of the First Ascending Passage meets
the floor of the Grand Gallery.
AN ADDITIONAL CORROBORATION
567 T h e main date, a n d its attendant main historical event,
which is marked b y the line of demarkation between the F i r s t
Ascending Passage a n d t h e G r a n d Gallery, is t h a t of our Lord's
death a n d resurrection, Spring of the year 33 A.D. T h i s is proved
by all the principal time-measurements of the Pyramid, yet, a s we
have seen, other time-measurements of importance, though not of
the principal order, show that this same vertical line of demarka-
tion also indicates the dates of our Lord's birth, a n d of his
b a p t i s m ; while the event of his death a n d resurrection i s
particularly symbolised b y the Well-shaft.
NOTE: By tl-ig~n~metrical~c~mputation, on the basis that the angle of the
passages is 26" 1 8 ' 9 . 7 , and their meon transvene or right-angled height 47"-6,the
extra length of the produced roof-line of the First Ascending Passage to the floor
of the Descending Passage, is gg.gI40+, i.e., 60, inches. This is practically the
same as the actual measurements of Professors Smyth and Petrie. The extra axial
length is, of course, half the extra roof length.
215
568 A s our understanding of the Pyramid's teachings now find to b e used frequently in the Pyramid, both for time-
increases, we perceive that every definite point at, or connected measurements, a n d scientific features, namely, the sum of the
with, the Well-shaft pertains t o the events a n d d a t e s of our Lord's base a n d perpendicular of a right-angled triangle.
first advent; a n d the time-measurements, direct or indirect, which 575 T h e two definite points a t this section of the Pyramid
draw attention to these dates a n d events are always harmonious which can be consistently taken a s marking the dates of Christ's
with the main indications. birth a n d death, Autumn of 2 B.C. a n d S p r i n g of 33 A.D., are ( I )
569 When the young Scotsman, Robert Menzie, first referred to tlie north wall of the G r a n d Gallery where the floor begins its
the Well-mouth in the G r a n d Gallery a s symbolising the death ascent, a n d (2) the point on this inclined floor which coincides
a n d resurrection of Jesus Christ ( a n d b y this wonderful suggestion, with the north edge of the Well-mouth. T h i s section of the
opened up the whole Messianic teaching of the Great Pyramid), sloping floor of the Gallery is too short to corroborate the period
he explained that a rileasurement of 33% inches up the floor-line between these two prominent dates, if a direct inclined measure-
of the Grand Gallery from the north wall, brings one "over ~rlentin inches is required; but it is just the correct length to
against the mouth of the Well." corroborate t h a t period b y the symmetric method of measuring
570 But this measured length of 33% inches does not, a s we speak of, t h a t of the sum of the base a n d perpendicular of a
Robert Menzie knew, lead to any one definite point a t the Well- right-angled triangle :
mouth, such a s the exact centre of t h a t opening, or a t the north or 576 For we may regard this particular floor-section a s the
south edges, but i s merely a general measurement ending some- hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle, rising a t the passage-angle
where within the confines of the mouth-opening. of 26" 18' 9 . 7 . Its precise length, according to the standard
571 For instance, a measurement of 43f4 inches from the n o ~ t h dimensions, is 25-0/06+Pyramid inches, which is very little more
wall of the gallery would still be correctly described a s ending than the cubit-length. By the rules of trigonometry we ascertain
"over against the mouth of the W e l l " ; for the north a n d south t h e base a n d perpendicular lengths of the right-angled triangle
edges of this opening measure, on the incline, 25.0106 +, a n d a s being, respectively, 22.4211 +, a n d 1/.0825+, Pyramid inches.
54.7233 i-, Pyramid inches respectively up from the north wall of T h e sum of these two i s 33.5037+ Pyramid inches, or only about a
the Gallery. Therefore, s o f a r a s time is concerned, the 33f4 a 300th part of a n inch more than the exact 33% inches.
inches mentioned b y Robert Menzie cannot be taken a s a 577 In this symmetrical way, therefore, not only is the north
corroborption of the 33% years of Christ Jesus' earthly life. T h e wall of the Grand Gallery proved to mark the date of the birth of
Great Pyramid does not corroborate a n y time - feature of the the Man Christ Jesus, but, more important still, the definite point
Scriptures, or of secular history, except by measurements t h a t are a t the very north edge of t h a t p a r t of the Pyramid's symbolical
definite, a n d a t least comparatively close in agreement between svstem which so beautifully represents, a n d pictures, the death
units of time on the one hand, a n d appropriate Pyramid units of a n d resurrection of the world's Saviour, the upper mouth of the
measure on the other. Well - shaft, is now seen to mark the actual date of t h a t
572 If this reasonable rule is not consistently recognised, then far-reaching event, S p r i n g of the y e a r 33 A.D. T h i s time-
the time-corrol)orations of the Great Pyramid are rendered value- measurement is, of course, additional to the one described in
less. Nevertheless, the dimensions a n d proportions of the Section X, which corroborates the prominent dates and events of
Pyramid were so wonderfully balanced by the great Designer, our Lord's first advent from another viewpoint.
t h a t all the most important Biblical a n d secular time-features
a r e corroborated beyond question by definite corresponding
rneasure~nerlts in the building.
573 Thus, although the 33% inches, when measured in the way
referred to b y Robert Menzie, do not corroborate the definite
Scriptural period of 33% years between our Lord's l ~ i r t h a n d
crucifixion, there is a corroborative method OF measuring between
the north wall of the Grancl Gallery a s rni~rkingthe date of Tesus'
birth, a n d the Well-mouth a s marking the date of his death a n d
res~lrrection33% years later.
574 T h i s method of measurin:: is a symmetrical one which we
1000-year "day," till the A g e of Israel began, is /3/3% (3126% B.C.
minus /8/23/4 B.c.). T h e longest possible symmetrical Pyramid-
inch measurement of the upper reach of the Descending Passage,
SECTION XLIV approximates this period of years, agreeing to within about
6% inches (See the diagram). This measurement is the sum of
PERIOD O F THE WORLD'S HISTORYBEFORE THE the vertical a n d horizontal distances between the two points
AGE OF ISRAEL which indicate the dates 3/26 B.C. a n d / 8 / 3 B.C., a n d this
sum is 1319-8424+ Pyramid inches.
581 T o have made this, and the other approximate time-
measurement referred to a t the beginning of Section XLII, more
P
REVIOUS to their deliverance from Egyptian bondage, the
twelve tribes of Israel had been in existence for 198 years; nearly agree with the two periods mentioned, the upper reach of
for Gen. 49:28 shows that it was at the death of its the Descending Passage would have required to be shorter by the
founder, Jacob or Israel, that this nucleus of the future characteristic number of 5 inches. But this shorter length would
Nation was formed. Therefore the Israelitish Age properly began interfere with the exactness and harmony of much more important
in Spring, 1813 B.C. time-measurements, some of which we have noticed. It is proper,
therefore, that comparatively unimportant periods in the Bible
chronology should be corroborated in the Pyramid by approximate
nleasurements only. These approximations, at least, entirely
disprove the authenticity of the long chronologies of the Samaritan
and Septuagint versions of the Scriptures.
I
T has now been proved that the First Ascending Passage
indicates several distinctive periods of time in connection
with the children OF Abraham, such a s the duration of the
L a w Covenant (Sec. XI), the period of the Nation's separation
From the world (Sec. XLII), a n d the course of the faithful remnant
of that Nation (Sec. XLIII). W e have seen, also, that the "Point
of Intersection" indicates the beginning of the Israelitish Age, the
date of Jacob's death (Sec. XVI).
583 There is another very prominent event in the history of the HORIZONTAL LINE
Hebrews, which one would expect should be indicated by the
"Point of Intersection," for it formed the foundatior~of all God's
dealings with his people. W e refer to the great "Oath-bound
Covendnt" which God made with Abraham (Gen. 22:15-22).
Here again the Pyramid fulfils our expectation; for although the
"Point of Intersection" does not appear tq'mark the very date
when God "confirmed" his promise by by a n oath" when
Abraham demonstrated his obedience to the Divine command b y 586 After a long wait of 2 5 years, during which Abraham's
his willingness to sacrifice his only son (Heb. 6 : 13-7), yet the date faith was tested, Isaac, the seed of promise, was born. God said
o f the prornise itself (2045 B.c.), a n d the typical fulfilment of this to Abraham "In Isaac shall thy seed be called" (Gen. 21: 12). But
promise in the birth of Isaac, the typical seed (2021 B.c.), are both we have the Apostle's inspired statement that the Seed of
appropriately indicated by this point. Abraham is Christ, a n d that Isaac therefore was merely a type
584 T h e Scriptures show that after God destroyed the Old (Gal. 3: 16). In his sermon a t Antioch, recorded in Acts 13, the
World by the deluge, a period O F 427 years passed before He Apostle Paul shows that the promised Seed is the risen Christ.
promised Abraham that in him a n d ill his seed all the families of H i s words in verses 32 a n d 33 are: " W e declare unto you glad
the earth would be blessed (See Par. 35). Abraham believed God, tidings, how that the promise which was made unto the fathers,
a n d thus earned the distinction of being called the Father of the Gotl hath fulfilled the same unto us their children, in that he h a s
faithful. This was the first intimation since the beginning of the raised up Jesus a g a i n ; a s it is also written in the second Psalm,
Present Evil World, that God still had a t heart the eternal welfare Thou art I I I ~Son, this d a y have I begoiten thee."'
of the poor groaning creation. T h e promise was therefore the 587 In Romans 1 :4, also, Paul tells us that it was by the
root of that hope which has sustained the faithful children of God, resurrection from the dead that Jesus was "declared to be the Son
both earthly a n d spiritual. From this root sprang the fleshly of God with power." Jesus himself said after his resurrection:
seed, a n d afterwards thc spiritual seed, of Abraham. "All power is given unto me in heaven a n d in earth" (Matt.
28 : 18). A s the seed of A b r a h a m he was now qualified to bless all
585 W e find t h a t the Great Pyramid corroborates the period the families of the earth. T h e beginning of the blessing took
which intervened between the beginning of the Present Evil
World, and the Abrahamic Covenant, b y the vertical distance place a t Pentecost when the Holy Spirit w a s poured out on the
between the point a t the upper end of the Descending Passage servants and handmaidens (Acts 2 : 1-18).
22 I
220
588 From another aspect the Apostle shows that, those who total number of Pyramid inches equals 2052.7677+, or only about
were blessed by receiving the Holy Spirit also became the Seed I/4 inch more than the exact 2052%.
of Abraham, for in Gal. 4:28 he distinctly says: "Now we, 590 Isaac could not bless all the families of the earth, because
brethren, as Isaac was, are the children of promise." Nevertheless, he was born on the Plane of Human Depravity, partaking with the
Jesus Christ himself, being the " H e a d " of the great antitypical rest of mankind in the sinful nature inherited from Adam. H e
Seed, represents the whole body, and thus his personal resur- could not, therefore, redeem the world from death, and thus any
rection from the dead may be said to have been the fulfilment of blessing coming through him would have been of a temporary
God's promise to Abraham. naturc only. Th'e "Man Christ Jesus," on the contrary, was not
589 Jesus Christ, the Head of the antitypical Seed of Abraham, of the Adamic stock, but being born on the Plane of Human
was "born from the dead" a t the end of the L a w Dispensation, Perfection he was "holy, harmless, undefiled, a n d separate from
sinners." This perfect human life he required to lay down in
sacrifice, in order to buy the fallen race of mankind, that he might
afterwards in due time redeem them from1 the grave, a n d bless
them with everlasting life.
591 Therefore, as the "Seed of Abraham," Christ is spiritual,
but in order to become the Seed he required to be born a perfect
man, that he might present a perfect sacrifice to justice. For this
reason the time-measurement now under consideration terminates
a t the line of the Grand Gallery north wall, and on the level of the
Queen's Chamber floor the Pyramid's symbol of human perfection.
Isaac, the typical seed, on the other hand, being imperfect, is
represented a s born on the steep inclined floor of the Descending
Passage, which symbolises the condition of Human Depravity.
A
1028 B.C. and 1914 A.D. (From Autumn of 1028 B.C. to Autumn
of 1914 A.D. is a period of 2941 years. T h e total floor-distance w a s that on which fell their last typical jubilee, 626 B.C.
from the top edge of the third Girdle to the north wall of the (See diagram, page 118). A s pointed out in Section
King's chamber is 2941.0366+ Pyramid inches.) XXII, God commanded the nation of Israel to observe
every 50th year in a very special manner. T h e land was to be
wrought for six years, allowed to rest on the seventh, and then
NOTE : By practical measuring in the First Ascending Passage, after seven of these periods of seven, i.e., after a cycle of 49
we obtained the following distances between the upper end of years, the following one was to be kept not only a s a rest-
the passage, and the top edge of the third Girdle (our British year, but also a s a jubilee, in which every man was to regain
inches being here converted to Pyramid inches): his original possessions (Lev. 25). But, a s God had foreseen
(Lev. 26 :32-35), the jubilees were never properly observed: a n d
Along floor-line, East side, 797.202; West side, 797-3019. all further opportunity to obey this command was denied the
Along roof-line, E a s t side, 797-5017; W e s t side, 797.202. nation after 626 B.C. (See page IZO), for in accordance with the
In the above time-measurement we have taken a mean distance decree of God the land was devastated nineteen years later by
of 797.3955+ Pyramid inches. Nebuchadnezzar, and lay desolate for 70 years.
639 It is distinctly stated that God's purpose in decreeing
that the land must lie desolate for 70 years, was that it might
enjoy its sabbaths (Compart: Lev. 26 : 34, 35, with 2 Chron.
36 : 20, 21). It is evident that the special jubilee sabbaths are
referred to, but a s 70 is a symbolic number, all the seventh-
year sabbaths were also included in the complete period of
desolation. T h e fact that the land lay desolate for 70 years to
fulfil its sabbaths shows t h a t the people of Israel should have
observed 70 jubilees, or, with their preceding cycles of 49 years,
154 sabbath years in all, u p to the date of the desolating
of the land in 606 B.C. (It is interesting to note that the full
number of sabbath years which could have been observed by
Israel, namely, 154, is equal to the double of the sum of 70, a n d
7, all Bible numbers. 77, and its double 154, are related in a
special way to the mathematical proportions of the Great
Pyramid, a s shall be explained in Vol. I11 of the Great Pyramid
Passages. It will b,e seen, of course, that in each completed
period of 50 years there were 8 sabbath years, counting the
jubilee a s the 8th. A n d between the last typical jubilee, which
was the 19th from the time of entering the land under Joshua,
until 606 B.C., two 7th-year sabbaths corlld have been kept.)
Q 241
640 God had so arranged his Plan that the last typical Our own measuring yielded the following results (stated in
jubilee, which was the Igth, occurred a t such a date, that the Pyramid inches):
remaining 51 cycles of 49 years counting from then, would
terminate a t the beginning of the seventh Millennium, the great Along floor-line, East side, 623 -92545 ; W e s t side, 624.12525.
1000-year Sabbath of our Lord. T h e last typical jubilee began Along roof-line, East side, 624.32525; W e s t side, 624.12525.
in Auturrln 627 a n d ended in Autumn 626 B.C., and thus the 51 The figure which we have used in the above calculation
cycles of 49 years, or 2499 years, ended in Autumn 1874 A.D. namely, 624.32588+ Pyrumid inches, may therefore be considered
from which date the great Antitypical Sabbath year commenced a s a fair mean. T h e slight range of measures is, however,
(See diagram, page 118). intentional.
641 This is a n additional proof that the " T i ~ i i e s of Resti-
tution " began in 1874 A.D. (See Studies in the Scriptures, Vol. 11,
pages 190-196). H a d one jubilee more, or one less, been observed In this 2nd volume of Greut Pyramid Passages we do not have
before the land was made desolate, the harmony of this Scrip- occasion to refer to the measures of the upper, south, edge of
tural time-feature would have heen destroyed. T h e Lord, who the second Girdle-stone. S o we shall here just mention that
h a s put the times a n d seasons in his own power, has so the standard distance of the upper edge from the Grand-Gallery
carefully arranged every detail, that beauty and harmony are end of the passage is 591.4151 + Pyramid inches. A s will be
everywhere manifest i n his grand Plan of the Ages. seen this standard distance is the same, to within less than a
100th part of a n inch, a s our practical measures along both
642 Is the date of the lzst typical jubilee indicated in the floor and roof lines on the west side of the passage.
First Ascending Passage? W e believe that this is the purpose Our measures are, in Pyramid inches:
of the second Girdle-stone. For if a Pyramid-inch measurement
be started from the lower, or north, edge of the second Girdle Along floor-line, East side, 591.15825; West side, 591.408.
u p the floor-line of the passages to the foot of the Step a t the Along roof-line, East side, 591 15825 ; West side, 591.408.
head of the Grand Gallery, then, omitting the riser, from the
north edge of the Step to the south wall of the Grand Gallery,
it will be found that this total floor-distance corresponds with the
period of 51 cycles of 49 years, which began in Autumn 626 B.C.,
and terminated in Autumn 1874 A.D. (The total period is 2499
years, a n d the total measurement, observing the standard dimen-
sions of the Pyramid, i s 2498.8841 + Pyramid inches, which is
only about a 10th part of a n inch short of the precise number.)
643. By this method, therefore, the south wall of the Grand
Gallery indicates the end of the sixth Millennium, when our
Lord was due to return a n d inaugurate the "Times of
Restitution of all things." It will be remembered that the
Grand Gallery south wall is in vertical alignment with the
south terminal of the Small Horizontal Passage floor in the Pit
(Sec. XXXIII). As this floor terminal is proved to mark the
date 1874 A.D. (Sec. XXXII), the vertical line thus indicates the
year 1874 A.D., a s well a s 19/4-15 A.D.
T
HE honour of becoming members in the great spiritual
Seed of Abraham was the e ~ c l u s i v e ~ ~ p r i v i l eof
g e the be the Messiah. During the 70th a n d last week, in the midst
people of Israel till the e n d of their seventy weeks " of which the Messiah was "cut off" in sacrifice (See diagram,
of favour (See Studies irz the Scriptures, Vol. 11, chapter 3 ; page SO), the Gospel favour went forth to the nation of Israel,
also diagram on page 102). first a s a whole through its representatives, a n d then, after the
645 It is interesting to note that the complete period of death a n d resurrection of the Lord in Spring 33 A.D., to the
4162 years of the world's history from the time of Adam's fall individuals of the Nation; but in Autumn 36 A.D. the exclusive
till the e n d of Israel's 70 weeks, is equally divided into two favour to Israel ceased, a n d the Gentiles were now given equal
grand periods of 2081 years, the central point of division being opportunity to become members in Abraham's spiritzial seed.
signalised by God's great promise to Abraham, namely, that in T h e year 455 B.C. was therefore a very important date in the
his seed all the families of the earth would be blessed. See A g e of Israel, a n d we find that i t is indicated in the First
the accompanying diagram, ant1 No. 4 on page 24, which in Ascending Passage by the south, or upper, edge of the first
itself explains this feature. (According to the custom of Girdle-stone.
648 W h e n the law was " t a k e n out of the way" by Christ,
a n d the faithful among the Israelites were ushered into the
favour of the Gospel Dispensation represented by the Grand
'
.L TO C E N T ~ L L S ' Gallery, they gladly began the ascent a n d exulted in the
2.14.Acfj IS.14.
LPH. freedom of the high-calling, so different from the bondage of
FAV(IUR TD
r.- TO ABRI\HAM AND the law covenant under which they had been labouring. But
SLED. AMOS3.2.9~ur.Z6. the majority of the nation, the "chaff" class, through wilful ,
unbelief, turned aside a n d ceased to enjoy the exclusive favour
o f the invitation to joint-heirship with the Messiah.
649 T h i s is indicated by the little passage which leads out
of the Grand Gallery to the shaft of the Well, a n d the exact
tlate of the end of their 70 weelcs of favour, Autumn 36 A.D.,
is indicated h y the vertical line of the Grand Gallery west
wall (See diagram, page 207). T h e moment they passed beyond
ancient nations previous to the giving of the law, the beginning this line, they were outside of the Grand Gallery privileges,
of the year of Adam's fall is 4126% B.C., a n d the beginning of a n d were obliged to take their lot a s individuals along with
the year when Abraham received his covenant of promise is the Gentiles, so tar a s the high-calling was concerned.
2049A B.C. [See page 341. 4126% B.C. minus 2045% B.C. equals 6j0 Tracing this time-111easurement ( a s in Section XLII), we
2081 years; a n d from the beginning of the year of Abraham's begin in the central line of the First Asrending Passage, ;it
covenant, till the full end of the exclusive Gospel favour to his the point where the upper, or south, edge of the first Girdle
natural seed, is a period of similar length, for 2045% B.C. plus runs across the floor. This joint-line marks the date 455 B C.,
3% A.D. equals 2081 years.) the beginning of the 70 weeks of exclusive favour to Israel.
From here we ascent1 the floor-line to opposite the north
646 T h e 70 weeks (490 years) b e g a n to count from the time edge of the Well-mouth, horizontally southward to opposite the
244 245
centre of this mouth, then sharp to the west (right) to the edge is less than a 10th part of a n inch more than the precise
of the mouth itself, down vertically t o the floor of the small requirement. Our own measurements are :
westward passage which leads to the shaft of the Well, a n d
along this floor's central line to the point vertically underneath Along floor-line, E a s t side, 385.114,5!; W e s t side, 384.615.
T h e distance down the West side is therefore practically in
agreement with the time-measurement ; a n d there are probably
reasocs why the distance down the E a s t side is about % a n
inch more.
T h e distance down the roof-line is nearly a n inch less, a s
follows (upper edge of first Girdle):
Along roof-line, East side, 383.86575; W e s t side, 383.616.
'I'he distance along the roof-line was purposely made less t h a n
along the floor-line, the top half of this first girdle being made
with a thicker stone than the lower half, a s can be seen in
our Plate CXXVIII, page 282, of Vol. I Great Pyramid Pnssages.
T h e reason for the difference is explained in the next Section,
No. LII.
T
HE year of Nehemiah's commission, besides being the
commencement of the prophetic period of the 70
weeks, formed also the starting-point of another
of Daniel's time-prophecies, namely, the " 2300 days,"
a t the end of which the "Sanctuary" was to be cleansed
(Dan. 8: 14).
652 The 2300 days was the first of the prophetic periods to
be communicated to Daniel. H e was greatly exercised con-
cerning this vision (See Dan. 8 :26, 27), and prayed to God,
confessing his own and his people's sins, and beseeching the
Lord to cause his face to shine upon his Sanctuary, which, he
had learned, would be trodden underfoot and not be cleansed
until the 2300 days were accomplished (Compare Dan. 8 : 13, 14,
9- : 17).
--
HORIZONTAL
- -. LINE
- - ;i w*8a
1
653 While Daniel was in the midst of his supplication an
angel appeared to him, and, bidding him consider the vision,
informed him that "70 weeks" were "determined" or "cut
off" for his people (Dan. 9 : 23, 24). The 70 weelts thus "cut
off" constituted the first part of the vision of 2300 days, and, instance we find that we require a shorter distance between the
therefore, these two time-prophecies begin from the same date, upper edge of the first Girdle and the upper end of the First
i.e., 455 B.C. (See Studies in the Scriptures, Vol. 111, chapter 4). Ascending Passage, than was necessary for the time-measure-
654 As both these prophetic periods start from the same ment of the 70 weeks. This shorter distance was provided for
date, and a s this date has already been shown to be marked by the architectural departure alluded to in the NOTE on
by the upper edge of the first Girdle-stone in the First pages 246-247.
Ascending Passage (Sec. LI), the time-measurement of the 657 A s the time-measurement corroborating the Scriptural
2300 days (years), if indicated at all in the Great Pyramid, period of 2300 days is a horizontal one, it is immaterial, so far
should commence from this point.
46
Also, a s it was the as location is concerned, if the starting-point be from the roof,
Sanctuary" which was to be cleansed at the end of these or floor, of the First Ascending Passage's first Girdle. But for
symbolical days, the King's Chamber, which represents the
41
the exact number of inches in the length of this horizontal
Sanctuary" or "Most Holy," should indicate the end of this line, it is necessary that it should start from the foof; for
time-measurement (See Sec. XV, and Lev. 4 :6 ; 16 :33). here the inclined distance from the upper end of the passage
655 It is at once apparent that the distance from the first to the upper edge of the first Girdle is the right amount to
Girdle-stone up to the King's Chamber, when measured along make the horizontal distance agree.
the floor-line of the passages, is too great. Consequently there 658 The complete horizontal measure of precisely 2300
i s only one other possible method for this period of 2300 days Pyramid inches, from the vertical line of thc King's Chamber's
to be indicated, if the first Girdle and the King's Chamber are north wall, requires that the inclined distance along the roof-line
to the first Girdle should b e 383.87295+ Pyramid inches. In the
NOTE on page 247 i t will be seen t h a t our practical measuring
i n the passage gave us a figure for the roof on the east side
which is practically identical, being less than 100th part of a n
inch different, namely, 383.86575 Pyramid inches. W e now
therefore perceive why the first Girdle was made slightly SECTION LIII
different from the second a n d third Girdles, a s mentioned in
the note referred to (pages 246-247). THE 1335 DAYSI '
I
N addition to the "70 weeks" a n d "2300 days," the Great
Pyramid corroborates the three other time-prophecies con-
tained in the book of Daniel, namely, the "1260 days,"
the " 1290 days,'' a n d the " 1335 days." It also corrobor-
ates the period of the "tinle of the end." (These prophecies are
fully explained in Studies in the Scriptures, Vol. 111.)
660 A careful comparison of Dan. 12 : 7-1 2, a n d 8 : 11-1 4,
shows that all the time prophecies of Daniel are related to each
other, having reference to the treading down of the "Sanctu;tryfl
by the setting up of the "abomination of desolation " (Matt.
24: 15). T h e 8th chapter of Daniel refers to certain historical
events which were to transpire during the first portioli of the
"2300 days," before the "daily sac~.ifice"would be taken away
a n d the " transgression of desolation " placed in its s t e a d ; i.e.,
when the blasphemous sacrifices of the Mass (Transubstantiation)
would be substituted for the continual, ever efficacious sacrifice
of our Lord Jesus Christ (See Studies in the Scriptures, Vol. 111,
I pages 9 5 - 9 0
661 It was during the Medo-Persian kingdom, svmbolised by
the ram with two- horns (Compare verses 3 a n d 20), that
Nehemiah received his commission a n d built the walls of Jeru-
salem, from which date (455 B.c.) the 2300 d a y s (years) began.
Thus the vision of the "2300 d a y s " is the basis, not oiily of
the "70 weeks," but of all the other prophetic periods of Daniel
(Dan. 8 : 26, 27).
662 In Sections L I a n d LII we s a w t h a t the date 455 B.C.,
when the "70 weeks" a n d "2300 d a y s " began, is marked by
the upper edge of the first Girdle-stone, in the First Ascending
Passage. W e now find t h a t the lower edge of this Girdle also
indicates the date 455 B.C., in connection with the time-measure-
ments corresponding to the 1260, 1290, a n d 1335 "days."
663 These periods did not, of course, date from 455 B.C., but
from 539 A.D., when the "abomination of desolation" was set u p
in power; but it is necessary to take into account the time
which lies between the commencements of the 2300 days, a n d
I the other prophetic periods, for this enables us to fix the point
i n the Pyramid which indicates the date 539 A.D. when the thus mark the date 5.9 A D . , the date from which the 1335 d a y s
"abomination of desolation " was set up-See No. 5 on page 24. of Daniel began to rLlil their course. W e may call this point
664 Dan. 12 : 12 reads : "Blessed is he that waiteth, a n d cometh, on the horizontal line the "539 A.D. date-point," a n d have s o
to the thousand three hundred a n d five a n d thirty days." As denoted it in the diagram on page 250.
this period began in 539 AD., it ended in 1874 A.D., the year 670 Dating backward from 539 A.D. to 455 B.C. is a period
o f our Lord's return; a n d soon after t h a t all the watching a n d of 993 years. Measuring backward (northward) from the " 539
waiting saints were apprised of his presence, a n d experienced A.D. date-point" on the horizontal line the corresponding 993
the blessedness foretold. H e came to his Sanctuary class to inches, we terminate a t a little over 2 inches short of the
serve them with ''meatH-glorious unfoldings of the Word of north edge of the first Girdle-stone.
truth, " m e a t indeed" for the members of the New Creation
(Luke 12 :35-38 ; John 4 :3 1-34).
665 We have already seen how the King's Chamber north NOTE: According to Mr. Waynman Dixon, the lower edge of
wall ~ l l a r k sthe date of our Lord's return, 1874 A.D. (Sec. XVI), the first Girdle-stone is 416.583 Pyramid inches down from the
a n d also how the vertical line of this north wall indicates the upper end of the p a s s a g e ; while Professor Flinders Petrie's
d a t e 1846 A.D. when the Sanctuary class were cleansed from all measurelnent is 416.0835 - Pymmid i?zches (Their round British-
defiling errors (Sec. LII). In further confirmation of these two inch rrleasures are 417 a n d 4 1 6 ! 4 ) .
symbolical indications, we now find t h a t the time-measurement In our own measuring in tliis First Ascending Passage we found
of 1335 Pyramid inches also terminates a t the line of the that, a s with the upper, or soutll, edge of this first Girdle-stone,
King's Chamber north wall, by the following method (the s o also with its lower, or north, edge, the distance downward
significance of which, however, will not be apparent uniil we to i t frorn the Grand-Gallery end of the Passage, when taken
have examined the Pyramid's indications of the other prophetic along the roof-line, is slightly longer t h a n along the floor-line.
periods of Daniel; for all of thern, a s we have said, are A n d there is also a slight difference between the east, a n d the
related) : west, in each case. In Pyramid inches, our measures a r e :
666 T h e period of the 2300 days, we saw, is corroborated by Along floor-line, E a s t side, 416.73285; W e s t side, 416-3832.
the direct horizontal distance hetween the upper, south, edge of Along roof-line, East side, 417.6819; West side, 417-1824.
the first Girdle-stone, a n d the vertical line of the King's
Chamber's north wall. T h i s time, however, we begin our T h e figure we have used in our time-measurement calculations,
horizontal measurement from the lower, north, edge of this first namely, 417.4468+, is therefore a mean between the east arid
Girdle-stone, terminating, a s before, a t the north-wall of the west measures of the roof-line; and in our diagrams we have
King's Chamber, a total length of 2330.0977+ Pyramid inches. drawn this vertically down to intersect the floor of the passage.
667 But the exact period between the dates 455 B.C. ancl Nevertheless, we find that, while in these particular time-
1874 A.D., Autumn in both years, is 2328 years, or 2.0977+1ess measurements we have used the mean roof-distance of
than the Pyramid-inch length of the horizontal line. It would 417.4468+ Pyramid inches, the limited range of measures is
seem a s if, therefore, this time-measurement was a n approxi- intentional, for no one figure could show with exactness all the
mate one, not so exact a s most of the others have proved to be. features that are connected with this first Girdle. For instance,
T h e r e is a harmony in this 2 inches extra, however, a s we there is another (scientific) feature which requires the E a s t side
shall see later. floor-distance of 4/6.7349+ inches, and still another (scientific)
668 T h e vertical line of the north, or lower, edge of the first feature I equires a roof-distance of 417-0491 + inches.
Girdle-stone, where it intersects the inclined floor of the First
Ascending Passage, 417.4468+ Pyramid inches down from the
upper end of the passage, is the point that fixes the level at
which the horizontal line runs (See the diagram).
669 O n this horizontal line, a t the King's Chamber end, we
measure off 1335 inches, representing the 1335 d a y s (years) of
Daniel. T h e point on the horizontal line, exactly 1335 inches
from the vertical line of the King's Chamber north wall, will
252
SECTION LIV
T
HE " 1260 d a y s " (years) is the period during which the
true Church of God was in the "wilderness" condition.
S h e fled thither on account of the persecutions inflicted
upon her by the Apostate Church, named " Jezebel,"
which was set up in power in 539 A.D. (See Studies in the
Scriptures, Vul. 11, page 256). T h e year 1799 A.D. was the e n d
of these 1260 symbolical days of persecuting power, a n d the
following year, 1800 A.D., was the end of the Papal Millennium,
which began in 800 A.D. when Charlemagne was crowneci
" Emperor of the W e s t " by the pope, in return for which he
donated to the Romish Church the territory known a s the
" P a p a l States" (See Studies in the Scriptures, Vol. 11, pages
353-356).
672 T h e breaking of the sovereign power of the P a p a c y b y
~ a p o l e o nin 1799 A.E. was a n important-step in the Reformation,
being a s much a s a n y a means of directing men to a n appre-
ciation of the truth a s it is in Christ Jesus. For whenever the
false claims of the Antichrist are exposed, the saving power of
Christ is proportionately made clearer.
673 W e have seen how the important dates in the dawn of
t h e Reformation are indicated at the lower opening of the
Well-shaft (Sec. XXXVI). T h e north edge of this opening
marks the beginning of Reform, namely, the unfolding to
thinking men of the false assumptions of the Papacy, when
pope. Boriiface VIII made the astounding claim t h a t only through
him could anyone hope for salvation. While loudly proclaiming
to the poor groaning world that escape from condemnation
(symbolised by the downward course o-f the Descending Passage)
could be granted only by the Romish Church through sacrifices
of the Mass, indulgences, etc., its representatives took good
care to obscure the only true way o-f escape, belief in the
"daily sacrifice" of Christ, symbolised by the Well-shaft.
674 I t is surely meet, therefore, that the confident a n d - b l a t a n t
assumptions by pope Boniface VIII should b e counted a s the
beginning of Antichrist's downfall. A n d now we find that the
very place in the Great Pyramid which marlts the date when
255
tlie Papacy b e g a n to lose its world-wide sway, also indicates
the end of its sovereign power, 1799-1800 A.D., a t the h a n d s of
the " m a n of destiny."
675 In the time-measurement of Section LIII we s a w how
539 A.D. is indicated on the horizontal line which represents
the period of the " 1335 days." A s 539 A.D. is also the begin- SECTION LV
ning of the "1260 d a y s " (See No. 5 on p a g e 24), t h i s
"date-point" on the horizontal line should, properly, form the " THE TIMEO F THE END"
starting-point of the time-measurement of 1260 Pyramid inches.
011calculation, however, we find t h a t the "539 A.D. date-
LTHOUGH the Antichrist legally lost its persecuting
A
point" is both too f a r above, a n d too f a r to the north side of,
the lower Well-mouth. It cannot, therefore, form the com- power and sovereignty in 1799 A.D., it still exists a s a
mencement of a direct measurement of 1260 Pyramid inches to system, a n d will not be destroyetl finally till the full
the lower Well-opening. end of the "time of trouble such a s never was,"
676 Nevertheless, the "date-point" does, in a manner, form spoken of b y the prophet Daniel (12: 1). T h i s great time of
the starting-point of this measurement ; for the horizontal trouble began in Autumn of the year 1914 A.D., when the
distance from the "539 A.D. date-point," to the vertical line of "times of the Gentiles" legally came to a n end. Papacy i s in
the north edge of the lower opening of the Well-shaft, i s itself one of the Gentile powers, for which reason it is denom-
450.3820+ Pyram~d inches, a n d the vrrtical distance from the inated "Babylon the G r e a t " (Rev. 17 :5). T h e interval between
horizontal line, down to the floor of the Descending Passage a t the end of tile 1260 symbolical days, a n d the end of the 2520
the north edge of the Well-opening, is also 450.3820+PJ~ramid years of Gentile dominion, i s called i n the Scriptures " t h e
inches, plus a little over 2 inches, more t h a n the number of time of the end " (Dan. 12 :4). T h i s period is I15 years,
inches required to correspond with the 1260 d a y s time-measure- reckoned to Autumn 1914 A.D. (See Studies in the Scriptures,
ment (See diagram page 254). T h u s we may transfer the Vol. 111, chapter 2).
"539 A.D. date-point" from the horizontal, to the vertical line. 680 It h a s been demonstrated b y numerous time-measurements
T h i s i s confirmed b y the harmony of the time-measurements that the P i t indicates the e n d of the Gentile lease of power,
explained in the following two Sections (Nos. L V a n d LVI). 1914-15 A.D. (Sec. >IXXII, etc.). W e have seen, also, t h a t a n
677 Beginning, therefore, the length of 1260 Pyramid inches exact time-measurement corroborating the period of the "Seven
from the point on the vertical line which is 450. 820+ Pyramid T i m e s of the Gentiles" terminates on the roof-level of the Pit,
inches below the horizontal line, it is found to terminate not on, a t the point which is vertically in alignment with the south
but 2.0/03+ inches short of the Descending Passage floor-line wall of the Grand Gallery (Sec. XLVLII). In confirmation we
a t the north edge of the Well-opening. find that the same point on the Pit roof is the termination of a
678 As the termination of the 1260 Pyramid inches stops short time-measurement corresponding to the period of the " time of
of the Descending Passage floor to the extent of a little over 2 the e n d "
inches (which i s not a great deal in itself), we c a n see in this 681 F o r if the vertical measurement of the previous Section
a consistency with the connected time-feature of the 1335 d a y s ; (LIV), which ends a t the north edge of the lower Well-opening,
for the measurement in that feature was also a little over 2 be directed symmetrically a t a n angle (like the swinging of a
inches short of the precise amount. A n d when we find in t h e pendulum) to the Pit, this measurement will be found to' b e
time-measurement of the next Section (No. LV), which shows exactly 115, plus a little over 2, Pyramid inches short of the
how the Great Pyramid indicates the period of the " T i m e of roof of t h a t chamber. T h a t is, just a s the Scriptures show:-
the E n d " spoken of b y Daniel, that here too the Pyramid-inch a f t e r the 1260 d a y s (years) of Antichrist's persecuting power, a
measure is a little over 2 inches short of the exact requirement, further period of I15 years was to elapse, before the final
it is manifest to us that there i s intention in this arrangement. destruction of that system, a n d of christendom a s a whole,
could begin, 1799-1914 A.D. ( T h e amount b y which this
inclined line is short of the exact number of inches required i s
2.0591 + ; see the diagram on page 254.)
R 257
was sealed till then (See Studies in the Scriptures, Vol. 111,
pages 82-88).
685 In the Great Pyramid the "School of Christ" is sym-
bolised b y the Ante-Chamber, where the Sanctuary class, a s
the "Bride" of Christ, is represented a s "making herself r e a d y "
SECTION LVI before being ushered into the presence of her Lord a n d King
in the symbolical King's Chamber. In Section XVII we
noticed how 1878 A.D., when the "Bride" class began to be
ushered into the King's presence is marked by the south e n d
wall of the Ante-Chamber.
CCORDING t o the purpose of God, it was not until the end 686 Although all the footstep followers of Christ have known
A of the " 1290 d a y s " (years) after the taking ;yay of the
"daily sacrifice," a n d the setting up of the desolating
abomination" (in 539 A.D.), that the Sanctuary class
was first to g a i n understanding of the Scriptural times a n d
that they would one d a y enter the heavenly courts, it was not
till the e n d of the full measure of the 1335 symbolical days,
namely, 1874 A.D., that they could know that the " b o d y " of
Christ would be resurrected in 1878 AD., from which date all
seasons (Dan. 12 :8-1 1 ; a n d note that the sense of this who " d i e in the Lord" are "changed in a moment" from
passage is clearer if verse 10 is read after verse I I). earthly to spiritual conditions. Nor could they even begin to
683 A s the 1290 symbolical d a y s commenced with 539 A.D., correctly understand prophetic time until the e11d of the 1290
the same date a s the other prophetic periods of 1260, a n d 1335 days.
days, it terminated in 1829 A.D. (See No. 5 on page 24). I n 687 W h e n we review the symbolical significance of each
this year William Miller of Mass., U.S.A., began his religious part of the Great Pyramid, we cannot find a more appropriate
movement, which was based upon a correct interpretation of place for the termination of a time-measurement in corroboration
t h e "1260 days." H e taught t h a t the prophecies pointed to of the 1290 days, t h a n the Ante-Chamber. Nor can we suggest
1844 A.D. a s t h e d a t e of Christ's return; a n d when that year a better point in this little apartmeilt to mark 1829 A.D. than
passed without the Lord appearing i n the man2er expected, the line of the south or e n d wall. According to our expec-
there was great disappointment; but many were purified, a n d tation we discover t h a t the period in question is indeed
made white, a n d tried," a s the result of this experience indicated Lcrminating a t the base of the south wall of the
(Dan. 12 :lo). There was a general sifting a m o ~ ~ g the Ante-Chamber.
Sanctuary c l a s s ; those approved of the Lord stood f a s t in the 688 T h e time-measurement of the 1290 d a y s begins from the
faith, but none of the wicked understood. T w o years later, in horizontal line which is now proved to form the basis of all
1846 A.D., the Sanctuary class were cleansed, even a s God Daniel's prophetic periods, namely, the "2300 d a y s " time-
h a d foretold through his prophet Daniel (Sec'. LII). In fixing measurement (Sec. LII). T h e length of 1290 Pyramid inches,
upon the date 1844 A.D., the return of our Lord was anticipated however, does not commence a t the 539 A.D. "date-point," but
b y 30 years. T h i s period corresponds with the 30 years between 450.3820+ inches to the south of it, i.e., a t the very point
the birth a n d baptism of Jesus (See diagram, page 102). which is vertically in line with the north edge of the lower
684 Although the time a n d purpose, a s welt a s the manner, Well-opening (See the diagram on page 254).
of Christ's second Advent were misunderstood, the year when 689 T h e actual Pyramid-inch length of this inclined line to
the "Millerite movement" began, 1829 A.D., was thc beginning the base of the Ante-Chamber's south wall is, according to the
of the correct interpretation of the prophetic periods, for Miller standard measures of every part of the building's passage-ways,
correctly placed the " 1260 d a y s " in history. From that time 1289.9944+, or within about a 200th part of a n inch of the
onward the TNord of God has gradually become clearer to the precise 1290. Such exactness is remarkable evidence of design.
true Church, who, a s diligent students in the "School of T h e measure of 450.3820+ inches constitutes what we might
Christ," have sought earnestly to know the Plan of the Ages. term a " date-bridge," by which the year 539 A.D. is symmetri-
13ut previous to the termination of the period of 1290 symbolical cally transferred to other points, a n d thus makes it possible
days, believers could not understaud a n y of the time-prophecies, for all of Daniel's important time-prophecies to be appropriately
because according to the Lord's command (Dan. 12 : 4), the Book corroborated by the great Stone Witness.
258
known that this resurrection is assured in Christ. Even when
the "abomination of desolation" was set up in 539 A.D. and the
690 There are a number of time-features which are, in a truth was cast down for centuries thereafter, God still had his few
sense, related to these prophetic periods of Daniel. Some of iaithful witnesses who saw the error sufficiently to avoid it, a n d
these are direct, a n d some are indicated by proportions, such as who perceived the beauty of the truth, a n d rejoicing in it
the proportion of the ratio T , ant1 by the numbers, 5, 7, and 10, proclaimed it. The reformers Waldo in /I60 A.D., Marsiglio in
all of which are special Pyramid numbers, 5 being the sacred 1324, Wyclifle in 1378, Luther in 1521, a n d all who understood
number, 7 the perfect number, and ro the building's basic, their message and followed it, knew that in Christ only, and not
complete, number. These proportions appear so often in the through sacrifices of the mass, the faithful could gain life.
time, and scientific, features of the monument (only a few 694 A n d when, in the great French Revolution of 1789, and
examples are presented in this 2nd volume of Great Pyramid a t the hands of the Man of Destiny the fearless Napoleon, the
Passages; the 3rd volume will contain more) that we are lead to Antichrist in 1799 lost its crushing power, by which it had
the reasonable conclusion that they form a n important part in oppressed the people of God and the world too for the long
the design of the building. They must he recognised, for it is weary period of 1260 years, the faithful followers of the Lam11
only by their medium that the Great Pyramid could be designed rejoiced in their comparative freedom, and in the spread of the
to monumentalise so many varied truths, Scriptural a n d scientific. truth of the Word by means of the newly-established Bible
Societies. A t the close of the 1260 " d a y s " of Daniel, there-
691 T h e prophetic periods of the Book of Daniel are essen- fore, the fact of the atoning sacrifice of Jesus Christ became
tially related to the great central truth of Jehovah's Plan of the
Ages, namely, the ransom-sacrifice of the Lord Jesus Christ. more widely known to the world through the printing and
T h e sacrifice of the mass, that is, transubstantiation, which was distributing of the Word of Truth, the Bible.
set up in power in the year 539 A.D., because it took away this 695 A n d from that time onward, and a t clearly marked
grand truth of Christ's everlasting sacrifice, and cast it to the dates to which the various " d a y s " periods of Daniel pointed,
ground, was therefore named by the Lord "the abomination the undr~standing~,of thc: Scriptl~resbecame more pronounced, till
that maketh desolate " (See Dan. 8 : 11, 12; 1 1 :31 ). It is a deso- now, after the 1.335 days," all who can claim to have the
lating error, for it prevents the poor death-doomed world from spirit of the Lord know that, because Christ by the grace of
recognising, and taking advantage of by faith, the only way of God tasted death for every man, all the world shall see the
escape from the death condition. H a d Jesus Christ not been salvation of God, that the ransomed of the Lord shall return
delivered for our offences, dying a s a corresponding price with songs and evrrlasting joy upon their heads (Isa. 35: 10).
(ransom-sacrifice) for father Adam, a n d liad he not been raised 696 In view of this, it is appropriate to find that the com-
again for our justification, we would have remained forever in plete period of salvation, the 7040 years from Adam's fall to
the death-state. the end of Christ's /OOO-year reign of blessing in 29/4 A.D., is
shown by a time-measurement directly connected with the first
692 But Christ Jesus did die a sacrificial death; a n d bcxause
he rose again he will draw all men unto him. Some by faith Girdle-stone, a n d the lower opening of the Well. For the
are drawn to him now; the great majority will be drawn during north floor-edge of this first Girdle-stone, as we have seen,
the Millennia1 reign; for Christ is now Lord of the living and 9xes the level of the horizontal line which pertains to the
the dead, a n d all that are in the graves shall hear his voice d a y s " o f Daniel (with all that these days imply); a n d the
a n d shall come forth. They shall be made perfect through the lower opening of the well-shaft in the Descending Passage
resurrection by judgments in the I000 years of His Kingdom beautifully symbolises the open " way of escape " from the
reign. By the year 2914 AD., the end of the /OOO-year "Day of downwarc3, death-doomed condition, the ransom-sacrifice of the
Judgment," mankind will have experienced the full benefit of Lord Jesus Christ, which is everlasting in its life-giving results.
the sacrificial work of Christ, a n d will regain that perfect 697 T h e method by which this time-measurement is indicated
human nature which father Adam lost in the beginning through is pre-eminently characteristic of the Great Pyramid, namely,
his disobedience 7040 years previously (Rom. 5 : 8, 9, 1 8, 19 ; that of the diameter and circumference of a circle:
I Cor. 15 :3, 4, 12, 21-26). Taking a direct straight line from the north floor-edge of the
first Girdle-stone, down to the north floor-edge of the lower
693 All of the Lord's faithful ones have hoped for a resur- Well-opening, and inscribing on this a circle (the exact length
rection from the d e a d ; a n d during the Gospel A g e they have
260 26 I
of the straight line, therefore, being the diameter of the circle), ranean Chamber, a t that point on the produced inclined floor-
we find that the circumference of this circle is almost a n exact line which is vertically in alignment with the Grand Gallery's
7040 Pyramid inches. (The precise circumference is 7040.04/8+ south wall. T h i s vertical line of the south wall of the Gallery,
inches, or within about a 25th part of a n inch of the exact 7040. we have already seen, marks the date 1914 A.D. by a number
T h e direct, or diameter, distance i s 2240.9/49+ .-See diagram). of distinct time-measurements, all of which show that, a t the
end of the seven times of the Gentiles, I914 AD., the destruction
of the old evil order was due to begin, this destruction being
particularly symbolised by the Pit with its chaotic floor.
699 But 1914 A.D. is only the beginning of the overthrow of
evil systems a n d of the power of sin. T h e Scriptures show
that the entire 1000 years of Christ's Kingdom-rule will be
required to undo the effects of the 6000 years of the reign of
evil under Satan's rule. It is in accord with the symbolical
meaning of the Subterranean Chamber that a t the lowest
prepared point of its floor, opposite the terminal of the produced
line of the Descending Passage floor, the date of the full end
of evil a n d all enemies, 2914 A.D., should b e there marked.
700 T h e great Antichrist has been well-named Satan's master-
piece, for by it he has cleceived the whole of Christcmdom so
effectually, that even now comparatively few realise that this
system, also named in Scriptures the "Mystery of Iniquity,"
the "Man of Sin," a n d "Mystery, Babylon the Great," has held
sway over the kingdoms of this world for practically the whole
of the Gospel Age, particularly between 539 a n d 1799 A.D.
701 While the destruction of this Antichrist began in earnest
in 1914 A.D., Satan himself will not be destroyed until the 1000
years a r e finished, according to the Scriptural declaration
(Rev. 20). But the foundational work for the Devil's ultimate
destruction in the second death was laid a t Calvary; for it is
written of the Man Christ Jesus that he willingly suffered
death, t h a t "through death he might destroy him that had the
power of death, that is, the Devil " (Heb. 2 : 14).
702 It is in keeping with this time-measurement, therefore,
t h a t it begins a t the date of our Lord's crucifixion, 33 A.D., a n d
ends in 2914 A.D., when Satan, a n d all who then listen to him,
will be forever destroyed; and, also, that it begins a t the north
floor-edge of the first Girdle-stone, which point fixes the level
of the horizontal line containing the "539 A.D. date-point," the
date when S a t a n foisted his deceiving abomination on Christen-
dom. (The period of years between Spring of 33 AD., a n d
698 There is still another direct measurement beginning a t the Autumn of 2914 A.D., is 288154, whereas the length of the direct
north floor-edge of the first Girdle-stone, which agrees with the straight-lined measurement detailed above is a little over 2
period from our Lord's death on Calvary, to the end of H i s inches more, namely, 2883,5116 + Pjmramid inches. Therefore this
1000 years reign in righteousness, from 33 A.D. to 2914 A.D. time-measurement, like the three others already explained, is a
T h i s measurement, which is a straight line, e n d s a t the terminal little over 2 inches short of the exact terminal.-or 2-0116+ in
of the produced Descending Passage floor-line a t the Subter- this feature. See the diagram on page 266.)
262 263
708 T h e lengths of the four unequal sides are: Horizontal
" Date-Bridge " 450.3820+ ; north vertical 491 -8663+ ; south
703 T h a t the 539 A.D. " Date-Bridge," 450.3820 + inches in vertical, 714.4854+ ; and section of inclined floor of Grand
length, referred to in paragraph 689, is a n authentic part of the Gallery 502+3974+. (See the diagram on page 262.)
Pyramid's time-feature system, is signally confirmed by the 709 T h e sum of all four is 2159.1312+, which we may
following proportion, which symmetrically indicates the very regard a s the perimeter of a square. Therefore, dividing this
date 539 A.D. itself, a s reckoned from the time of our Lord's sum b y 4, we get the side-length of the square, namely,
birth i n 2.B.C. T h i s proportion is not only connected with the 539-7828+, which is practically 539% Pyramid inches. From
length of the " Date-Bridge," 450.3820+ inches, but also with its Autumn 2 B.C., to the middle of the year 539 A.D. is a period
actual position i n the building. of 53934 years; for 1% B.c., plus 538% ~ . ~ . , = 5 3 9 3 /years.
4
704 T h e north floor-edge of the first Girdle-stone, 417.4468+
inches down from the upper end of the First Ascending 710 Another corroboration a s to the correctness of the 539 A.D.
Passage (the distance we have used in all of the time-features " Date-Bridge," the position of the horizontal line on which it
dealt with), fixes the level of the main horizontal line on which occurs, a n d of all the related measures, is found in the sum of
the " Date-Bridge ',' is measured off. T h e exact position of the the four unequal sides of a n adjacent plane geometric figure,
66
539 A.D. date point" on this horizontal line,'is fixed by the namely, that formed b y : (I) the south vertical line of the j r s t
horizontal measurement of 1335 inches (the 1335 d a y s " of mentioned four-sided figure, (714-4854+inches in lengthj now
Daniel) which begins a t the vertical line of the King's Chamber's forming the north vertical of this adjacent four-sided figure; ( 2 )
north wall; for this north wall marks the date 1874 A.D., the the vertical line of the Grand Gallery's south wall; (3) the
end of the 1335 days. (See the diagram on page 250.) section of the inclined floor-line of the Gallery thus marked off
705 T h e " 539 A.D. date-point" is the north end of the by the two vertical lines; and (4) the corresponding section of
" Date-Bridge." T h e other, south, end, and also the length, of the horizontal line on which the 539 A.D. " Date-Bridge" lies.
the "Date-Bridge," i s fixed by the exact location of the lower 711 T h e number of inches in these four unequal, but
opening of the Well-shaft, for it is the vertical line of the definitely connected, lines is the same a s the vertical distance
north edge of this lower opening which determines the south between the upper extremity of the Grand Gallery floor (the
limit of the "Date-Bridge." T h e length a n d position of the point where the date 1914 A.D. is marked). and the lower
"Date-Bridge" is therefore definitely fixed according to the e x t r e ~ r ~ i tof
y the produced line of the Descending Passage floor
precise measures of all the other parts of the building's (where the date 1914 A.D. is also indicated, by a distinct time-
interior. (Refer to the diagram on page 262.) measurement.-See the diagram on page 266).
706 Because of itsi6exact location, a s well a s its length of 712 It is obvious that if the horizontal line on which the
450.3820+inches, the Date-Bridge," a s we have said, indicates 539 A.D. "Date-Bridge" is placed, were a t a higher or lower
the period between our Lord's birth a n d the date 539 A.D. in level than it is, or if the south end of the "Date-Bridge" was
this w a y : If from the two ends of this definitely placed further south, or north, of its present position (the vertical line
" Date-Bridge" we draw vertical lines up to the inclined floor- of the north edge of the Well's lower opening), the sum of the
line of the Grand Gallery, then, counting the measured section unequal sides of the four-sided plane figure would be more, or
of the Gallery floor a s one, we have a plane geometric figure less, and so destroy its correspondency with the length of the
of four unequal sides. (See the diagram on page 262.) Grand Gallery's south wall vertical line.
707 T h e lengths of the four unequal sides of the plane 713 T h e lengths of this second plane geometric figure's four-
figure are so balanced, that whell we regard the sum of them sides are: ( I ) North vertical, which is also the south vertical
a s being the perimeter of a plane geometric figure of four equal of the first-mentioned plane figure, 714.4854+ ; ( 2 ) south vertical,
sides, i.e., of a perfect square, we find that the side-length of which is in line with the south wall of the Grand Gallery,
this square agrees in inches with the years between Autumn of 1018.7379+ ; (3) section of Grand Gallery floor marked off b y
the year 2 B.C. when our Lord was born, a n d the middle of the these two vertical lines, 686.6243+ ; and (4) the horizontal
year 539 A.D., when the "Abomination that maketh desolate " section similarly marked off, 615-5350+ .-See diagram, page 266.
was set up in power, and from which the prophetic periods of 714 T h e sum of all four lines is 3035.3828+ Pyramid inches,
1260, 1290, and 1335 days (years) of Daniel date. which is the same a s the total length of the vertical line, from
264
t h e upper terminal of the floor of the G r a n d Gallery, down to directly, but b y proportions; a n d the proportions themselves
t h e inclined line of t h e Descending Passage's produced floor are, in a sense, appropriate, each to i t s own indicated time-
T h i s point on the produced Descending P a s s a g e floor is oppo- featare.
site to, on t h e s a m e level as, the lowest part of t h e square 716 W e have noted in paragraphs 703 to 712 the symmetry
s h a f t cut in the floor of the Subterranean Chamber I>y t h e of the two adjacent four-sided plane geometric figures, which
original builders of t h e Great Pyramid.-See the diagram. s t a n d 011 the horizontal level of the north floor-edge of the first
Girdle-stone. T h e two additional features t o which we refer
a r e also four-sided plane figures, extending below the horizontal
level of the others, a n d reaching down to the inclined floor-
line of the Descending Passage, even a s the others exactly
above them reach u p to the inclined floor-line of the G r a n d
Gallery. T h e vertical lines of the two plane figures below the
horizontal line are continuations of those above this horizontal
line. T h e two lower figures are therefore the s a m e a s the two
upper ones, except, of course, that their vertical lines are
longer (See the diagram o n page 268).
717 T a k i n g the smaller of the two lower four-sided plane
figures, i.e., the one to the north of the lower opening of the
Well-shaft, we find t h a t it indicates thc period of 2915 years
between t h e birth of the world's Saviour, a n d t h e end of H i s
Millennia1 reign when all t h e obedient will have received the
full benelit of H i s ransom-sacrifice (as symbolised by the Well-
shaft), a n d will have gained t h e perfect human condition.
718 T h i s indication is yielded through the medium of t h e
number 7, the perfect number, in t h e following w a y : Multiply
a n even 10th part of the s u m of the 4 unequal sides of this
smaller, o r northern one, of the two plane figures by 7, a n d a d d
7 to the result. T h e final result i s 2915.4616+, or barely half
a n inch more t h a n t h e exact 2915.
719 T h e four sides a r e : ( I ) North vertical 1489-7733+;
( 2 ) south vertical, which i s the vertical line of the north edge
of the lower opening of the Well-shaft, 1712.3924+; ( 3 ) horizontal,
i.e., the length of the " Date-Bridge," 450.3820+; a n d (4) the
inclined floor-line of the Descending P a s s a g e between the two
verticals, 502.3974+. T h e sum is 4154.9452; a n d a n even 10th
part of t h i s sum, nlultiplied b y 7, a n d 7 added, is 2915.4616+
Pyramid inches (See the diagram on p a g e 268.)
720 While the Scriptures show t h a t all the loyal a t heart
will have attained human perfection by t h e close of the 7th
1000-year period, a n d , in their loyalty, will gladly acknowledge
t h a t the perfect life they enjoy is directly owing t o the willing
715 Before passing from this Section, we desire to draw sacrificial death of their Saviour, t h e Lord Jesus Christ, yet
attention to two additional features connected with 539 A.D. they also show that some will rlot render willinc obedience t o
" Date-Bridge" a n d t h e horizontal line of which it forms a the loving a n d righteous Judge a n d K i n g ; a n d because of this
part. These features a r e indicative of t h e year 2914 A.D., not they will b e " destroyed from among t h e people " (Acts 3 : 23).
266 267
T h e s e will go into the "second death," being imperfect a n d 722 T h e symmetry of the larger of the two lower four-sided
unable to stand i n the final test. plane geometric figures appropriately indicates this phase of the
721 Every opportunity, however, will b e accorded them to closing work of the Millennia1 reign of Christ. For while i t s
escape condemnation, a n d t o take full advantage of the ransom- north vertical line is a t the north edge of the lower opening of
sacrifice of Christ; but if in spite of this their course i s still the Well-shaft, thus illustrating the full opportunity given t o
all the degraded to escape their downward course and ascend
to the condition of life, its south vertical line, which is in
vertical alignment with the south wall of the Grand Gallery, i s
a t the lowest point of the produced Descending Passage floor,
opposite the lowest part of the Subterranean Chamber, thus
illustrating the utmost extremity of degradation, a n d condemna-
tion to the second death. Such who pass into the second death
will have spurned the opportunity of escaping the first, or
Adamic, death, which the sacrificial work of Jesus Christ
offered.
723 T h e date of this ultimate destruction of the wilfully evil,
along with S a t a n the great deceiver, namely, 2914 A.D., which
2915 years after the birth of the Saviour in Bethlehem, is
indicated by the sum of the four unequal sides of the larger
plane figure, through the medium of 6, the Scripturally denoted
i~nperfecfnumber. For if we multiply a n even 10th part of
this sum b y 6, we get 2914.8801 +, or within less than a n 8th
part of a n inch of the exact 2915 P y r a n ~ i dinches.
724 T h e lengths of the four lines a r e : ( I ) North vertical,
which is the same a s the south vertical of the smaller plane
figure, namely, 17/2,3924+ ; (2) south vertical, which is in line
with the Grand Gallery's, south wall, /843.5817+ ; (3) horizontal
615.5350 + ; a n d (4) inclined 686.6243+, Pyramid inches. T h e sum
of the four sides is 4858.1336+ ; and a n even 10th part of this
sum multiplied by 6 equals 2914.8801 + Pymmid i n c h ~ s (See the
diagram on page 268, a n d compare with t h a t on page 266).
K
mouth divides the Pyramid's passage system into two main NOW therefore a n d understand, that from the going
scctions. In the northern portiori lies the whole of the First forth of the commandment to restore a n d to build
Ascending Passage, which symbolises the L a w A g e in which ' Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven
i t was impossible for any to gain l i f e ; for " b y the deeds of weeks, a n d threescore a n d two weeks: the street
the law shall no flesh be justified." T h e greater part of the shall be built again, a n d the wall, even in troublous times"
Descending Passage, also, runs through this northern division, (Dan. 9 : 25).
a n d from it the only apparent way of escape is the First Notice that the period of 69 weeks (of which pointed
Ascending Passage, which, however, is effectually blocked by to the coming of the Messiah, was to date from the going forth
the Granite Plug. of the commandment.
821 In the southern section of the passage system, however, 823 T h e decree of Cyrus in 536 B.C. authorised only the
a way of escape is evident i11 the Well-shaft, by which access rebuilding of the temple (Ezra. 1 : 1-3). Although this implied
is possible to the upper passages a n d chambers symbolising also the erection of dwelling houses, Jerusalem was not then a
life. T h e fact that it is only during the second main period walled city, but an open village.
of the plan of the A g e s that life-rights can be granted, is 824 W h e n Ezra went up to Jerusalerb in the 7th year of
further corroborated in the Pyramid by the existence of the Pit Artaxerxes, his commission was confined to matters connected
i n the southern division of the passage system. T h e Pit with the temple (Ezra 7). A n attempt, indeed, was made by
syiribolises Gehenna, a n d it is only those who have life, either the followers of Ezra to restore the city walls (See Ezra
reckonedly or actually, who are in jeopardy of the second 4 : 11-13), but when Artaxerxes was informed of this he
death (See Rev. 20 :6, 1 1-15 ; 2 1 : 7, 8). immediately wrote: "Give ye now commandment to cause
T h e number of Pyramid inches in the iirst section of the total tht:se men to cease, a n d that this city be not rebuilded, until
of 7040-8796+, t h a t is, from the Queen's Chamber's floor-level commandment shall be given fronl me" (Ezra 4 : 2 1). T h i s com-
above the "basement sheet's" north edge, to the point on the mandment came from Artaxerxes in the 20th year of his reign
horizontal line which is exactly underneath the centre of the (Neh. 2); a n d Nehemiah a n d his faithful helpers built the walls
upper Well-month, is 4 / 5 4 . 0 / 2 6 + . A s the precise number of in i i troublous times," even a s foretold b y Daniel (Neh. 4).
years from Adam's fall, 4126% B.C., to Christ's baptism,
28% A.D., is 4155, then the first inch to the south of the upper 825 According t o the marginal reference in many Bibles,
Well-mouth's centre represents the year in which our Lord the twentieth year of Artaxerxes is 445 B.C. W e believe,
became the Messiah. however, that the correct date is 455 B.C.
Chronologists are agreed that Xerxes, the father a n d pre-
decessor of Artaxerxes, ascended the throne in 485 B.C., b u t
opinions differ a s to the length of his reign; for although
Ptolemy's Canon assigns 21 years, i t is recognised t h a t this
period is not astronwnically fixed. T h e Canon is authoritative
only where its dates are based upon astronomical observations.
It was not compiled until about six centuries after Xerxes; a n d
the records of several early writers disagree with it in this
instance. Reliable history proves, rather, that Xerxes reigned
for 11 years only.
826 T h e famous Greek historian, Thucydides, i s regarded by
both ancient and modern critics to be the most exact chronicler
of the period in question. H e was born in 471 B.C., a n d thus
lived during the reign of Artaxerxes. Thucydides states that
his reason for recording the events of his own times, was t h a t
no one had undertaken this work except Hellanicus, who had
only "mentioned them briefly, and not accurately with regard
to their chronology."
827 T h e principal event which enables us to determine the
y e a r when Artaxerxes began to reign, is the flight of Themis-
tocles from Greece to Asia. This great Athenian general a n d
statesman was obliged, on the discovery of some treasonable
documents, to fly from his country to escape arrest. Thucydides
s a y s that when 'Themistocles arrived in Asia, Artaxerxes "had
just succeeded to the throne" (Book I, chapter 137).
828 Several later writers say t h a t Themistocles fled to
Xerxes; but this contradiction may be accounted for when it is
remembered t h a t Themistocles' flight occurred a t the time of
the transference of the throne from Xerxes to his son
Artaxerxes. I n the ancient manuscripts these names must have
appeared very frequently, and the error may have crept in
through one being mistaken for the other. T h e works of
Aristotle and Ctesias show instances of this.
829 T h e statement of Thucydides, that Themistocles fled to
Asia (Persia) when Artaxerxes had "lately come to the throne,"
is supported b y the historian Charon, who lived in Asia during
the reign of Artaxerxes. Plutarch (1st century A.D.) expresses
his confidence in these two ancient writers: "Thucydides, a n d
Charon of Lampsacus, s a y that Xerxes was dead, a n d that
Themistocles had an interview with his son Artaxerxes; but
Ephorus, Dinon, Cltarcus, Heraclides a n d many others, write
that he came to Xerxes. T h e chronological tables better agree
with the account of Thucydides" (Plutarch, Them. c. 27).
830 Thucyditles' accuracy is also upheld b y Nepos, a Roman
historian of the 1st century B.C. Nepos wrote: "I know that
most historians have related that Themistocles went over into
Asia in the reign of Xerxes, but I give credence to Thucydides
in preference to others, because he, of all who have left records
of that period, was nearest in point of time to Themistocles,
and was of the same city [Athens]. Thucydides says that he
went to Artaxerxes" (Nepos, Them. c. 9).
831 T h e earliest writel- to express the view that Themistocles
fled to Xerxes, namely, Ephorus, lived more than a hundred
years after Thucydides.
297
832 T h e unanimous reliance of modern critics on Thucydides (479 B.c.), leaving his general Mardonius to finish the war.
i s voiced by the great chronologist, F y n e s Clinton (1781-1851): Mardonius was defeated a t Platea by the Grecian army under
"Thucydides is allowed the praise above a l l historians of being the command of the S p a r t a n Pausanias (479 B.C.), a n d on the
scrupulously e x a c t a n d accurate." Mahaffy, also, in Problems same d a y the remainder of the Persian fleet was destroyed a t
i n Greek History, s a y s : "Thucydides gives us a sketch of the Mycale.
famous 50 years that elapsed between the Persian and Pelopon- 839 T h e Persians still held many places o n the T h r a c i a n
nesian wars. H e proposes to correct the inaccuracies of Hel- a n d Asiatic coasts; but i n the year 477 B.c., the allied fleet,
lanicus his only predecessor in this field, a n d there can be little now under the conimand of Pausanias, captured Cyprus a n d
doubt that w h a t he h a s condescended to give us, i s both accurate Byzantium from them (See map). A t this time Pausanias began
a n d valuable." a treasonable correspondence with Persia. H e was recalled to
833 Thucydides himself wrote: " V e r y likely the strictly Sparta a n d another commander was sent to take his place. In
historical character of my narrative may be disappointing to the meantime, however, all the allies transferred their allegiance
the ear. But if he who desires to have before his eyes a true to Athens, being greatly offended at the conduct of Pausanias.
picture of the events which have happened . . . shall pronounce T h e y were also now of the opinion that the Athenians, with their
what I have written to b e useful, then I shall b e satisfied. Mv superior navy, were the natural l e a d y s a n d protectors of Greece.
history i s a n ~verlastingpossession, not a prize conlposition which T h i s was the beginning of the Athenian Supremacy," a n
is heard a n d forgotten" (Book I, chapter 22). important landmark i n history. (Our knowledge,of the d a t e when
the Athenian Supremacy began, 477 B.C., which is agreed to by all
834 Thai the reader rnay have before l~irll the causes ~riodernchronologists, enables us to fix the time of Thelllistocles
which led to the flight of Themistocles, a n d the particulars of flight, a n d hence the d a t e of the accession of Artaxerxes to
tile flight itself, we shall briefly summarise the history of that the throne.)
time. W e suggest frequent references to the map o n p a g e 296. 840 Pausanias was acquitted because of insufficient proof,
Most of the names a r e very ancient, a n d cannot be found in a n d immediately returned privately to Byzantium; but the
the majority of maps. Athenians, now in undisputed command of the fleet, drove him
835 Darius, the father of Xerxes, after his second unsuccess- a w a y by force. H e went to Troas to live there; but w a s
ful attempt to conquer Greece a t Marathon in 490 B.C. (his first a g a i n summoned back to S p a r t a on the charge of corresponding
failure w a s in 492 B.c.), was preparing for a third expedition with the Persians. Positive evidence against him !was still
when he died. Xerxes on coming to the throne (485 B.c.) lacking, however, a n d he was released once more.
carried forward his father's project, a n d in the year 480 B.C. 841 Soon after his second release Pausanias resumed his
brought a great army a n d navy against Greece. communications with the Persians, a n d a t this time he also
836 T h e fleet of the Greeks (composcc-I of vessels contributed began a correspondence with Themistocles, who h a d lately been
b y the allied Grecian states, a n d therefore known a s the "allied expelled from A t h e n s b y his rivals, a n d was now living a t
fleet") w a s stationed in the narrow strait between the island of Argos i n the Peloponnesus (See map). Pausanias was betrayed
Salamis a n d the Attic coast near Athens. It vvas here t h a t the by a servant, who opened a n d displayed to t h e authorities a
famous "battle of S a l a m i s " took place, when the Persian treasonable letter addressed to the Persians. T h i s furnished the
armada suffered defeat (479 B.c.). evidence necessary for his conviction a n d death. T h e complicity
837 Although nearly two-thirds of the allied fleet w a s of Themistocles was then discovered, a n d officers were sent
contributed by the Athenians, over whom Themistocles was from Athens to apprehend him. Themistocles fled from Argos
leader, yet to maintain unity among the allies, who would only to Corcyra; but unable to remain there he fled to the continent
follow Sparta the capital city of the Peloponnesians, they opposite, a n d took refuge with Admetus, king of the Molossians.
agreed that the chief command shoultl b e given to a Spartan O n the arrival of his pursuers "very shortly afterwards,"
admiral, E u r y l ~ i a d e s . Nevertheless, the successful issue of the Themistocles was conducted across country to Pydna, from
battle of Salanlis w a s due to the foresight a n d ability of which place he sailed in a ship to Asia.
Themistocles. 842 In the voyage across the B g e a n Sea, the ship w a s
838 Xerxes, afraid of his personal safety, fled back to his driver] southward b y a storm a n d fell in with the Athenian
country b y w a y of his bridge of boats across the Hellespont fleet. T h e Athenians were bcseiging the island of Naxos,
298 299
which had revolted froni the alliance. Themistocles persuaded Artaxerxes, therefore, began to reign previous to 470 B.C.,
the master of the ship not to betray him ; a n d a few days later he because Thucydides states that when Themistocles arrived in
was landed a t Ephesus. Asia, Artaxerxes was on the throne.
843 O n his arrival in Asia, Themistocles sent a letter to
Artaxerxes who had lately ascentled the throne of Persia, Chronology of Diodorus Book X I Chapters I to 13
asking to be granted a n audience, but begging first a year's Yeor Archon L)ate B.C. Evetit
time in which to learn the language of the Persians, after 1st Callias 480 Xerxes' expedition against Greece; and the
which he prornised to lay before hi111 plans for the subjuga- sea fight at Salamis.
tion of Greece. Artaxerxes granted his request; a n d a t the end 2nd Xantippus 479 Victory of the Greeks over Mardonius at
of the year Themistocles appeared a t the court. T h e king was Platea; and, on the same day, the battle
greatly pleased with Themistocles, and conferred upon him of Mycale.
3rd Timosthenes 478 Rebuilding of Athens by the policy of
g r e a t honours, making him governor of Magnesia, besides gives Themistocles.
him the revenues of Lampsacus a n d Myus. 4th Adimantus 477 The treason of Pausanias, and the trans-
844 Soon afterwards Themistocles was called upon by ference of the supremacy to the Athen-
Artaxerxes to fulfil his promise to lead the Persians against the ians. T h e death of Pausanias.
1st Phedon 476 Hiero, king of Sicily, prepares to besiege
Greeks, who were now aiding the Egyptians in their revolt Agrigrntiulll, etc.
against Persia. T h e Athenian fleet, under the command of 2nd Dromoclides 475 Threatened war between the Athenians
Cimon, was then a t Cyprus and Cilicia, not f a r from the river and the Spartans tor the dominion of
Eurymedon in Pamphylia, a n d i t was a t Euryrnedon that the sea.
3rd Acestorides 474 Hiero wars with the Etruscans, etc.
Artaxerxes' first encounter with the Greeks took place. H e was 4th Menon 473 War between the Tarentines and the
defeated there b y Cimon, both b y land a n d sea (470 B.C.). Japygians, etc.
Themistocles, however, fell sick a n d died before this engage- 77th 1st Chares 472 T h e death of Theron, prince of Agrigen-
ment. It is reported t h a t he died voluntarily by taking poison, tiurn, etc.
1, 2nd Praxiergus 471 The banishment of Themistocles and his
rather than fulfil his promise to lead the Persians against his death.
own countrymen. (The portion of history which is directly 3rd Demotion 470 Battles on the Eurymedon. Cimon, the
connected with our subject, is related b y Thucydides in Book I, Athenian general.
chapters 93-100.)
847 Diodorus gives the date 471 B.C. for the death of Them-
845 Thucydides did not affix dates to his w o r k ; but from istocles, arid a s the narrative of Thucydides shows t h a t
thc "Universal History" of Diodorus, which was compiled Themistocles was in Asia a t least two years before his death,
i n 8 B.C., we can get the dates of a few of the important he arrived in Ephesus in 473 B.C. T h u s the beginning of
events of which Thucydides wrote. Diodorus used the records Artaxerxes' reign may be assigned to 474 B.C., a n d hence h i s
of the Olympiad games a s the basis of his chronology. These 20th year to 455 B.C.
games were celebrated a t exact intervals of four years. E a c h 848 While Diodorus gives the date 471 B.C., the year before
year a chief magistrate, called a n archon, was elected to office the battles of Eurymedon, for the death of Themistocles, which
a t Athens. Thus, Diodorus indicated his dates b y mentioning is quite in accordance with the sequence of events related by
the names of the archons, together with the Olympiad numbers. Thucydides; he also appears to confine the ostracism of
846 According to Thucydides, the flight of Themistocles Themistocles to the same year. Here, however, Diodorus is i n
took place after the b'eginning of the Athenian Supremacy; error, for according to Thucydides some years must have
a n d his death occurred before the battles on the river Eury- intervened between Themistocles' banishment from Athens, and
medon (Book I, Chapters 128-138). From the chronological his death.
table of Diodorus (given on next page) it will be seen that the date 849 Clinton, in a comparison of Thucydides a n d Diodorus,
of the transference of the supremacy from the Spartans to the says : "Formerly the authority of Diodorus was too highly rated.
Athenians, was 477 B.C.; a n d that the date of the battles on T h e accuracy of Diodorus is now better estimated, a n d n o
the Eurymedon was 470 B.C. Consequently, between these two critic would make it a matter of doubt or question which of the
dates, 477-470 B.C., Themistocles' flight a n d death took place. two writers shor~ldbe followed. Where the dates of Diodorus
300 30 1
are consistent wit11 the course of events, a n d confirmed, or a t .1111hority of Ptolemy's Canon, a n d the want of independent
least not contradicted, b y other authorities (as for instance the research b y later writers.
date of the Athenian Supremacy), we may receive them with
confidence." 855 In Jerome's Eusebius (264-340 A.D.), the arrival of
Themistocles in Asia is placed in the 4th year of the 76th
850 T h e foregoing evidence is decisive that the 20th year of Olympiad, that is, in 473 B.c., thus correctly placing the
the reign of Artaxerxes is not 445 B.C., but, rather, in agreement beginning of Artaxerxes' reign in 474, a n d hence his 20th year
with the historical fulfilrrient of the 70 weeks of Daniel, 455 B.C. in 455 B.C.
W h y , then, is the former date so generally accepted? Appar-
ently the first to confuse the chronology of this period was 856 Cicero (106-43 B.C.) indicates, though indirectly, the year
Henry Dodwell, a great theologian who lived between 1641 and of Themistocles' flight from Greece to Asia. In "Laelius,"
I71 I A.D. XII, 42, he draws a n analogy between the actions of Themis-
85 I Dodwell, when compiling his " A n n a l s of Thucy dides" tocles, a n d the Roman patrician Coriolanus. Coriolanus was
from the records of ancient writers, misread a passage in banished from Rome on accoulrt of some political matter.
Isocrates' "Panatheniakos" (436-338 B.C.). H e misunderstood Greatly offended a t his treatment he fled to the Volscians, a n d
Isocrates to s a y that, previous to the transference of the taking sides with them led them in their war against the
supremacy to the Athenians a t Byzantium, the Spartans h a d Rornans. Cicero writes:
held the supremacy for ten years. H e thought this ten y e a l s 857 " N o person ever possessed a greater share of power, or
commenced a t the battle of S a l a ~ n i sin 480 B.C., because the was more eminently distinguished among the Grecian states,
Spartan admiral Eurybiades was then given sole command of than Themistocles. T h i s illust~iousgeneral, who was commander
the allied fleet. In consequence of this misunderstanding, in chief o f the Grecian forces in the Persian war, a n d who by
Dodwell dated the Athenian Supremacy from 470, instead of his services upon that occasion delivered his country from the
477 B.C., and thus Themistocles' flight, a n d the accession of tyranny ~ ~ i which
t h it was threatened; having been driven into
Artaxerxes to the throne, were assigned to later dates than the exile by the jealousy his great talents had raised, did not
records of history warrant. acquiesce under the ingratitude of his fellow citizens with the
852 Clinton shows in his large and valuable work on submission he ought; on the contrary, he acted the same
chronology that scholars are now agreed that, the Spartan traitorous part under this unmerited persecution, a s Coriolanus
supremacy of ten years spoken of by Isocrates did not recede, did amongst us [Romans] about twenty years before. But
but followed that of the Athenians. T h e y support Diodorus, who neither the one nor the other found a coadjutor among their
pldced the Athenian Supreni;~cyin 477 B.C. (See table). respective friends : in consequence of which just dereliction,
I
853 Dodwell's deductions were thoroughly refuted by Vitringa they each of them perished by their own desperate hands."
(1659 1722), and again independently by Kruger (1838). These 858 A s the flight of Coriolanus to the Volscians was in 492
celebrated writers agreed with Ussher in placing the accession
of Artaxerxes in 474 B.c.; but their arguments, a n d those of
/ B.C., Cicero therefore places the flight of Themistocles in
473 B.C., thus supporting the historical accuracy of Thucydides.
Ussher, have been largely overlooked. I 859 T h a t Cicero knew of the time when the flight of
854 Archbishop Ussher (1581-1656) held t h a t Artaxerxes Coriolanus took place, is shown by a statement he makes in
ascended the throne in 474 B.C. But although the inscriber I another place. In Brutus, X, he s a y s : "For the dangerous war
(probably Bishop Lloyd, 1627-1717), who undertook to affix with the Volsci, who were headed b y Coriolanus, then a
dates in reference Bibles, used the chronology of Ussher, he voluntary exile, happened nearly a t the same time a s the
rejected Ussher's date for the 20th year of Artaxerxes, inserting Persian war." According to Clinton, the first Persian armament,
instead the date given by Dodwell, i.e., 445 B.C. Corsini, in his under Mardonius, was in 492 B.C.
"Greek Chronology," adopted Dodwell's views; and thus many 860 T h i s testimony of Cicero is of some force, because h e
have been misled. Clinton, even, although he successfully had a s his chronological guide the annals of his learned friend
opposed Dodwell in a number of his opinions, was unable to Titus Pomponius Atticus, who bestowed much attention on
shake off his influence in this particular case. T h e primary chronology. Although none of the writings of Pomponius are
cause of the confusion h a s been: too great reliance upon the now extant, we have a notice of his "Roman A n n a l s " which
303
is highly commended for its chronological accuracy and exact- f o r the battles of Eurymedon], or certainly not later, was
ness. Cicero himself extols his friend in the words: " Whoni carried b y s h i p to Naxos, t h a t he arrived in Persia [Asial
I rnay justly commend a s a most exact a n d scrupulous relator shortly after the accession of Artaxerxes to the throne, a n d
of the Roman history." t h a t Artaxerxes began t o reign before Olympiad 78: 4 [465 B.c.,
the date in Ptolemy's Canon].
861 Aelian (and century A.D.) records a n incident i n his 866 "There is only one method " he continued ' h f reconciling
" Varia Historia " (3 : 2 1 ) ) which enables us to approximate the these apparently contradictory facts : T h a t Themistocles when
date u l 'l'l~en~istocles'death. H e s a y s : he h a d embarked on the ship a t Pydna, d i d not immediately
862 "Themistocles, while still a boy, was returning at a come to the king of the Persians [Artaxerxes]; but after the
certain time from a n elementary school, when Pisistratus met lapse of some five years." A n d we a r e to believe t h a t all this
them [i.e., the boy a n d his tutor]. T h e tutor-slave asked time, duririg which Xerxes is supposed to be reigning, Themis-
Themistocles to withdraw a little out of the way :s the tyrant tocles remained concealed somewhere in Persia! Hengstenberg
was getting near. But he quite boldly replied: Not a little. r e m a r k s : " W e need only t o read the 137th chapter of Thucy-
Is not this sufficient way for h i m ? ' T o such a n extent d i d dides impartially, to see t h a t this is impossible. T o such
something shine forth from Themistocles even a t that time forced hypotheses are they driven, who are determined to abide
betokening his nobleness a n d greatness of mind." by the authority of the Canon."
863 Plutarch states t h a t Themistocles "died a t Magnesia i n 867 T h e other writer, Kleinert, makes a candid confession.
t h e 65th year of a life almost entirely spent in great political H e s a y s : " T h e difficulties connected with the view which I
a n d military employments" (Them., book 12). According to have defended, of the period of Xerxes' reign [i.e., t h a t Xerxes
Clinton, Pisistratus died in 527 B.C. Assuming t h a t the episode reigned 21 years], I a m f a r from overlooking. My efforts to
narrated b y Aelian took place in the last year of the life of remove them may not a l w a y s have been successful: a n d who
Pisistratus, a n d t h a t Themistocles was then a boy of eight knows whether it is possible to remove them a &all? " H e goes on
years of age, the date of Thernistocles' death during his 65th to s a y that he c a n still imagine the oppositc opinion (i.e., t h a t
year would be 471 B.C., thus confirming the chronology of Xerxes reigned f o r I 1 years only) fighting its way to victory,
Diodorus (See table, page 301). through all the objections that c a n be brought against it.
864 A modern writer (Kleinert) who supports the views of
Dodwell, wants to substitute one of the sons of Pisistratus; 868 Hengstenberg suggests a possible reason for the un-
because, according to Dodwell's theory, Pisistratus would have doubted mistake in Ptolemy's Canon in assigning to Xerxes a
been dead some time before the birth of Themistocles. But reign of 21 y e a r s : W h e n compiling his list of kings from the
this is really a n acknowledgment of the force of the argument. records of ancient chronologists, Ptolemy mistook I.; for ~ d ,
There can be no doubt that it was Pisistratus himself to whom which in the Greek represent the numerals 1 I a n d 21 respec-
Aelian referred. T h u s the harmonv of the Scriptures in tively.
connection with the prophetic period of the 70 weeks of Daniel 869 We know of two ancient chronologists from whom
is well supported by reliable history. Ptolemy may have derived his data, namely, Berosus a n d
Manetho. Berosus, a priest of Belus living in Babylon in the
865 T h e famous German exegetist, E . W . Hengstenberg, to 3rd century B.C., a d d e d to his historical account of Babylon a
whose admirable work, Christology of the Old Testament, we are list of kings, chronologically arranged. Manetho, a n E g y p t i a n
indebted for the arguments in this Section, draws attention to priest, a l s o of the 3rd century B.C., wrote in Greek a history
the perplexity of two able writers who endeavoured to reconcile of E g y p t with a n account of its Dynasties. Of these works
Thucydides' account of the flight of Themistocles, with Ptolerny's 1 only fragments now exist.
Canon. 870 Manetho (in fragments Nos. 68 a n d 69) confirms Herod-
Wagner, who contended for a twenty-one years' reign for otus a s to the length of the reign of Darius, the father of
Xerxes on t h e authority of the Canon, admitted that he was Xerxes. It may have been to the lists of these ancient
chronologists that Plutarch referred, when he said that " t h e I
unable to harmonise this with the history of Thucydides. He
rote: " T h e s e three things arc certain, t h a t Themistocles, chrorlological tables better agree with Thucydides." This I
before Olympiad 77:3 [i.e. 470 B.C., the d a t e given by Diodorus would prove t h a t in Plutarch's time (1st century A.D.) the
304 u 305 I
tables of Berosus a n d Manetho did not show 21, but 11, years
for the duration of Xerxes' reign.
T h e Great Pyramid of Gizeh in the land of Egypt, by its
wonderful, and most accurate, Pyramid-inch time-measurements,
wholly supports the date 455 B.C. for the 20th year of Artaxerxes,
a n d hence, also, the dates for the first advent of the Messiah,
Jesus Christ, pointed forward to by the prophetic period of the
70 symbolical weeks of Daniel. And all the measurements of APPENDIX
the Great Pyramid, on which the corroborative time-measure-
ments are based, are conclusively supported by the precise
T
scientific features of the building, a s will be shown in Vol. I11 RIGONOMETRY is the science which investigates the
of Great Pyramid Passages. relations between the sides and angles of triangles.
The name is derived from two Greek words which
signify respectively, Angle and Measure.
In a right-angled triangle, if either of the two acute angles,
as, for instance, A, in the diagram below, and the length of
one of the sides be known, the lengths of the two other sides
can be ascertained by means of the trignometrical values of
the known angle. These values vary with the size of the
angle; but they are constant with the same angle, no matter
what may be the length of the sides, because with the same
angle the sides bear the same relative proportion to each
other.
The floor-lengths of the Horizontal Passage leading Pyramid which, while not too large, adequately cover the
to the Queen's Chambey t e s ~ i m o n yof this "Sign" and " W i t n e s s " to the Lord in
its three p r o ~ n i ~ i e nphases,
t namely, its Spiritual, Prophetic,
From the North wall of the Grand Gallery to:
and Scientific teachings, we have prepared the following:
Vertical line of sheer cut-off of Grand Gallery
floor (See page 98) 200.4067609 + $ I ) The Great Pyramid : Its Spiritual Symbobism (144 pages)
Drop in floor - 1305.4097899 4-
Vertical line of North wall of Queen's Chamber 1521-3/142/5-I (2)The Great Pyramid : Its Scientific Features ( ~ 4 p a g e s )
(Part I of 1914 A.D. a n d the Great Pyramid).
F o r the details of the dimensions of the Horizontal Passa~cq,
see Pars. 588-591 in Vol. I of G~peat Pyramid Passages. IJor 43) The Great Pyramid: Its Time Features (184 pages)
the dimensions of the Queen's Chamber, see p a g e 43. (Part 11 of 1914 A D . and the Greak Pyramid).
A l l the varied dimensions of the Great Pyramid will IN-
given in more detail in Vol. III of Gt-eat Pyl-amid Passages. These three books are bound in paper covers, on
which is lithograpl~ed in colours specially designed
illustrations of the Pyramid, with settings appropriate to
each subject treated of. T h e books measure 8+ by 54 inches.
'They contain rlumerous illustratio~rs and diagrams, and
are clearly printed on good paper.
End of Vol. I1 PRICE : Uniform for a!! Three
For a Single Copy, 213, or 55 cents.
6 copies at the rate of 2 / -,or 50 cents per copy.
1 2 copies at the rate of 119, or 45 cents per copy.
48 copies and over at the rate of 116, or 35 cents
per copy.
NOTE-Orders for quantities may be assorted
310
I
Great Pyramid Chart 1
This chart is drawn true t o scale f r o m actual measulemerits r.11trrt
in the Pyiamrd by Dr. John Edgar and his brother, Morton E d g a ~ (,I I I I I I I K
1909 and 1912. I t is the only diagram of this monument which 1 1 . 1 ~ ~111r
accurdte length of the Descending Passage, and the correct d i ~ n e n \ ~ o1 ~ 81 ~ - ,
ChrconoPlogical Chart
!
48 feet by 3 feet, printed on cloth, 31-, or 75 cents per copy.
5 cCntLper copy.' .
7-in. by 44-in., stiff a r t card, twelve copies &I., 12 cents.
or
Post-card size, for correspondence, fifty copies 116, or 35 cents.
Address Orders to: Mol ton Edgar, 224 West Regent Street, Glasgow, Scotland.